KASSERINE PASS

BATTLES

Readings
Volume I, Part 1

U.S . ARMY
CENTER OF MILITARY HISTORY
 Foreword
The Kasserine Pass battles fought by the U .S . II Corps in Tunisia between 30
January and 25 February 1943 offer valuable lessons for commanders preparing to
take units into combat. One facet of this preparation involves the reading of written
historical accounts . Yet commanders realize that ground combat is so complex and
fast-paced that they doubt the historian's ability to capture its essence in smooth-
flowing narrative . They also know that participants seldom grasp the Big Picture and
often lack the eloquence and opportunity to tell their stories . At this century's
beginning, Lt . Gen . Sir Ian Hamilton summarized the problem of battle history in the
Preface to his own observer's diary of the Russo-Japanese War, A Staff Officer 's Scrap
Book. Frequently seen as a short quote, the longer text of his 1905 comment is more
apropos :

If facts are hurriedly issued, fresh from the mint of battle, they cannot be expected to supply
an account which is either well balanced or exhaustive . On the other hand, it is equally certain that,
when once the fight has been fairly lost or won, it is the tendency of all ranks to combine and recast
the story of their achievement into a shape which shall satisfy the susceptibilities of national and
regimental vain-glory . It is then already too late for the painstaking historian to set to work . He may
record the orders given and the movements which ensued, and he may build hopes and fears which
dictated those orders, and to the spirit and method in which those movements were executed, he has
for ever lost the clue . On the actual day of battle naked truths may be picked up for the asking ; by the
following morning they have already begun to get into their uniform .

Hamilton's warning heeded, we publish here the Kasserine Pass Battles, a

selection of American and German unit histories, operational reports, and war diary
extracts, together with relevant supporting doctrines and lessons learned . These
primary materials provide no perfect accounting of orders, movements, and engage-
ments, as no set of documents, however carefully crafted, can record all of the vagaries
of combat . But they provide a common framework to analyze battle where only battle
can be analyzed--not in the library but on the ground, and not with a scholar's
skepticism for contrasting written claims but with a soldier's eye for terrain and how
men and machine fight on it .
Take these documents to the ground with you . Compare them with published
accounts and make your own assessments . What you will gain is better than settling
a scholar's argument over footnotes or details . What you will gain is an insight into
how men fight.

HAROLD W. NELSON
Brigadier General, USA
Chief of Military History
 Preface

The Kasserine Pass Battles, organized in two volumes, supports the 1st Armored
Division Staff Ride in Tunisia. Volume I, Readings, contains selected extracts of
American operational reports, unit histories, and personal accounts, as well as German
war diaries, covering the period of major actions from 30 January to 25 February 1943 .
The documents are arranged chronologically to match both the time and movement
of the battles from east to west . Forty-one maps and sketches form an appendix . By
no means a complete account, this volume provides staff ride participants a documen-
tary framework for analyzing the events as they travel to the more than twenty-five
vantage points within the battle area .
Volume II, Doctrines and Lessons Learned, contains excerpts of American
doctrinal manuals concerning the employment of armor, along with technical infor-
mation on American and German weapons and vehicles . Rounding out this volume
are lessons learned published by major headquarters, as well as insights from Maj . Gen .
Omar N. Bradley's investigation of the Kasserine battles and those from Maj . Gen .
Ernest N . Harmon's notes as commander of the 1st and 2d Armored Divisions in
Algeria, Tunisia, and Italy .
Take these volumes to the field . The maps and sketches can be used there, and the
documents make good reading during travel time .
The documents were selected for publication from thosuands of pages of primary
materials . The intelligence information on the subject is also voluminous, so the staff
ride leader will summarize intelligence as it was then known, to include the higher-
level ULTRA picture available to the senior Allied commanders and the use of SIGINT
information available to the German commanders .
Such key topics as the human equation, command styles, the doctrine and tactics
used by the opposing forces, air support, and the effect of the Kasserine battles owthe-
U.S . Army will be discussed by both the staff ride leader and the staff ride director .
The Center of Military History will publish staff ride guidebooks to the Kasserine
Pass and other battles in Tunisia in 1993 to provide veterans and students of military
history the opportunity not only to view the documents generated by battle but also to
study battles where they occurred .
We hope that you find the Kasserine Staff Ride both enjoyable and professionally
rewarding .

HAROLD W . NELSON ROGER CIRILLO

Brigadier General, USA Lieutenant Colonel, USA
Staff Ride Director Staff Ride Leader
 Contents
1. "Kasserine Pass, 30 January-22 February 1943," by Martin
Blumenson . Chapter 8 of America's First Battles, 1776-1965.
2. Fifth Panzer Army, War Diary (Extract), 24 January 1943
3 . 1st Armored Division, Report of Operations (Extract), Maknassy,
Tunisia, 27 January-3 February 1943
4. 21st Panzer Division, Division Order for the Capture of the Faid
Strongpoint, 26 January 1943
5 . Fifth Panzer Arnry, War Diary (Extract), 3-4 February 1943
6. Fifth Panzer Army, Operation FR UEHLINGSWIND, 8 February 1943
7. 1st Armored Division, Report of Operations, Sbeitla, Tunisia, 3-18
February 1943
8 . Fifth Panzer Army, War Diary (Extract), 10-17 February 1943
9. 21st Panzer Division, Division Order for the Attack on Sidi Bou Zid,
12 February 1943
10 . Hudel and Robinett, "The Tank Battle at Sidi Bou Zid," Supporting
Documentation (Extract) for the Official History Northwest Africa:
Seizing the Initiative in the West
11 . 2d and 3d Battalions, 168th Infantry, History (Extract), 3-19 February
1943
12. Lessouda Force, 1st Armored Regiment, History (Extract), 13-17
February 1943
13 . Commander, 168th Infantry, Report (Extract), 7-17 February 1943
14. 34th Infantry Division, Report of Operations (Extract), Sbiba-Sbeitla
Gap, 16-22 February 1943
15 . Combat Team 26, Unit Report, 18-24 February 1943, and 26th
Infantry, Unit History, 18-24 February 1943
16. 9th Infantry Division Artillery, Narrative of Events, Thala Engage-
ment, 21-24 February 1943
17. 21st Panzer Division, Mission Change for 19 February 1943 and
Division Order No . 6, 20 February 1943
 1

"Kasserine Pass, 30 January-22 February 1943," by

Martin Blumenson . Chapter 8 of America's First
Battles,] 776-1965 . Edited by Charles E . Heller
and William A . Stofft. Lawrence, Kans . : University
Press of Kansas, 1986 .
 KASSERINE PASS 227

and, to a lesser extent, Italian preparations for war and expansion in Europe
created international tensions, President . Franklin D . Roosevelt and Congress
8 gave some attention to military problems and allowed increased expenditures .
Yet General Malin Craig, the U .S . Army chief of staff, wondered whether a
renascence might be too late . In the summer of 1939, he warned that at least
two years were required to transform funds into military power . "Time is the
Kasserine Pass, only thing," he said, "that may be irrevocably lost . " 4
At the outbreak of the war in Europe, the U .S . Army was still seriously
30 January-22 February 1943 undermanned and underequipped, practiced obsolete procedures with out-
moded weapons, and from 1933 ranked seventeenth in size among the armies
of the world . The actual strength of the Regular Army in 1939 totaled fewer
MARTIN BLUMENSON than 190,000 troops, who were scattered, usually in battalions, among 130
posts, camps, and stations . Although Craig's successor, General George C .
Marshall, predicted the impossibility of expanding and modernizing the
establishment overnight, that was exactly what the Army would have to do .'
When World War II opened in Europe in September 1939, the U .S . Army How well the Army had performed the task of rehabilitating itself would
lacked the capacity to wage modern warfare . Although many dedicated become apparent in February 1943 during a series of engagements in Tunisia
individual professional soldiers had during the 1920s and 1930s conscien- that came to be known as the Battle of Kasserine Pass .
tiously studied to be ready for the next war, decline, neglect, and stagnation
marked America's military forces . As the Army's strength decreased, its Rapid demobilization after World War I had left the Regular Army with
potential to function decayed . Whether this "tragically insufficient" establish- 130,000 men on 1 January 1920 . 6 The National Defense Act of that year
ment was capable of restoring itself quickly in a time of emergency became authorized 280,000 active-duty soldiers, but Congress reduced the number to
questionable .' The Army, which had shrunk in size between 1919 and the 150,00 regulars in 1922, to 135,000 in the following year, and to 118,750 in
mid-1930s, was unable to absorb new techniques of waging war . Equipment 1927 . The National Guard, with a ceiling of 450,000 members, rarely totaled
deteriorated continuously as World War I stocks were used up . Personnel half that number, while about 100,000 officers, and men, receiving at best
shortages brought Regular Army training to a standstill in 1934 . The Army indifferent attention, formed the Organized Reserve Corps . 7 Consisting of
still "had ample time to rebuild itself, but no money." Without adequate 110,000 men in 1936, the standing Army lacked'airplanes, tanks, combat and
funds, raising a credible Army and concluding contracts for modern materiel scout cars, antiaircraft artillery guns, searchlights, fire-control equipment,
were impossible . Several years later, the Army received "more money, but .50-caliber machine guns, and other vital materiel . The United States "on its
time . . . was lacking ." 2 own initiative had rendered itself more impotent than Germany under the
Several circumstances accounted for the Army's weakness . Victory in military limitations of the Treaty of Versailles . " 8 Authorized a 165,000-
World War I had bred complacency and inhibited imaginative ideas and member Regular Army in 1937, and a 210,000 level in 1939, the U .S . Army
experiments in doctrine, organization, and materiel . A revulsion against war was without a single division prepared for combat .
in general and disillusionment with World War I in particular, together with The experience of the American Expeditionary Forces (AEF) in France
faith in the oceans as bulwarks of protection, had prompted retreat into in 1918, particularly the final phase, largely determined Army doctrine during
national isolation and desire to avoid foreign entanglements . Because of the the interwar years, Offensive operations had featured large and heavy artillery
great economic depression, congressional appropriations had dwindled, man- preparations, barrages timed to move forward on successive lines ahead of the
power had declined, and the development and procurement of weapons and infantry assault, use of tanks to assist infantry through the barbed wire and
equipment had languished . Even after World War II began in Europe, the across enemy trenches, and massive advance of infantry to engage in hand-to-
American public had remained lethargic toward military issues . A "large and hand combat with the enemy . The National Defense Act of 1920 confirmed
expensive combat-ready military structure" could not be supported, and "for refighting, "the old kind of war" in the future . 9 Proficiency in the rifle and
two decades after 1920 the Army and the National Guard together were quite bayonet used in open and fluid rather than in static warfare and the efficacy of
incapable of waging war ." 3 As Japanese aggression in Asia and as German the "headlong attack" were basic doctrinal beliefs . 10 Infantry advancing to
226
228 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 229

"engage and destroy the enemy by physical encounter" was the key to victory in defense expenditures, the low peacetime strengths of the Regular Army, the
in battle . Despite the emergence of machine guns, automotive transportation, National Guard, and the Organized Reserve Corps, and the dispersal of the
tanks, planes, and other developments, the rifle remained the most important few divisions in existence . 18 In overseas posts-Hawaii, Panama, and the
weapon . Doctrine relegated aircraft, tanks, machine guns, and artillery to Philippines-units could concentrate for periodic war games, but the three
employment as auxiliary arms for the infantry and at the same time regular infantry divisions in the continental United States were so scattered
proclaimed adherence to offensive and aggressive tactics ." that it was difficult and costly to bring together divisional components for
Tanks had formed a separate component in the AEF, and four battalions, training . Not until the latter part of the 1930s did maneuvers involve at least a
all using French and British models, participated in battle, but the National corps headquarters and two or more divisions . 19 The imposition of nonmili-
Defense Act of 1920 placed tanks under infantry control . This reinforced the tary duties also detracted from serious attention to training . The Civilian
idea of gearing tanks' forward movement to the pace of the infantry soldier . Conservation Corps (CCC), created in 1933 to give work to unemployed
Tanks became in effect self-propelled artillery pieces to assist the infantry young men, came under Army administration, and this responsibility di-
advance . The Army built thirty-five between 1920 and 1935, most of them test verted officers and men from drill . 20 Units of an under-strength National
models, and the first standard model adopted in 1938 represented no doctrinal Guard and members of the Organized Reserve Corps gathered once a week in
change . Tanks continued as infantry-support weapons . 12 The horse cavalry armories and spent two weeks of the summer in the field every year to work
continued to have an eminent place in doctrine, not only for reconnaissance with obsolete equipment in very short supply . The training was rudimentary .
and communications but more especially for pursuit . In search of traditional The primary function of the National Guard was to be ready at the behest of
mobility but prohibited from developing tanks, the cavalry experimented with state governors to help maintain public order during natural disasters and
light armored cars but made little progress because of endemic penury and civil strife . While duty of this sort built unit cohesion, it was less than valuable
meager manpower . 13 All the combat arms tried to gain mechanized vehicles- as wartime preparation .
those used in combat-and motorized vehicles-those used for transporta- The War Department created four field armies in 1932, and, although
tion-but the efforts withered . Motorization for artillery was deemed to be they "existed only on paper, the department gave them primary responsibil-
'`madness ." Attempts to organize and establish a mechanized force in 1928 ity to train the units in their areas . 21 Four years later, in 1936, no corps
and again in 1930-31 failed .' 4 headquarters troops and few army headquarters troops existed . As late as
The Army Air Corps, practicing a variety of functions and missions, 1939, the First Army had two officers serving as permanent headquarters staff
turned increasingly to strategic bombardment and neglected close tactical members . No wonder that the First Army, in a major exercise in 1935, could
support of ground forces . "Air Corps infatuation with the heavy bomber and do no more than test the assembly of 36,000 troops . The Third Army staged
strategic air power" resulted in "a reasonably good bomber . . . but no an exercise in 1938 involving 24,000 troops, and the outcome ; according to its
similarly adequate fighters and attack planes to support surface battles ." 15 commander, proved the continuing usefulness of the horse cavalry . In 1939,
The doctrinal coordination of ground and air action was primitive . The the First Army conducted a series of exercises for about 50,000 troops,
artillery gave thought to centralizing the control of gunfire, both for direct and actually a collection of individual organizations without supporting units . At
indirect firing, and also to the use of forward observers . Lack of resources, 23 percent of authorized war strength, the force had no 155-mm howitzers,
particularly communications equipment and manpower, inhibited solid devel- was short in antitank weapons, had on hand 6 percent of its infantry mortars,
opment of these new techniques . 16 Except for conversations among thoughtful 33 percent of its machine guns, and 17 percent of its trucks . One river crossing
officers and some small tactical experimentation in the field, doctrine re- used up more than half the engineer pontoon equipment available to the entire
mained relatively unchanged between the wars . Lacking the means to try new U .S . Army. The outcome of the maneuver, according to the commander,
procedures, the Army kept alive its stress on offensive and aggressive proved the continuing, utility of the World War I square-type infantry
operations . As late as the summer of 1939, the Army was "still attuned to the division . 22
combat styles of 1918 ."17 1 That these exercises proved the validity of concepts already outmoded
Realistic exercises to train and test individual soldier, unit, and com- indicated the nature of the maneuver problems and the methods in the field
bined-arms proficiency, to practice procedures in the field, to disseminate for solving them . By 1939, the Army had virtually forgotten how to conduct
knowledge, to stimulate air-ground cooperation, to give officers experience in training on a broad scale . Very few officers could handle organizations larger
handling large organizations-in short, to achieve war readiness-were out of than a battalion . Advanced officers' courses in the branch schools were
the question for most of the interwar period because of the stringent economy generally stereotyped and routine, although the temporary association of
230 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 23 1

young officers, presumably the best of their generations, provoked discussion headquarters troops and support units . Nothing would come of this before
among them and stimulated professional reading . 23 The two-year course at 1939 .`
the Command and General Staff College stressed solving military problems by A start toward mechanization occurred in 1928 with the formation of an
the "school solution," and although the practice stifled initiative and experimental organization composed of two tank battalions, an armored
originality, it did produce officers who were "standard" in thought processes, cavalry troop, an infantry battalion, an artillery battalion, engineer and signal
who were at home and at ease in any headquarters and unit . Early in the companies, a medical detachment, an ammunition train, and a squadron of
postwar period, the college taught what was called the latest tactical doctrine observation planes . The provisional force was broken up after three months
of World War I . New tactics and techniques of the separate arms, as well as of for lack of funds . While the infantry branch did little to further armored
the combined arms, found places in the curriculum by 1929, mechanization warfare, the cavalry developed "combat cars (light tanks) and in 1932
activated the 7th Cavalry Brigade (Mechanized) . 26 In the summer of 1939,
and motorization were taught beginning in 1935, and the employment of the
the combat forces of the U .S . Army consisted of three embryonic infantry
mechanized division received attention in the following year, all on a highly
divisions at half strength and six others consisting of skeleton cadres ; two
theoretical basis . 24 The Army War College offered lectures by military and
cavalry divisions, each totaling about 1,200 men ; the 7th Cavalry Brigade
civilian experts, expected students to read and to do research, and had them
(Mechanized) at half strength ; several assorted regiments ; and 17,000 airmen
solve more or less realistic problems derived from history and theory,
using obsolete planes . 27
individually as well as by committee . The final exercise, visiting the principal
The U .S . Army chiefs of staff in the 1920s and 1930s-Generals Peyton
Civil War battlefields in Virginia and Pennsylvania in order to follow the March, John J . Pershing, John Hines, Charles P . Summerall, Jr., Douglas
operations of the armies, corps, and divisions, indicated a persistent concern MacArthur, and Malin Craig-struggled to modernize the Army . Their
with the past . efforts were in vain because of the lack of general public interest and the
Standard weapons and equipment were of World War I vintage : the scarcity of funds . On the intermediate and lower levels, military life during
Springfield Model 1903 rifle throughout the Army (although the M1 Garand the greater part of the interwar period was generally one of stultification . The
semiautomatic rifle was in limited production by 1939), the 75-mm and 155- prerogative of seniority brought older officers to important positions, and
mm howitzers for the artillery ; the .50-caliber machine gun for antitank and many lacked energy and stamina, looked with satisfaction on the achieve-
antiaircraft use (although the 37-mm gun was being produced by 1939), and ments of World War I, and were cautious and conservative in their outlook .
the Stokes three-inch trench mortar for the infantry (although 60-mm and 81- Yet a group of younger professionals was studying the art of war, reading
mm mortars were being developed by 1939) . About a thousand tanks were left military journals and books, and seeking to prepare themselves for combat ; a
over from World War I, and in 1934, only twelve postwar tanks were in surprising number would attain prominence in positions of great responsibil-
service . All the tanks on hand were lightly armed and armored . Walter ity during World War II . It was a wonder that these officers serving "in the
Christie built a tank with a new suspension system and with interchangeable dullness of a skeletonized army" emerged in the 1940s as brilliant administra-
wheels and tracks, but the Army purchased only a few experimental models . 25 tors and leaders . 28
The organization of the War Department General Staff fostered compart- The state of affairs on the other side was quite different . The Germans
mentalization and inhibited the use of combined arms . Chiefs of infantry, after World War I, restricted by the Treaty of Versailles to an army of 100,000
cavalry, and artillery presided over more or less autonomous branches and men, turned this force into a professional cadre capable of quick expansion in
discouraged interaction and mutual experimentation . The basic combat time of war . Seeking military reasons for their defeat, maintaining their
tradition of studying the lessons of the past to apply them to the future, and
organization was the infantry division, nonmotorized, structured as in World
determined to be ready for modern warfare, the Germans, who had had but a
War I with two brigades, each of two regiments of four battalions each .
few tanks in the Gteat War, restored mobility to the battlefield . They
Toward the end of the 1930s, some students and faculty membefs at the Army
developed armored warfare according to the precepts of J . F . C . Fuller and B .
War College recommended reducing the size of the division in order to
H . Liddell Hart and created a doctrine of blitzkrieg (lightning war) founded on
enhance mobility and flexibility . At least one student committee suggested the principles of the so-called Hutier tactics, that is, to exploit quickly penetra-
abolishing the brigade level of command . From 1936 on, Lesley J . McNair,
first at Fort Sill, later at Fort Leavenworth, worked out a blueprint to
streamline the square-type division to triangular shape, not only to attain ' The 2d Infantry Division was triangularized in 1937 for field tests, but on completion of the
mobility and flexibility, but also to gain personnel for corps and army exercises it returned to its original organization .
 KASSERINE PASS 23 3
232 MARTIN BLUMENSON

On 1 September 1939, on the same day that Germany invaded Poland, Gen .
tions of the enemy line by avoiding centers of resistance and striking deeply George C . Marshall became U .S . Army Chief of Staff . 30 He immediately
into the rear in order to paralyze communications . Civil flying and glider implemented policies to retire older officers, reassign those who were incom-
enthusiasts formed nuclei for a resuscitated air force, which concentrated on petent, and bring younger and more energetic men to responsible positions, 31
lending close tactical support to the ground forces . A week after the German invasion, President Roosevelt raised the authorized
The rise to power of Adolf Hitler in 1933 gave immediacy to a well- strength of the Regular Army to 227,000 men and the National Guard to
integrated program of militarization beyond Versailles Treaty limits . A 235,000 and permitted members of the Organized Reserve Corps to volunteer
gigantic industrial renascence, in large part intended to overcome economic for active duty . The War Department that fall, in accordance with McNair's
depression, provided weapons and equipment for an army increasing in plans, reduced the size of the infantry division and reorganized it from a
numbers and in skill . By 1936, the German Army and Air Force were strong square to a triangular type, giving it three infantry regiments consisting of
and well trained ; intervention in the Spanish Civil War tested doctrine, three battalions each, The gain in manpower as a result of triangularization,
weapons, equipment, and organization and gave experience to those who took as well as the influx of men into the Regular Army and National Guard,
part . The apparently united will of the German people to restore the former enabled the War Department to hold genuine corps and army maneuvers in
power of Germany complemented astounding progress in the art of war . the spring of 1940, the first full-fledged corps maneuvers since 1918 .
Although German military leaders felt themselves unready for general war The task of attaining war preparedness began seriously in 1940 as larger
before 1942, the successes of Hitler's diplomacy in the 1930s-in the and more realistic exercises and maneuvers developed and refined new
Rhineland, Austria, and Czechoslovakia-stilled their reservations . German doctrine, techniques, and equipment . In January 1940, the Fourth Army
victories in Poland, Denmark, Norway, and Western Europe in 1939 and Headquarters laid out an unprecedented amphibious exercise involving
1940 were astonishing . The German invasion of the Soviet Union in 1941, Army, Navy, and Air Corps elements . Fourteen thousand participating troops
although promising quick success, bogged down because of the enormous of the 3d Division moved by water from Tacoma, Washington, landed on the
distances, contradictory objectives, and, eventually, the winter weather . shore of Monterey Bay, California, and "captured" San Francisco . 32 Maneu-
The Italians shared with Benito Mussolini dreams of restoring the glory vers in Georgia and Louisiana in April and May 1940 tested new types of
of ancient Rome . Although the Italian ground forces succeeded in Ethiopia corps headquarters directing triangular infantry divisions . At the same time,
against a primitive foe, Italian participation in the Spanish Civil War and the the 7th Mechanized Cavalry Brigade and the infantry's Provisional
later 1941 thrust from Albania into Greece showed deficiencies in organiza- Motorized Tank Brigade came together to form an improvised armored
tion, weapons, equipment, and leadership, perhaps partially the result of a division . Recommendations from these exercises included combining the
lack of the natural resources, particularly oil, required for modern war . A few regimental artillery battalions of an infantry division under the central control
elite units were first rate, but many Italian formations reflected the general of a division artillery, expanding the mechanized brigade into an armored
corruption of the state system . The Italian Army in North Africa, specifically division, and creating a second armored division . 33
Spurring these developments was the phenomenal success of the German
in Libya, had light, under-powered tanks and trucks, World War I artillery
pieces, old-fashioned antitank and antiaircraft guns, and obsolete rifles and blitzkrieg in France in May and June, which produced consternation, then
defeatism and apathy, in the War Department . How could the German tanks
machine guns . 29
be stopped? Marshall dispelled the gloom with two positive decisions . He
The Germans and Italians fought a coalition war under the disadvan-
established the Armored Force, whose mission was to match the power of
tageous lack of a coalition machinery to translate policy on the highest level
German mobile forces . He directed his planners to provide antitank defense of
into strategy . The two allies cooperated through loosely organized, compli-
an offensive nature to halt the enemy's massed armor . 34
cated, and often poorly defined and ineffective diplomatic .and special liaison
The Armored Force, under Brig . Gen . Adna R . Chaffee, came into
arrangements . Although the two dictators, Hitler and Mussolipi, occasionally
being in July 1940 . The I Armored Corps, with two divisions under its
met, they fought parallel wars . German aid, in the form of troops, weapons,
command-the 1st at Fort Knox, Kentucky, the 2d at Fort Benning,
equipment, supplies, and leadership, was necessary to sustain the Italian Georgia-supervised training . Both armored divisions were formed with a
effort, and this bred German feelings of superiority, disdain, even contempt reconnaissance battalion and an armored brigade, the latter consisting of two
for Italy as well as an Italian sense of inferiority and jealousy . The Axis war regiments of light tanks armed with the 37-mm gun, a regiment of medium
was poorly directed, and the inability to synchronize activities was made tanks armed with the short-barreled 75-mm gun, an infantry regiment of two
evident in the Battle of Kasserine Pass .
 235
KASSERINE PASS
234 MARTIN BLUMENSON

infantry regiment to three and by reducing the number of tank regiments

battalions, a field-artillery regiment, plus an additional field-artillery bat-
from three to two regiments of three battalions each . A total of 14,620 troops
talion, an engineer battalion, and signal, ordnance, quartermaster, and
medical units . 35 manned the division, which was equipped with .30-caliber carbines, self-
propelled and towed antitank guns, self-propelled assault guns, .30- and .50-
,Activated on 15 July 1940 with Regular Army personnel later augmented
caliber machine guns, 105-mm self-propelled howitzers, 60-mm and 81-mm
by draftees, the 1st Armored Division, which would see action in the Battle of
mortars, light and medium tanks, armored and scout cars, and half-tracks .
Kasserine Pass, pioneered the development of tank gunnery and used
forward-observer fire-direction techniques developed after World War I . By Unfortunately, much equipment was lacking . 41
Before the 1st Armored Division could train in its new form, it received a
1941, although shortages of all sorts existed-for example, only sixty-six
medium tanks produced in the United States were on hand-the 1st Armored massive infusion of recently inducted replacement troops, bringing the
Division was able to participate in the Louisiana and Carolinas maneuvers . division to authorized strength, and went to Fort Dix in April 1942 for
The units engaged in simulated battle during daylight and night hours, shipment overseas . Overage officers were relieved and replaced, and the
division sailed for Northern Ireland in May, and trained there for five months .
practiced maintenance, performed logistics and administration, and lived in
field conditions . 36 The stress was on small-unit training and gunnery . The work improved tank-
artillery cooperation, but tank-infantry and air-ground cooperation remained
Both armored divisions participated in the Louisiana maneuvers in
September 1941 . Involving 400,000 troops, pitting for the first time one field weak . 42
In November 1942, the 1st Armored Division embarked in ships again,
army against another, featuring armored and paratroop forces, assembling
this time for a voyage to North Africa and the eventual engagement of
the unheard-of number of more than 1,000 aircraft, the exercises demon-
strated "an unusual amount of experimentation . "$ 7 The foremost purposes Kasserine Pass . It would go into battle with two battalions of light tanks armed
with the 37-mm gun, three battalions of medium tanks armed with the low-
were to fight large-unit battles, to test motorized and mechanized techniques,
to foster air-ground cooperation, and to practice medical evacuation, demoli- velocity 75-mm gun, and one battalion of early-model Sherman medium
tions, reconnaissance, and intelligence . 38 In the Carolinas in October and tanks . The "relative weakness in armor and fire power when compared with
November, the training exercises were a major test of the 1st and 2d Armored the German tanks was not suspected until they met in Tunisia ." 43
To stop German massed armor, the War Department created the tank
Divisions . A total of 865 tanks and armored scout cars opposed 4,320 guns
effective against tanks . The results were inconclusive, and no firm doctrine destroyer, so named to connote offensive and aggressive characteristics as
could be enunciated and written, mainly because of shortages in authorized opposed to the defensive and passive meaning of, "antitank . " A "marriage of
the artillery gun to truck and tractor," the tank destroyer was to embody an
strength and weapons in all the participating units . Missing were 10 percent of
the mortars, 40 percent of the 37-mm guns, 18 percent of the 155-mm aggressive spirit and to destroy enemy tanks by maneuver and fire . 44 To
create an ideal tank destroyer with mobility and punch, quickly and easily
howitzers, and 87 percent of the .50-caliber machine guns . 39
fired and giving the crew protection against small-arms fire, was a difficult
Clearly, features of the armored division required modification . When
Chaffee took ill, Lt . Gen . Jacob L . Devers replaced him as chief of the task . From a 37-mm gun mounted on a quarter-ton truck or jeep, the tank
destroyer evolved to a 57-mm then 75-mm, 76-mm, and finally 90-mm gun
Armored Force on 1 August 1941 . An artilleryman, Devers improved
firepower . Maj . Gen . George S . Patton, Jr ., commanding the I Armored mounted on a carriage resembling a tank .
During maneuvers in August 1940, the employment of antitank guns,
Corps, stressed mobility . Together they gave the armored divisions better
manned by antitank companies in the infantry regiments, was passive ; they
balance . 40 On 1 March 1942, as Maj . Gen . Orlando Ward, who had
were deployed in cordon defense . A year later, bringing the companies
commanded the 1st Armored Brigade in the Louisiana and Carolinas
together under central control proved a more satisfactory practice for
maneuvers, took command of the 1st Armored Division, a drastic reorganiza-
offensive, aggressive movements in large-scale exercises . Yet observers noted
tion of the Armored Division was under way . In order to gain flexibility, the
tendencies to commit the guns prematurely and to fragment their strength . In
brigade headquarters was eliminated and replaced by two combat commands .
November 1941, the War Department projected activating fifty-three tank-
Each combat command had its own intelligence and operations capabilities
destroyer battalions, and a month later, eight infantry antitank battalions
but depended on the division for logistics and administration . Three separate
were redesignated tank-destroyer battalions . Tank destroyers became a
self-propelled field-artillery battalions operated under the division artillery .
provisional branch with a Tactical and Firing Center to supervise organiza-
The division trains controlled the service elements . A higher proportion of
tion and training . Not until August 1942 when Camp Hood, Texas, opened,
infantry to tanks was achieved by increasing the number of battalions in the
 KASSERINE PASS 237
236 MARTIN BLUMENSON

inch mortars by the 60-mm and 81-mm mortars, the issue of the M1
did a thoroughly rounded program begin . A tank-destroyer field manual
semiautomatic Garand rifle after 1941-and the acceptance of new combat
published in June 1942 developed the motto "Seek, Strike, Destroy." The
doctrine . That the entire process did not collapse into chaos bordered on the
first officers candidate class graduated in October. By then, tank-destroyer
miraculous . 48
battalions were attached and later assigned to divisions . The War Department McNair set into motion, inspected, and critiqued a variety of exercises to
planned to activate a total of 222 battalions . test proficiency and identify failures in the training programs . For example,
The antitank rocket launcher called the bazooka, a grenade with a new the critique of a First Army maneuver in August 1940 noted such important
tail assembly, came into existence in mid-1942 . It was recommended for issue errors as improper use of combat teams and motor transportation, inability to
to tank-destroyer battalions . Training in its use started in December 1942 .
reconnoiter and maintain contact between adjacent units, and deficiencies in
That was too late for the units already overseas, and bazookas were issued to
signal communication, antitank guns, ammunition supply, and medical
troops already in Tunisia and to soldiers aboard ships . However, no one really
evacuation . All National Guard units, in particular, reflected inadequate
knew how to operate and employ them . 45
training . Many officers and men were physically soft and undisciplined ; many
By far the most important entity dealing with mobilization, organization, headquarters, particularly signal, military police, ordnance, engineer, and
and training came into being in July 1940 . This was General Headquarters,
medical, were nonexistent ; and weapons and equipment were in extremely
U .S . Army, known as GHQ modeled on Pershing's AEF headquarters . U .S .
short supply . GHQ maneuvers in Tennessee in early 1941 showed the troops
Army Chief of Staff Marshall named Brigadier General McNair, then
still road bound, ignorant of field manuals, unable to reconnoiter properly,
commandant of the Command and General Staff College, to be his chief of
and generally deficient in basic- and small-unit training ; leadership was weak
staff at GHQ and gave him a free hand to fashion the combat units into a and unable to coordinate with adjacent and supporting units and with units of
proficient fighting force . GHQ was inserted structurally between the War
other branches . 49
Department General Staff and the four field armies, which had formerly The apex of McNair's training efforts came at the Louisiana and
conducted training . Although army commanders were initially reluctant to
Carolinas maneuvers in 1941 . Testing army aviation, GHQ found it poorly
relinquish their training function, McNair quickly established a standard
coordinated with ground action . Ground troops underestimated air potential,
system progressive in nature, that is, a regular training cycle from the recruit were weak in liaison and communications, had inadequate combat intel-
through the unit to combined-arms teams . ligence, and were guilty of dispersed and fragmented efforts . There was a
After the German spring campaigns in Denmark and Western Europe in
general lack of discipline, an unwillingness to move off the roads, and a
1940, the president raised the Regular Army to 280,000 men, then to
reluctance to break column formations . 50 Yet the results of the Louisiana
375,000 . In September, authorized to do so by the Congress, he enlarged the
maneuvers of 1941 confirmed "the soundness of existing policies ." 51 The
Regular Army to 500,000 troops and called the 270,000 men of the National major lesson of the Carolinas maneuvers was "the crying need for infantry
Guard into active federal service for a year . The Selective Service Act in the support, both within the [armored] division and between infantry and
same month permitted the induction of 630,000 draftees into uniform . This
armored divisions . " 52 Both maneuvers accelerated the creation of independ-
gave the Army a strength of 1 .4 million troops . 46 The absence of sufficient
ent tank battalions to work with infantry . A light plane, the Cub, for artillery
housing, mess, and training facilities in the camps, posts, and stations made it
spotting began to be built in 1942 . What no one seemed to notice was how the
impossible to transfer the eighteen National Guard divisions to federal status
air service had thwarted the War Department's efforts to create air support of
at once, and they came on active duty over the space of a year. By mid-1941,
ground forces . No procedures or command relationships existed for large-
almost ,1 .5 million men had been mobilized, assigned to units, and were
scale air-ground operations . 53
engaged in all forms of training . 47 The National Guard divisions were
At the end of November 1941, just a few days before the Japanese
restructured into triangular shape and brought to full authorized strength . bombed Pearl Harbor and brought the United States into the war, McNair
Commanders and staff officers who owed their appointments'to state politics
judged whether the troops were ready for combat . They "could fight
and who were less than qualified on grounds of military education or physical
effectively," he said, but "losses would be unduly heavy." Against the
conditioning were removed and replaced by Regular Army officers . Com- Germans, he added prophetically, the results "might not be all that could be
plicating the massive mobilization and training experience were the activation
desired ." 54 There had simply not been enough time for training . At the time
of new divisions and other units, revisions in tables of organization and
of Pearl Harbor, 1,638,000 men were in Army uniform, but only a single
equipment, the adoption of newly developed weapons-examples were the
division and a single antiaircraft artillery regiment were on full war footing . 55
tank destroyers, the replacement beginning in 1940 of World War I-type 3-
238 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 239

"Though a large Army was not ready for combat . . . the United States the 1920s and 1930s were proud of the unit's combat history and had a special
entered the war . . . with a training program carefully thought out and in full feeling of cohesion . Of northern European stock, the men were from the towns
operation ." 56 GHQ training principles included progression through a four- of Atlantic, Council Bluffs, Glenwood, Red Oak, Villisca, Shenandoah, and
phase sequence, tests in each phase, unit training with frequent review, free Carlinda, agricultural communities in the gently rolling hill country of
maneuvers, immediate critiques, the goal of general combat proficiency, southwestern Iowa . In these towns, citizens had purchased shares to construct
integration of the tactical units, a stress on the responsibilities of commanding armories for the companies of the regiment, and the state government paid
officers at all levels, and an emphasis on battle realism . 57 In line with the last rent to the owners . An armory contained offices, a drill hall resembling a
principle, GHQ established the Desert Training Center in California and basketball court, supply rooms, and facilities for reunions, dances, banquets,
Arizona early in 1942 . There, in a primitive environment, troops lived, and patriotic celebrations .
moved, and fought under simulated battle conditions . 58 Guardsmen were, for the most part, unmarried men from eighteen to
Beginning in December 1940, the War Department abolished the thirty-five years of age . They received one dollar for attending a training
traditional two-year course at Leavenworth and instead offered short, special, session, and the pay was important in attracting members during the
and refresher instruction to selected commanders and staff officers who were Depression . They met every Monday evening and practiced close-order drill
scheduled to assume positions of major responsibility in new units . The Army and the manual of arms . They occasionally performed small-unit maneuvers
discontinued the War College course and assigned faculty and staff members on a football field or in a city square . They received summer training at Camp
to the War Plans Division of the War Department General Staff and Dodge, Iowa . The annual inspection in each armory was usually linked to a
elsewhere . 59 GHQ itself went out of existence in March 1942 . The War military ball, the highlight of the social season . Maj . Walter Smith inspected
Department abolished the branch chiefs and formed the Army Ground Forces the southwestern Iowa units in 1939 and called them a "very very fine
under McNair to continue training combat forces . Earlier maneuvers had organization ." Other regiments in northern and northwestern Iowa, in
focused on testing equipment and training, but large-scale exercises in 1942 Minnesota, and in North Dakota came together with the 168th to form the
tested doctrine, particularly infantry-armor coordination, which improved, 34th Division, commanded in 1939 by Maj . Gen . E . A . Walsh of Min-
and air-ground cooperation, which remained disappointing . 60 Unfortunately, neapolis . In the summer of 1940, the division trained at Camp Ripley,
the two major units that would fight at Kasserine Pass, the 1st Armored Wisconsin . Upon the - troops' return to their armories, revised National Guard
Division and the 34th Infantry Division, did not take part in the 1942 programs and schedules doubled their training time . The average guardsman
exercises, for they were in Northern Ireland . As late as July 1942, the 1st in the 168th had eighteen months of service . Two-thirds were high school
Armored Division was still awaiting delivery of much equipment, and the 34th graduates ; about one-third had some education beyond high school . Captains
Division, which had just started training for amphibious landing, had few were between thirty-four and forty-five years of age, and many of them, and
antiaircraft guns and no tanks . 61 The tank destroyers with these divisions had more senior officers, had served in World War I . Quite a few men joined the
light 37-mm guns and light armored cars . Antiaircraft artillery units were regiment in 1941 to avoid the draft .
shipped overseas after attaining only "minimum proficiency in their weapons The 34th Division was called into active federal service in February 1941 .
and before receiving combat training with other ground arms or with On 2 March, the men of the 168th Infantry had farewell dinners in the
aviation ." Because of the wide dispersion . of training centers and the armories in their home towns, paraded, then marched to the train stations .
insufficiency of planes to tow targets for firing practice, antiaircraft personnel They traveled to Camp Claiborne, Louisiana, which was still under construc-
were quite simply "improperly trained," 62 tion . Living in tents, the men engaged in close-order drill and small-unit
The 34th Infantry Division, the first American division to go to Europe, tactics, including night attacks . Some went to schools for special training .
originated in the National Guard . It was chosen for overseas service presum- Equipment and weapons were in such short supply that stovepipes simulated
ably because it was deemed to be well trained . Among its major organic mortars, trucks carried signs to denote their use as tanks, and broomsticks
components was the 168th Infantry regiment, which had had a typical prewar served as rifles . The heaviest infantry weapon was the 37-mm gun . In April,
military upbringing and would be involved in the Battle of Kasserine Pass . 63 draftees from all over the country arrived to bring the 34th Division regiments
The 168th had participated as an Iowa volunteer unit in the Civil War, up to strength . The division participated in two maneuvers in Louisiana in
specifically in Grant's campaign against Vicksburg and in the later movement June and August . 64 A Regular Army officer, Maj . Gen . Russell P . Hartle,
of the Union Army through the Carolinas . Mobilized again in 1917, the took command in August . In January 1942, when Hartle assumed command
regiment fought in France as part of the 42d Rainbow Division . Members in of the V Corps, Maj . Gen . Charles W . Ryder, a West Point graduate,
240 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 241

succeeded him as division commander, and the division sailed for Northern headquarters under Lt . Gen . Mark W . Clark, who had been McNair's closest
Ireland . The following month, the division was triangularized . The men associate, served as the theater training command . The British preferred an
continued training, practicing amphibious landings in Scotland later that invasion of French Northwest Africa, where German and Italian troops were
year. absent as a result of the armistice terms of 1940 . The French had pledged to
In November, the division participated in the North African invasion, resist invasion, but if, as the Allies hoped, they quickly came over to the Allied
coming ashore near Algiers . Of the soldiers then constituting the 168th side, they would offer only brief resistance to the untried Americans . The
Infantry, about 30 percent were from the local armories in southwestern Iowa . landings in the French territories would also threaten the Axis forces based in
Two hundred of these men were reported missing in action on 17 February Libya and fighting the British in Egypt .
1943, a day of severe fighting during the Battle of Kasserine Pass . North Africa became an active theater of operations in 1940 when Italian
In summary, the entire mobilization process, including the organization forces attacked the British . The ensuing campaigns were of a seesaw nature,
and training of the U .S . Army, was hasty, largely improvised, and saved from with first one opponent, then the other achieving temporary success . In 1941,
disaster by the stability and intelligence of leaders like Marshall and McNair . to help Mussolini, Hitler sent General Erwin Rommel'sAfrika Korps of several
This crash program gave the field forces a semblance of preparedness . Yet German divisions to North Africa . Subsequently, Rommel took command of
maneuvers revealed many deficiences in basic soldiering skills and, among a
Panzer Grupp Afrika, which consisted of the Afrika Korps augmented by several
large proportion of officers, basic command skills . Shortages of weapons and
mobile Italian divisions ; in 1942, he took charge of Panzerarmee Afrika, all the
equipment and the need to improvise had hampered instruction . There was
German and Italian combat units . Mussolini and his Comando Supremo directed
insufficient time to permit individuals and units to acquire and become
the operations in North Africa through an Italian theater commander, To
proficient in the doctrine, weapons and equipment, and skills required for the
facilitate Rommel's access to the German high command and to smooth Italo-
modern warfare of the 1940s . Organizations and men were still largely in tune
German coordination, Hitler dispatched Field Marshall Albert Kesselring to
with the time and space factors that had prevailed in the previous war, They
Rome . At first commander of the German air forces in Italy, Kesselring was
had yet to adjust to the accelerated tempo and increased distances of the
the ranking German officer in the Mediterranean area and, as such, virtually
battlefield-in particular, the necessary speed of reaction so well understood
a theater commander . With Kesselring's support, Rommel attacked in May
by their adversaries . American leadership and manpower had the potential to
excel, but it would take the reality and the adversity of Kasserine Pass to 1942 . By June, he was at El Alamein, Egypt, sixty miles short of the Nile .
develop an inherent capacity for excellence . This was the situation in mid-1942 when Roosevelt accepted Churchill's
suggestion to invade French Northwest Africa . Eisenhower, named Supreme
Deployment of American forces began shortly after Pearl Harbor, when Allied Commander, and Clark, his deputy, formed a new Allied Force
Roosevelt and British Prime Minister Winston S . Churchill confirmed a Headquarters (AFHQ) in London and began to plan landings, code-named
strategy unofficially reached during Anglo-American staff conversations in TORCH, on the shores of Morocco and Algeria .
1941 . The Allied leaders endorsed a Europe-first endeavor and established In August 1942, Rommel attacked from El Alamein only to be stopped
machinery to direct the coalition military effort . 65 The president and prime by General Sir Harold Alexander, commander of the British Middle East
minister worked through the British Chiefs of Staff and the American Joint Forces with headquarters in Cairo, and General Sir Bernard E . Montgomery,
Chiefs of Staff sitting together to form the Combined Chiefs of Staff (CCS) . commanding the British Eighth Army in Egypt . After receiving 300 brand-
The CCS issued directives to the theater commanders who were supreme new American Sherman tanks, the British took the offensive on 23 October
Allied commanders or Allied comanders in chief-the terms were inter- and forced Rommel to withdraw . As the British pursued, Rommel conducted
changeable-and who would exercise a unified command over the forces of a retrograde movement across Libya . During that retreat, TORCH was
both nations . launched . The invasion took place on 8 November 1942 . A task force under
American strategists generally favored a massive blojv against the Ryder and consisting of the 34th Division, part of the 1st Armored Division,
German-occupied continent of Europe and a direct thrust into Germany. To and British elements made the easternmost landing near Algiers, where
these ends, the 34th Infantry Division, the 1st Armored Division, and later fighting ended on the first day . Another task force under Maj . Gen . Lloyd R .
the 1st Infantry Division went to Northern Ireland, where they trained under Fredendall's II Corps and containing the 1st Infantry Division and British
the V Corps headquarters . The European Theater of Operations, U .S . Army, units invaded in the center near Oran, where combat terminated on the
under General Eisenhower provided overall direction, and the II Corps second day . A wholly American task under Patton, sailing directly from the
 KASSERINE PASS 243

United States, landed in the west near Casablanca and battled French forces
vigorously for three days .
These events introduced American troops to combat on the Atlantic side
of World War II . But this hardly constituted the first battle, for the French
were not the enemy. Most French commanders and units offered reluctant
opposition . French organization, doctrine, and war materiel had not been
updated since 1940 . Curiously, resistance met by the Americans had been
more intense and of longer duration in Morocco . The future participants in
the Battle of Kasserine Pass were those who had engaged in almost no active
operations . They saw their performance against the French as more than
adequate for success against the Germans and Italians . Confident of their
underpowered light tanks with 37-mm guns, trusting the power of the 57-mm
and 75-mm guns on their Shermans, they believed themselves to be blooded
and tried in action . 66
The French authorities in North Africa, after agreeing to a truce, joined
the British and Americans who, by then, in accordance with prior plans, had
turned eastward from Algeria, entered Tunisia, and were driving toward
Bizerte and Tunis, their ultimate objectives . On the way they quickly ran into
opposition . Axis troops had entered Tunisia from Italy shortly after TORCH,
and eventually a field-army-size force, under General Juergen von Arnim,
built up an extended bridgehead covering Bizerte and Tunis in the north-
eastern corner. Von Arnim sought to prevent the Allies from overrunning
Tunisia and also to permit Rommel's army to finish withdrawing from Libya
into southern Tunisia . The Axis would then hold the eastern seaboard of the
country . To guarantee their security on the eastern coastal plain, von Arnim
and Rommel needed to control the passes in the Eastern Dorsale, a mountain
range running generally north and south . Through that chain were four major
openings-Pichon and Fondouk in the north and Faid and Rebaou in the
south . Von Arnim seized Pichon in mid-December 1942 . Toward the end of
January 1943, as Rommel settled into the Mareth Line in southern Tunisia,
the Axis desire for the other passes initially spurred what developed into the
Battle of Kasserine Pass .

The Allies deployed in Tunisia with the bulk of their strength in the north . 67
Because of bad weather and supply deficiencies, Eisenhower on 24 December
called off the offensive toward Bizerte and Tunis . Early in January 1943, to
ro
Q
counter Rommel's growing presence, he began moving Fredendall's II Corps
headquarters and American units to southern Tunisia in order to buttress
d
poorly equipped French troops holding the Fondouk, Faid, and Rebaou
i. Passes and the town of Gafsa, an important road center .
0
z Allied command lines were less than firm . General Sir Kenneth A . N .
c Anderson, at the head of the British First Army-with the British V Corps,
a
ro
several British divisions, and some American and French units in the north-
 KASSERINE PASS 245

was the overall tactical commander in Tunisia, but Americans found him
difficult to work with . Fredendall exacerbated the problem because he saw his
role as autonomous . The French, who had General Louis-Marie Koeltz's
XIX Corps in the center, a division in the north, another in the south, and
miscellaneous detachments scattered virtually everywhere, refused to serve
under direct British command . As a consequence, General Alphonse Juin,
commander of the French land and air forces in French Northwest Africa,
exercised loose direction and provided liaison and guidance to all French
formations .
Fredendall had small packets of troops dispersed over a very large area-
one battalion of the 1st Infantry Division at Gafsa, another blocking the
Fondouk road to Sbeitla, Combat Command A (CCA) of the 1st Armored
Division at Sbeitla, Combat Command B (CCB) near Tebessa . He could
bolster the French garrisons holding the Faid and Rebaou Passes, keep his
forces concentrated in a central location and ready to counterattack, or strike
toward the east coast to sever the contact between von Arnim's and Rommel's
armies . He sought to do the latter by raiding a small Italian detachment at
Sened on 24 January. The action was highly successful as a morale builder but
had no real result except to squander Fredendall's meager resources .
The Axis command correctly read the situation and continued planning
to take control of the Eastern Dorsale . Rommel established his headquarters
in southern Tunisia on 26 January, and two days later Comando Supremo in
Rome approved a cautious push to take the Fondouk and Faid Passes and to
advance on Gafsa . With Rommel's 10th and 21st Panzer Divisions temporarily
under von Arnim's control, von Arnim attacked on 30 January to open the
Battle of Kasserine Pass . Just before dawn, thirty tanks struck 1,000 French
troops in the Faid Pass while another contingent of German tanks, infantry,
and artillery drove through the Rebaou defile ten miles to the south, overran
several hundred French defenders, and came up behind the French holding
Faid . Encircled and outnumbered, the French fought gallantly for more than
twenty-four hours until they were overwhelmed .
Five hours after the German attack started, Anderson instructed Freden-
dall rather vaguely to restore the situation at Faid . Because Ward, the 1st
Armored Division commander, was at Gafsa supervising the Sened raid and
Map 8 .2 . Tunisia other useless actions, Fredendall communicated directly with the CCA
commander at Sbeitla, Brig . Gen . Raymond McQuillin, who was old in
appearance, mild in manner, and cautious in outlook . McQuillin sent out two
small reconnaissance units toward the Faid and Rebaou Passes to determine
what was happening . At noontime, even though the French at Faid were still
resisting,, the reconnaissance elements erroneously reported the Germans in
control at both passes . McQuillin decided to counterattack . As he moved his
assault forces forward, German planes bombed and attacked his units and
disrupted the advance . American aircraft dispatched to intercept the Germans
246 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 247

dropped bombs on the CCA command post by mistake, and American On Djebel Ksaira, overlooking the road from Rebaou, was Col . Thomas
antiaircraft gunners shot down an American plane . McQuillin then waited for D . Drake, who had taken command of the 168th Infantry in January . He had
nightfall . During the hours of darkness, he pushed his forces about halfway to about 1,000 men of the 3d Battalion (plus a rifle company of the 2d) of the
Faid and Rebaou . 168th, plus 650 miscellaneous troops-a medical detachment, the regimental
On the morning of 31 January, more than twenty-four hours after the band, 200 engineers, an attached cannon company, several antiaircraft guns,
German attack, McQuillin committed a small-tank infantry force under Col . and a few artillery pieces . Supporting Drake was the Reconnaissance
Alexander N . Stark, Jr ., to strike to Faid and another such force under Col . Battalion of the 1st Armored Division near Sidi bou Zid . Drake received 200
William B . Kern to go for Rebaou . Late getting under way, the effort was replacement troops on 12 February, but some lacked weapons, quite a few had
badly coordinated and too weak to attain the objectives . Heavy German never fired a rifle, and none had entrenching tools or bayonets . On the
defensive fires, together with effective bombing and strafing from the air, following day, Drake accepted several truckloads of brand-new bazookas ; no
knocked out several tanks and induced terror, indecision, and paralysis one on the hill had ever fired this antitank weapon, and Drake planned to
among the American units . McQuillin's effort petered out . As Fredendall, the figure out how to operate them and to start a training program on 14
II Corps commander, was thinking on 1 February of moving CCB from February . Behind and west of Waters and Drake were elements of McQuil-
lin's CCA at Sbeitla and Sidi bou Zid . Ward had his division reserve at
Tebessa to Sbeitla, Anderson, the First British Army commander, instructed
Sbeitla, a battalion of infantry under Kern, a battalion of tanks, and a
him to dispatch CCB toward Fondouk, where von Arnim had struck Koeltz's
company of tank destroyers . CCB was near Fondouk, 100 miles from Sbeitla ;
French elements, seized the pass, and threatened a serious penetration .
Col . Robert I . Stack's Combat Command C (CCC), consisting primarily of
Fredendall complied . McQuillin tried again that day to reach Faid but failed the 6th Armored Infantry, was twenty miles away in the same direction .
because, he said, of the disgraceful performance of Stark's infantry . Von West of Sbeitla, Stark's 26th Infantry of the 1st Infantry Division and a
Arnim, now in control of the four major passes, called off further endeavor . 1st Armored Division tank battalion under Col . Ben Crosby were at Feriana
With the 10th Panzer Division at Fondouk and the 21st at Faid and Rebaou, von
guarding the road from Gafsa and protecting the airfields at Thelepte, but
Arnim, instead of returning both divisions to Rommel, hoped to keep them who controlled them was unclear . Arriving at Gafsa to augment French units
for use in the north . The front in Tunisia now became quiet, and the first or presumably under Fredendall's command were a U .S . Ranger battalion,
preliminary phase of what would develop into the Battle of Kasserine Pass some artillery and tank-destroyer units, plus about a battalion of the 1st
ended . Derbyshire Yeomanry, a British armored-car , regiment dispatched by Ander-
On the Allied side, Eisenhower questioned Fredendall's competence, son to bolster the inexperienced Americans ., Fredendall's II Corps reserve
Anderson doubted the battleworthiness of American troops, Fredendall consisted of several artillery and tank-destroyer battalions near Tebessa,
wondered whether Ward was proficient, McQuillin castigated Stark, and so it where the corps headquarters was located, plus the 1st Battalion, 168th
went down the line . American ineptitude and failure to rescue the French Infantry.
defenders at Faid had shocked the French . Additional American units-parts Ultra-secret intercepts indicated an apparent enemy plan to strike
of Maj . Gen . Terry Allen's 1st Infantry Division and of Ryder's 34th through Fondouk to destroy the French in the center of the Allied front, then
Division-moved into southern Tunisia but they were split into small parcels to turn north and rip into the British flank . Although other sources of
and physically separated . During the second week of February, Fredendall's intelligence pointed to Axis offensive preparations in the south, Eisenhower's
combat units were deployed as follows : At the front, in blocking positions on G-2 at AFHQ a British officer, as well as Anderson, became convinced of an
two hills covering the roads west from Faid and Rebaou to Sidi bou Zid and imminent Axis thrust in the north . To preserve these positions, which pointed
Sbeitla were two forces . On the hill called Djebel Lessouda north of the Faid toward Bizerte and Tunis, Anderson instructed Fredendall to be ready to
road was Lt . Col . John K . Waters of the 1st Armored Division . He abandon Gafsa in the south . Together with Koeltz, Fredendall was to prepare
commanded about 900 troops-a company of fifteen tanks, some reconnais- to withdraw about fifty miles to the Western Dorsale and there to plug the
sance elements, a tank-destroyer platoon, and a battery of self-propelled 105- passes, especially the two important defiles at Kasserine and Sbiba . Contrary
mm howitzers-as well as the 2d Battalion (less a rifle company) of the 168th to Allied expectations, Kesselring, von Arnim, and Rommel, with Comando
Infantry . In support of Waters, Lt . Col . Louis Hightower, a few miles away at Supremo; approval, decided to launch two attacks, both in the south . Von
the village of Sidi bou Zid, commanded fifty-one tanks, twelve tank destroy- Arnim was to head for Sidi bou Zid, Rommel for Gafsa . The concept,
ers, and two artillery battalions of the 1st Armored Division . however, was somewhat fuzzy . Von Arnim wished simply to throw the Allies
248 MARTIN BLUMENSON

off balance and to retain possession of the 10th and 21st Panzer Divisions.
Rommel hoped to recover control of his two panzer divisions and to go all the
way to Tebessa and, if possible, beyond . If the attacks went well, Kesselring
promised to give Rommel control of at least one of the panzer divisions and
permission to go as far as he could .
The second phase of the Kasserine battle started very early on the
morning of 14 February, before Drake could institute his bazooka-firing
training program on Djebel Ksaira . During a raging sandstorm, more than
200 German tanks, half-tracks, and guns of both panzer divisions came
through Faid . One task force swung around the northern side of Lessouda and
encircled the hill ; another swung around the southern side of Ksaira and
surrounded the height . Waters' and Drake's forces, Fredendall's blocking
positions, were thus marooned . A series of American mishaps, due largely to
inexperience, then permitted the Germans rather easy and quick success . The
bad weather relaxed the Americans' security arrangements, and they were
unable to react quickly and firmly . Until the storm lifted, men on the hill had
difficulty identifying the German elements and held their fire . At 0730, as the
weather cleared, McQuillin initiated planned countermeasures . He limply
told Hightower to clear up the situation . As Hightower prepared to drive to
Djebel Lessouda and relieve the American defenders, enemy aircraft struck
Sidi bou Zid and temporarily disrupted McQuillin's command post and
Hightower's preparations . Throughout the rest of the day, German planes
harassed the Americans . Despite repeated requests for air support, only one
flight of four American aircraft appeared briefly over the battlefield .
Hightower went into action with forty-seven tanks . Although outnum-
bered, he fought bravely against the more effective German tanks . By mid-
afternoon, all but seven of his tanks had been destroyed . During the
engagement, some American artillerymen panicked and abandoned their
guns . The 1st Armored Division Reconnaissance Battalion, ready to rescue
Drake's men on Djebel Ksaira, was unable to even start its counterattack
because some of the German tanks surrounding Drake had thrust forward
toward Sidi bou Zid and captured a reconnaissance company . The rest of the
American reconnaissance units then pulled out and headed for Sbeitla .
With his command post in Sidi bou Zid directly threatened, McQuillin,
covered by Hightower's engagement, decided to withdraw to Sbeitla . He
phoned and asked Ward to provide a shield by blocking the main road from
Faid to Sbeitla . Ward sent Kern and his infantry battalion to take up defensive
positions eleven miles east of the town at a road intersection 'that became
known as Kern's Crossroads . Around noon, McQuillin started to move his
artillery units and command post out of Sidi bou Zid . German dive bombers
attacked them and prompted confusion . As a consequence, for several hours
McQuillin lost communications with his subordinate units . That afternoon a
swirling mass of American troops-McQuillin's command post, mis-
Map 8 . 3 . Faid
250 MARTIN BLUMENSON 251
KASSERINE PASS

cellaneous elements, Hightower's remnants, artillery pieces, tank destroyers, have Ward fall back to the west for twenty miles and defend at Kasserine .
engineer trucks, and foot soldiers-fled toward Sbeitla . McQuillin re- Fredendall sent engineer troops to Kasserine to start building defensive
established his command post there and began to assemble and reorganize his positions .
units . In Algiers, Eisenhower ordered American units in Algeria to start for
Initial estimates of losses on that day were shocking : 52 officers and more Kasserine Pass, a movement requiring several days' travel . News of their
than 1,500 men missing . The final numbers of casualties on 14 February were departure, he surmised, would perhaps hearten the troops in Tunisia . While
much smaller : 6 killed, 32 wounded, and 134 missing . But between Faid and Eisenhower, Anderson, and Fredendall prepared to withdraw to the Western
Kern's Crossroads on the Sbeitla plain, forty-four tanks, fifty-nine half-tracks, Dorsale, Ward looked forward confidently to his counterattack on 15 Febru-
twenty-six artillery pieces, and at least two dozen trucks were wrecked, ary. Stack's infantry and Alger's tanks were to marry up at Kern's
burning, or abandoned . An artillery commander, Charles P . Summerall, Jr., Crossroads, drive to Sidi bou Zid, then rescue the troops on the heights of
took his men out during the night to recover guns, trucks, and ambulances ; on Lessouda and Ksaira . While Alger, who had yet to lead his troops in combat,
the following morning, he had eight instead of his normal twenty-four studied the terrain from a hill on the morning of 15 February and Stack
pieces-the others were lost-backing the troops at Kern's Crossroads . readied his infantry for the advance, a flight of German bombers struck their
Rommel urged von Arnim to continue his attack during the night in formations and prompted enormous confusion .
order to exploit his tactical success, but von Arnim was satisfied to await the The counterattack finally started at 1240 in great precision across the
American counterattck he figured was inevitable . Ward at Sbeitla was indeed Sbeitla plain . Alger's tank battalion led, his three tank companies advancing
planning a counterattack . He, as well as McQuillin and Fredendall, radioed in parallel columns with a company of tank destroyers, half-tracks mounting
Waters and Drake to sit tight on the heights and await rescue . To strengthen 75-mm guns, flaring out on the flanks and protecting two batteries of artillery .
Ward, Fredendall sent him some artillery and tank destroyers from Feriana . Behind rode Stack's infantry in trucks and half-tracks with several antiaircraft
Fredendall asked Anderson to return Brig. Gen . Paul Robinett's CCB to weapons as protection . Unfortunately, steep-sided wadis-dry stream beds-
Ward's control . But because Anderson expected the main German effort to crossed the plain irregularly and disturbed the careful spacing of the attacking
strike in the Fondouk-Pichon area, he held the bulk of Robinett's force and troops . As the tanks crossed the first ditch, German dive bombers jumped
released Lt . Col . James D . Alger's tank battalion, which arrived in Sbeitla on
them . They bombed and strafed again at the second gully . At the third
the evening of 14 February. With Alger merely replacing Hightower's depression, German artillery began firing . Finally, German tanks emerged
destroyed battalion, Fredendall ordered Crosby to move his battalion from from hiding and started to encircle the entire American force, The Americans,
Thelepte to Sbeitla during the night . fighting bravely and desperately against superior German weapons and
Anderson had three major concerns : the American losses in the Faid-Sidi experienced German troops, tried to beat back the German wings threatening
bou Zid region, the dispersal of the Allied units in the south, and the to surround them . At 1800, Stack ordered all units to disengage and return to
increasing vulnerability of his positions in the north . Telephoning Eisen- Kern's Crossroads . The infantry and artillery escaped relatively unscathed .
hower, Anderson suggested evacuating Gafsa in order to concentrate strength The tanks were completely destroyed . Alger was taken prisoner, 15 of his
in defense of the Feriana-Sbeitla area . Eisenhower agreed but asked Anderson officers and 298 enlisted men were missing, and fifty of his tanks had been
to withdraw over two consecutive evenings . Anderson then instructed Freden- knocked out . In two days of battle, the 1st Armored Division lost ninety-eight
dall to move the French troops out of Gafsa that night, 14 February, and the tanks, fifty-seven half-tracks, and twenty-nine artillery pieces .
Americans on the following night . The French pulled out of Gafsa ; so did Just before darkness, a pilot dropped a message from Ward to the troops
most of the civilian population and American supply and service units .
on Lessouda . They were to get out during the night . Waters having been
Around midnight, Anderson changed his mind and ordered Fredendall to
captured, Maj . Robert R . Moore, who had taken command of the 2d
withdraw the American combat troops . As the considerable movement Battalion, 168th Infantry, fewer than two weeks earlier, displayed magnificent
reached Feriana, forty miles away, many rear-area troops became nervous . leadership and marched out about one-third of the 900 troops on Lessouda to
Some began to destroy depots and supply points in Feriana and Thelepte . Kern's Crossroads . The other men, together with vehicles and equipment, fell
Uncertain that Ward could hold Sbeitla, Anderson on the evening of 14
into German hands . Drake on Djebel Ksaira received a message from
February instructed Koeltz to cover the Sbiba Pass in the Western Dorsale . McQuillin on the afternoon of the following day, 16 February, to fight his way
He was to move French troops and the 34th Division to Sbiba . To block the out . That night, Drake led his men off the hill and across the plain . German
Kasserine Pass if Ward had to pull out of Sbeitla, Anderson told Fredendall to troops intercepted them and captured almost all . Only a handful reached
252 MARTIN BLUMENSON

safety . The two battalions of the 168th Infantry involved on Lessouda and
Ksaira sustained losses of about 2,200 men . Two hundred of the soldiers
reported missing were from the southwestern Iowa National Guard units .
Meanwhile, when Rommel's attack forces, an Italo-German group of 160
tanks, half-tracks, and guns, learned on the afternoon of 15 February that the
Allies had abandoned Gafsa, they advanced to the town, entered, and
patrolled toward Feriana . That brought the second phase of the battle to a
close .
In southern Tunisia, Rommel completed his long retreat across Libya
and gathered his troops to the Mareth Line on that day. He could not
understand why von Arnim did not push immediately into and through
Sbeitla . Von Arnim cautiously wanted first to mop up in the Lessouda,
Ksaira, and Sidi bou Zid area . Then he would take Sbeitla, turn north, and
sweep clear the western exits of the Fondouk and Pinchon Passes . The absence
of an overall commander of the two separate German forces in Gafsa and in
Sidi bou Zid, together with the lack of firm objectives at the outset of the
attack, now delayed the German course of action . Kesselring, visiting Hitler
in East Prussia, learned what had happened and telephoned his chief of staff in
Rome . He directed him to relay an order for a push to Tebessa with Rommel
in command . This first required Comando Supremo approval, and when
approached, the Italian high command hesitated .
In the meantime, on 16 February, Anderson and Fredendall ordered
Ward to go over on the defensive and to concentrate "on guarding the
Feriana, Kasserine, Sbeitla areas ." Ward's chances of doing so improved
when CCB, after an all-night movement, reported at Sbeitla . Ward put CCB
south of the town, beside CCA, which pulled back from Kern's Crossroads .
For the first time, the 1st Armored Division was operating in combat as a
single unit . That afternoon, when small German forces probed toward
Sbeitla, Crosby's tank battalion and a provisional company of a few tanks and
tank destroyers under Hightower halted them and permitted Ward to set up a
coherent defensive line covering the town . On the same afternoon, Anderson
moved to strengthen the defense of the Sbiba Pass . From the northern sector,
he sent a brigade of Maj . Gen . Sir Charles Keightley's British 6th Armoured
Division southward . Koeltz moved the 34th Division (less the 168th Infantry)
west from the Pichon area . That evening, Comando Supremo gave von Arnim
permission to attack Sbeitla, and he jumped off at once . Alter nightfall,
preceded by reconnaissance units, German tanks approached Sbeitla in three
columns, firing as they advanced . Shells dropping into Sbeitla prompted
McQuillin to shift his CCA headquarters to a location west of the town . Many
American troops misinterpreted the movement and believed a wholesale
evacuation was in progress . A good part of the CCA defenders panicked and
fled . Why?
Map 8 . 4 . Sbeitla
254 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 2 55

Night fighting was a new and terrifying experience for most of the men . In accordance with new instructions, CCA, harassed by German planes,
The solidity of the defensive line was more apparent on a map than on the pulled back and moved north to Sbiba, That evening, the troops dug hasty
ground . Because of the darkness, the troops were not well placed . Because defenses to block the Sbiba Pass and allow Koeltz's arriving forces to take
of the haste of the withdrawal, they were not well dug in . The harrowing positions . CCB withdrew to Kasserine . The Germans entered Sbeitla at 1700 .
events of three days of defeat had exhausted many soldiers, morally and After four days of fighting in the Faid-Sidi bou Zid-Sbeitla area, the
physically . Uncertain and nervous, fatigued and confused, hemmed in by Americans had lost more than 2,500 men, 100 tanks, 280 vehicles, and 30
widespread firing that seemed to be all around them, believing that the guns . Mounting uncertainty and nervousness infected Allied forces as far
Germans were already in Sbeitla, demoralized by the piecemeal commit- away as Algiers, The Germans, holding Gafsa, Feriana, Thelepte, and
ment and intermingling of small units, no longer possessing a firm sense of Sbeitla, threatened the Sbiba, Kasserine, and other passes in the Western
belonging to a strong and self-contained organization, and numbed by a
pervading attitude of weariness and bewilderment, many men lost their Dorsale . If they pressed forward, they would menace Tebessa, Le Kef,
confidence and self-discipline . 68 Bone-indeed, the entire Allied front in Tunisia . Thus ended the third phase
of the Battle of Kasserine Pass .
A churning mass of vehicles surged through the town and departed . When On the evening of 17 February, von Arnim left the 21st Panzer Division at
engineers demolished an ammunition dump, they intensified fear and Sbeitla, sent a task force north toward Sbiba, and dispatched the 10th Panzer
prompted additional departures . Around midnight, concerned over his ability Division to take positions in reserve behind the Pichon and Fondouk passes .
to hold Sbeitla, Ward telephoned Fredendall and suggested reinforcing When Rommel telephoned that evening and suggested a lightning thrust to
Kasserine in strength, Tebessa, von Arnim was uninterested, although he permitted reconnaissance
At 0130 on 17 February, Anderson, talking with Fredendall on the elements to probe beyond Sbeitla toward Kasserine the next day . Rommel,
telephone, authorized Ward to withdraw from Sbeitla . Anderson asked that still lured by the prospect of exploiting success, sent a message to Kesselring
Ward hold all day in order to give Koeltz more time to install blocking on the afternoon of 18 February . He proposed an attack to Tebessa with the
positions at Sbiba . Fredendall thought that that was too much to ask of Ward, 10th and 21st Panzer Divisions . Kesselring was in accord and passed the
and Anderson finally agreed that Ward was to hold the town until 1100 on 17 recommendation to Comando Supremo . That night, Comando Supremo approved
February and longer if he could . At dawn, on 17 February, Fredendall issued but stipulated a shorter hook or envelopment to Le Kef . Rommel was to
a directive . Ward and the 1st Armored Division, when forced to leave Sbeitla, control the two panzer divisions and the Afrika Korps, of which the Italian
were to retire through the Kasserine Pass toward Thala . Anderson Moore's Centauro Division was a part, but he was to have no authority over von Arnim .
19th Engineers were to organize the Kasserine Pass defensively and to cover Instructing the 21st Panzer Division to strike to Sbiba, the Afrika Korps to
Ward's withdrawal . Stark's infantry regiment was to defend Feriana until advance to Kasserine, Rommel recalled the 10th Panzer Division to Sbeitla .
compelled to pull back toward Tebessa . Air force personnel were to abandon Depending on which attack succeeded, he would commit the 10th to Sbiba or
the Thelepte airfields . At Sbeitla, the Germans lessened their pressure as they to Kasserine .
turned to round up Drake's men coming off Ksaira . The 1st Armored On the Allied side on 18 February, the shock of defeat was visible among
Division settled down and held, although rear-area units, preparing to leave, the troops . Everyone was tired . Units were mauled, dispersed, and mixed ;
blew up dumps and destroyed supplies . had no specific missions ; lacked knowledge of adjacent formations . The troops
From Gafsa, the Italians and Germans of Rommel's force advanced in seemed to be slipping out of control . Eisenhower sent artillery and tank
strength and entered Feriana . About 3,500 men at the nearby Thelepte destroyers from Algeria to Tunisia . A shipment of 295 new Sherman tanks
airfields were streaming toward Tebessa after having burned 60,000 gallons of had just arrived, but unwilling to risk losing them all, he released 30 to the
gasoline, thirty-four disabled aircraft, and facilities . Stark retired to Tebessa . British and 30 to the 1st Armored Division . Alexander had come to Algiers on
The Afrika Korps entered Thelepte at noon and salvaged twenty tons of 15 February in accordance with agreements reached at the Allied Casablanca
aviation gas, thirty tons of lubricants, plus ammunition and assdrted supplies . Conference in January and prepared to take command of the ground forces in
Fredendall moved his command post out of Tebessa and for about six hours Tunisia-Anderson's First Army and Montgomery's Eighth-which were
had no communications with his subordinates . Increasingly nervous supply approaching the Mareth Line . Alexander conferred with Eisenhower, then
and service units in and around Tebessa began to head for the west in search toured the British front on 16 February, visited the French sector on 17
of safety . At Sbeitla, the Germans attacked that afternoon, and, although February, and traveled on 18 February to the II Corps area . He was horrified
CCB held relatively well, panic in the town turned the place into a nightmare . to see the state of confusion and uncertainty and was upset by the absence of a
 KASSERINE PASS 2 57

coordinated plan of defense . Instead of waiting to take command of the

ground forces on 20 February, he assumed command on the nineteenth and
ordered everyone to hold in place . There was to be no withdrawal from the
Western Dorsale .
Moore's 19th Engineers had been laying mines between the village of
Kasserine and the pass, five miles beyond . On 18 February, having covered
the withdrawal of CCB through the village and the pass, Moore moved his
men through the pass and organized defensive positions . Just beyond the pass,
on the western side, the road splits : one route leads to the west toward
Tebessa ; the other, the main road, goes north to Thala . Moore, with about
200 engineers and infantrymen armed with small arms and automatic
weapons and supported by two batteries of U .S . 105-mm howitzers, a battery
of French 75s, and a battalion of tank destroyers in the rear, covered the road
to Tebessa . An infantry battalion defended the road to Thala . 69 Most of the
troops were inexperienced and nervous . On the evening of 18 February,
Anderson instructed Koeltz to dispatch a brigade of Keightley's 6th Ar-
moured Division from Sbiba to Thala . Brig . Charles A . L . Dunphie's 26th
Armoured Brigade moved . He was thus in place to help the American
battalion defending the road from Kasserine to Thala . Or he could move back
to Sbiba if the main German threat developed there .
Meanwhile, CCA of the 1st Armored Division, having given Keightley's
and Ryder's forces, as well as the French, time to set up defensive positions at
the Sbiba Pass, drove through Sbiba to Tebessa . On 19 February, CCA
arrived at the three minor passes south and west of Kasserine to bolster
remnants of a French division, two American battalions (one of Rangers, the
other of infantry), the Derbyshire Yeomanry, and CCB, When German
reconnaissance units probed the Kasserine Pass on the evening of 18
February, some of Moore's engineers fled . That night Fredendall put Stark in
command of all the units defending the pass . Stark arrived on the morning of
19 February as the Germans attacked in earnest . Seeking surprise, an infantry
battalion of the Afrika Korps advanced through Kasserine Pass without artillery
Map 8 .5 . Kasserine preparation . When the troops met opposition, a panzer grenadier battalion
backed by 88-mm cannon reinforced them . A unit of British mortars and
some reconnaissance elements had just arrived at the Kasserine Pass, and they
helped the Americans hold off the Germans . When Moore asked for more
infantry to support his engineers, Stark seized on a battalion of the 9th U .S .
Infantry Division that had just arrived from Algeria . Stark sent two rifle
companies to Moore-one for each flank of Moore's defenses-and kept one
for the Thala road, thereby splitting the battalion .
Rommel himself came to Kasserine, was impressed by the opposition,
and decided to make his main effort toward Sbiba . But he wished the attack at
Kasserine to continue . After clearing the pass, his troops were to strike
westward toward Tebessa in order to stretch the Allied defenses . The 21st
258 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 259

Panzer Division had attacked Sbiba that morning, but Koeltz, Keightley, and prospect of German tactical success at Thala . By now, Stark's force on the
Ryder had stopped the thrust . Rommel then changed his mind and decided to Thala road had virtually evaporated, and Dunphie emerged as the chief Allied
concentrate in the Kasserine area . He ordered the 10th Panzer Division, which protagonist . Committing his tanks and infantry against a strong thrust
was on its way to Sbeitla, to continue on to the Kasserine Pass . The division directed by Rommel himself, who took control of the battle for several hours,
was at half strength, for von Arnim had refused to release some units, Dunphie lost the bulk of his armor and had to withdraw to the final line of
particularly the heavy panzer battalion, which had about two dozen enormous defense before Thala . The Germans followed, and fierce combat erupted after
Tiger tanks . Because the 10th was moving slowly, an impatient Rommel darkness and ended in a draw . Both sides retired 1,000 yards-Dunphie to the
brought up the Centauro Division. He now wished the Afrika Korps to open the north, the Germans to the south . The final defensive line was virtually
pass and to drive westward toward Tebessa . The 10th Panzer Division, after uncovered, and Rommel seemed about to enter Thala . Expecting just that,
going through the Kasserine Pass, was to strike at Thala . That evening, the Anderson asked Koeltz, who had again stopped the Germans at Sbiba, to send
16th Infantry of the 1st Division marched from the Sbiba area to the Kasserine a battalion of infantry and whatever else he could to Thala, Because Ryder
area . Fredendall sent it to bolster the minor passes south and west of was making some local adjustments, Koeltz requested Keightley to dispatch
Kasserine . He gave General Allen, the 1st Division commander who was with elements . That night, a battalion of British infantry and some tanks traveled
the regiment, the job of coordinating the defenses of these passes . Fredendall along a mountain trail to reinforce Nicholson and Dunphie .
then ordered CCB of the 1st Armored Division to back up the engineers on Meanwhile, Allied units were coming from Algeria . A battalion of
the Tebessa road at Kasserine Pass where the defenses seemed on the verge of French infantry moved from Constantine and arrived at Sbiba . Fifty-two
collapse . Dunphie, commander of the 26th Armoured Brigade at Thala, asked Sherman tanks and crews were en route to Tebessa . A provisional British unit
permission to reinforce Stark, but Keightley wanted him to be on hand if he with twenty-five new Churchill tanks reached Sbiba . The 47th Infantry of the
was needed at Sbiba . Dunphie nonetheless sent eleven of his tanks from Thala 9th U .S . Division was on the way from Oran to Tebessa . Most important,
to buttress Stark's positions that night . Brig . Gen . S . LeRoy Irwin's 9th Division Artillery, with three artillery
On 20 February, the 21st Panzer Division attacked Sbiba again and made battalions and two cannon companies, traveling from western Algeria, got to
no progress . But at Kasserine, the shrieks of the nebelwerfer, multiple rocket Tebessa on the afternoon of 21 February . Ordered to Thala at once, Irwin's
launchers that had been recently introduced by the Germans, unnerved guns were in position by midnight . Nicholson placed Irwin in charge of all the
Moore's engineers holding the Tebessa road . They fell apart, and by artillery at Thala, and Irwin sited his forty-eight pieces, plus thirty-six other
afternoon-having lost eleven men killed, twenty-eight wounded, and eighty- guns of various calibers, to cover the all-but,abandoned final line of defense,
nine missing in three days (and many more had temporarily vanished)-they manned now by British infantry reinforced by stragglers rounded up by Stark,
no longer existed as a coherent force . Fortunately, Robinett's CCB arrived about twenty tanks of Dunphie's brigade, plus the British infantry battalion
and blocked the road . On the main route to Thala, although jittery, the and a few tanks, some of them new Shermans released by Eisenhower, coming
defenders held . Rommel then became even more impatient for a quick victory from Sbiba . Less than a mile away were at least fifty German tanks, 2,500
at Sbiba and Kasserine . He was apprehensive over the Mareth Line positions, infantry, thirty artillery pieces, and other weapons, including the notorious
for Montgomery had just that day attacked his outposts in southern Tunisia . nebelwerfer .
Late in the afternoon, on Anderson's order, Keightley dispatched Brig . The 10th Panzer Division was ready to start what Rommel expected would
Cameron Nicholson, his assistant division commander, from Sbiba to Thala be the advance into Thala on the morning of 22 February, when Irwin's guns
with miscellaneous troops . No longer confident of Fredendall's ability, opened up . Expecting a counterattack, the Germans postponed their effort .
Anderson wished Nicholson to command, as Fredendall's representative, all Nicholson launched a foray and, although he lost five tanks, bluffed the
the British, American, and French fighting on the west side of Kasserine Pass . Germans . Rommt;l came up the Thala road, noted the increased volume of
What actually developed was that Fredendall and Robinett' commanded the Allied shelling, and gave permission to delay the offensive . Now Robinett and
forces blocking the Tebessa road, and Nicholson and Dunphie took control of his CCB seemed about to be overwhelmed . During the previous night,
the units defending the Thala road . approximately a battalion of German and Italian troops had infiltrated the
On 21 February, Rommel let the attacks in the Sbiba area continue but American positions . Intending to strike toward Tebessa, they became lost . On
looked for decisive success at Kasserine . He decided to make his main effort to the morning of 22 February, they arrived in the rear of the miscellaneous
Thala and to head for Le Kef beyond . Furious fighting on both the Tebessa Allied troops-American, French, and British-guarding the Bou Chebka
and Thala roads resulted in a slight German advance toward Tebessa and the Pass, one of the minor defiles south and west of Tebessa . The Axis force
2 60 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 261

captured several American howitzers and antiaircraft guns and prompted motor vehicles, and 36 guns . But American losses were much higher . About
considerable anxiety over the security of that pass and two others nearby . It 30,000 Americans engaged in the Kasserine fighting under II Corps, and
took most of the day to track down, disperse, and capture the Italo-German probably 300 were killed, almost 3,000 wounded, nearly 3,000 missing . It
unit . would take 7,000 replacements to bring the units to authorized strengths . The
Under the impression that Allied defenses were caving in, Fredendall 34th Division under the French XIX Corps at Sbiba sustained approximately
went to the commander of the under-strength French division in the area and 50 men killed, 200 wounded, and 250 missing . II Corps lost 183 tanks, 104
asked him to defend Tebessa . While Fredendall was gone, someone at the II half-tracks, 208 artillery pieces, and 512 trucks and jeeps, plus large amounts
Corps headquarters decided to move the corps command post to avoid being of supplies-more than the combined stocks in American depots in Algeria
overrun . When Fredendall returned, he found his headquarters half aban- and Morocco . The series of operations known as the Battle of Kasserine
doned ; many clerks and radio operators were on the way to Le Kef and Pass-from the start at Faid through Sidi bou Zid and Sbeitla to the final act
Constantine . Feeling unable to maintain control, Fredendall, having already at the Kasserine defile-was a disaster for the U .S . Army.
passed responsibility to Allen for the minor passes, now instructed Ward to
coordinate the defenses on the Tebessa road . Learning that the 47th Infantry U .S . forces at Kasserine displayed several strengths . The battle confirmed the
of the 9th Division was about thirty miles south of Constantine, Fredendall leadership of certain individuals-among them Ward, Robinett, Hightower,
asked the regiment to remain where it was in order to protect Constantine in Alger, Waters, and Stack in the 1st Armored Division ; Ryder, Drake, and
case the Axis forces broke through Thala and Tebessa . Moore in the 34th Division ; Summerall the artilleryman ; and many at the
During the night of 22 February, Anderson, whose British First Army small-unit level whose names escaped notice . New weapons and equipment
headquarters was nine miles north of Sbiba, shifted his command post behind coming to the field of battle, although at first poorly managed, turned out to
Le Kef. Koeltz almost pulled his headquarters back too, for von Arnim had be superior . The .50-caliber antiaircraft machine gun, used particularly well
attacked half-heartedly in the Pichon area . But Koeltz drew Keightley's and by CCB along the road leading to Tebessa, spelled the doom of the German
Ryder's divisions out of Sbiba and faced them toward Thala to meet the dive bomber. The Sherman tank proved to be battleworthy . The bazooka
expected breakthrough there . Sbiba lay open to German entry. However, would be used with success later . When relatively inexperienced American
nothing happened at Sbiba or at Kasserine . After conferring with Kesselring, troops fought alongside seasoned allies, notably as at Sbiba, they stood firm
who came to Tunisia on the afternoon of 22 February, Rommel called off his and controlled . If the British were largely responsible for stopping the
attack . He had been unable to secure von Arnim's cooperation . He thought it Germans on the road to Thala, the Americans had, after initial unsteadiness,
impossible to obtain a decisive victory before Montgomery attacked the settled down and blocked the road to Tebessa, Instead of being disheartened
Mareth Line . His units were fatigued, and Rommel himself was extremely by their inexperience, they displayed a remarkable recovery and an ability to
tired and discouraged . That night, Rommel ordered his forces to withdraw to learn . Subsequent operations in Tunisia revealed their competence and
the Eastern Dorsale and the east coast . They did so early on the morning of 23 confidence . They quickly came to regard their allies with understanding and
February, leaving a profusion of mines and destroyed bridges in their wake . to work with them closely despite differences in national outlooks, habits, and
There was no Allied pursuit of the departing enemy . According to Koeltz, the methods .
Allied units "were in such disorder and their commanders so shaken" that no The weaknesses the Americans showed were those usually demonstrated
immediate reaction was possible . 70 The Battle of Kasserine Pass was over . by inexperienced troops committed to battle for the first time . Beforehand,
On the afternoon of 23 February, some Allied units moved forward they were overconfident, as CCA was at Sidi bou Zid ; once committed, they
cautiously. They found no enemy . Not until two days later did the Allies were jittery, as were Moore's engineers . They lacked proficiency in newly
understand that Rommel's offensive had ended . They then advanced to the developed weapons such as bazookas . They had, difficulty identifying enemy
east and several days later were again in Sbeitla and Sidi bou Zid, in Thelepte, weapons and equipment, They were handicapped by certain poor command-
Feriana, and Gafsa . I ers-Fredendall, who was arrogant, opinionated, and perhaps less than
German losses in the Kasserine operation totaled almost 1,000 cas- stable ; McQuillin and Stark, known as Old Mac and Old Stark, whose
ualties-200 men killed, almost 550 wounded, 250 missing-and 14 guns, 61 reactions were slow, cautious, and characteristic of World War I operations .
motor vehicles, 6 half-tracks, and 20 tanks were destroyed . Italian losses are Units were dispersed and employed in small parcels instead of being
unknown . The II Corps took 73 Germans and 535 Italians prisoner . The concentrated . Air-ground cooperation was defective . Replacement troops
Germans reported capturing 4,000 prisoners, 62 tanks and half-tracks, 161 were often deficient in physical fitness and training . Some weapons were
262 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 263

below par-the light tank was suitable only for reconnaissance ; the tank cannon platoons at the infantry regimental level with six towed 105-mm
destroyer was insufficiently armed and armored ; the 37-mm gun was too howitzers . The experience of the 1st Armored Division in North Africa was
small . Higher commanders shirked the responsibility or lacked the knowledge considered too fragmentary to give guidance on reorganization . Furthermore,
to coordinate units in battle, to delineate firm unit boundaries, to mass deployment of the armored division in the Battle of Kasserine Pass was
defensive fire, and to provide military police to handle traffic and prisoners of defensive and not in line with the aggressively offensive mission for which the
war. Commanders were in general imprecise in their orders . Command lines armored divisions had been intended . Nevertheless, on 15 September 1943,
among the Allied forces had been tenuous, and mutual lack of confidence and while the 1st and 2d Armored Divisions, both overseas, remained as
bitterness marred relations . In addition, "American troops in North Africa constituted under the 1942 tables of organization and equipment, other and
enjoyed very little direct support from aircraft and suffered many attacks at newer armored divisions were restructured and lightened . The regimental
the hands of friendly fliers, all because no solutions had been developed for the echelon was abolished, and the battalion became the basic unit . All battalions
problems identified in the 1941 maneuvers of Louisiana and Carolinas ." 71 were alike and therefore interchangeable . Three battalions of tanks, infantry,
The strengths of the Axis as perceived by the Americans consisted of and artillery increased flexibility and doubled the proportion of infantry to
combat troops' experience ; the superiority of certain items of equipment, tanks . Three combat commands, all of which could fight, now became
notably the German tanks ; the effectiveness of the nebelwerfer; and the close standard .
coordination of tactical air support with ground operations . Axis weaknesses The 37-mm gun had been a failure in North Africa, and the War
were a lack of trust between Germans and Italians, the absence of an effective Department recognized this fact . But while the weapon was "definitely
coalition machinery to provide overall theater direction, and, although it was abandoned" in favor of the 57-mm gun as the result of experience in Tunisia,
scarcely remarked on at the time, the petty jealousies among commanders, the 37-mm gun had to be retained until enough 57-mm guns could be
notably between von Arnim and Rommel . Had Axis forces been closely produced to replace the lighter model .
coordinated by an overall commander in pursuit of bold objectives enunciated The tank destroyer, "armed with unsatisfactory and makeshift expedi-
by a self-confident coalition, the Axis would, no doubt, have attained a ents," was a disappointment . In general, the weapon lacked suitable armor
strategic victory instead of merely a tactical success . protection and firepower . Creation and development of the weapon, as well as
As a consequence of the Battle of Kasserine Pass, the U .S . Army training for its use, had come too late for Kasserine Pass . When "it became
instituted many changes . Officers worked to improve fire-direction control, to clear from the limited operations in Tunisia . . . that tank destroyer units
obtain better battlefield intelligence, and to gain more effective air support . would not be requested by theater commanders in anything like the numbers
Four months after Kasserine, in July 1943, the Army Ground Forces that were becoming available," McNair recommended in April 1943 further
lengthened the thirteen-week basic training cycle to seventeen weeks and reducing the number of tank destroyer battalions to be activated . The
stressed physical conditioning, mine laying and removal, patrolling, recon- maximum projection of 222 battalions had already been cut to 144 ; now it was
naissance, and other combat techniques . The Army concentrated on produc- curtailed to 106 .
ing the Sherman tank and procuring larger caliber guns, notably those of 76- In May 1943, when Ward, having been relieved as commander of the 1st
mm and 90-mm . Commanders decided to employ units as units instead of Armored Division, assumed command of the Tank Destroyer Center at Camp
parceling them out in small segments . Fredendall, McQuillin, and Stark were Hood, he shifted the principal training emphasis to gunnery, developed the
removed from positions of leadership . Emphasis was now placed on efficiency, capacity for indirect fire, and stressed teamwork and operating in simulated
discipline, and self-control . The Army tightened its procedures and became battle conditions, The field manual was rewritten in June 1943 in light of the
more military in the best sense of the word . lessons of the battle . There was a shift toward using towed three-inch tank
More specifically, the War Department made changes in the infantry destroyers, which were now beginning to be regarded as defensive weapons .
division . 72 In March 1943, the infantry squad was authorized ten Garand Not until the European campaign of 1944 was a proper role found for tank
rifles, one automatic rifle, and one Springfield 1903 Model rifle, a consider- destroyers . They were recognized as defensive weapons and, instead of the
able increase in small-arms firepower . The cannon company with six self- earlier offensive orientation, they operated with "aggressive spirit . " 73 While
propelled 75-mm howitzers and two self-propelled 105-mm howitzers had tanks became the primary antitank weapons, tank destroyers became highly
been used at the infantry battalion level, but in March 1943, the War mobile supporting artillery. They functioned as auxiliary artillery, together
Department abolished the cannon companies in infantry battalions and with tanks and antiaircraft artillery . The Tunisian operation led to increased
replaced them with the increased firepower and greater flexibility of three numbers of field artillery, tank, and combat-engineer battalions . 74
264 MARTIN BLUMENSON KASSERINE PASS 265

The antiaircraft training cycle, which had been increased from thirteen to faster than the Allies could, and the presence in the field of two Axis armies
eighteen weeks before Kasserine Pass, was again lengthened in July 1943, this against a single Allied army (before Montgomery arrived) gave the Axis an
time to twenty-two weeks . 76 Yet the "most disappointing aspect of the 1943 indisputable advantage . Another trump card was the German and Italian
maneuvers . . . was air-ground cooperation ." 76 Planes frequently attacked troops' prior battle experience . Still another was superior Axis equipment,
friendly forces because of failure to display panels on the ground or to properly particularly tanks and guns . The close coordination of ground-air units by
use pyrotechnics, and antiaircraft artillery continued to shoot down friendly virtue of doctrine, training, and experience also was vitally important .
planes . Close coordination of ground units and tactical supporting air units The Americans made many mistakes in this first large-scale engagement
would be successfully resolved only after the Normandy invasion, when of the war in Europe, but they learned from their errors and made
tactical air commands worked closely with each field army and when special adjustments that enabled them to go on to victory in Tunisia and beyond, The
radios enabled pilots to talk directly with the ground units they were defeat at Kasserine showed the Army what troops had to learn and to do . That
assisting . 77 By the late summer of 1943, Army authorities agreed that they quickly became proficient in the warfare of the 1940s confirmed their
combined-arms training had never been satisfactory . Infantry and armored spirit, their flexibility, their strong sense of purpose-their will to win .
officers had had inadequate training in each other's operations ; higher
commanders and staffs were inexperienced in coordinating operations and
had a tendency to use units "in such driblets that their effectiveness was lost ."
Not enough weapons and units had existed in 1942, or even in 1943, for
effective combined-arms training . 78 Until late in 1943, armored and infantry
divisions were unable to train together, and nondivisional units had only
"limited opportunities for combined [arms] training ." 79
As Army Ground Forces noted in March 1943, divisions in the United
States had received only 50 percent of their authorized equipment in certain
critical items, while nondivisional units had received a mere 20 percent . Thus,
"shortcomings shown by American troops in combat in North Africa . . .
were attributed . . . in large measure to lack of opportunity to train with
enough weapons and ammunition ." 80 Although Army Ground Forces had
tried to issue full allowances to units in training, continuing shortages of
equipment and supplies had made the practice impossible . 81 On the other
hand, a major confirmation of prewar outlook was the role of the division
organized to fight as a self-contained organization .
The vision of how the U .S . Army was to fight in World War II was
essentially sound . As McNair remarked in June 1943, a defensive attitude
stimulated by the Battle of Kasserine Pass was "undermining the offensive
spirit by which alone we can win battles," 82 The late date and the short
duration of the mobilization and organization process, of the development
and procurement of weapons and equipment, and of the training cycle,
together with necessary haste and improvisation, made impossible adequately
preparing troops for the exigencies of what was to them the' new and sobering
reality of war . Americans at Kasserine "paid in blood the prise of battlefield
experience ." 83 For Americans who had been imbued with an aggressive and
offensive notion during training, the defensive Battle of Kasserine Pass
imposed a role for which they were psychologically ill equipped . Yet the
underlying cause of the American failure was discrepancy in numbers
between the Allies and the Axis . The Axis built up its strength in Tunisia
 2

Fifth Panzer Army, War Diary (Extract),

24 January 1943
 Opsirationa Sootion Fifth Panzer Arzay jjq0 ,
Janaary, 24, 1943'

Order for the conduot of oporationo in tho south sector

l~ American forces
:,2 infantry and 2 armored division are advancing

in the Tebessa Feriana - serino area with advanced olez nta in Sbeitla .
Advanced security detachments are holding as heretofore the defile by Faid,

with'reaorve's around Si bou Zid . A mnaller force Is in the Gafsa area with
defensive al
.e /s issian~ass before.'

The intention of the American forces will be to 'sxIx drive on

Sfax or Gabes`over Paid to destroy liaison bitvroou the F3.fth Panzer Army

and the Germazn Italian Panzer Arny .

2, The Fifth Panzer tray :rill gain the defile at Faid,. annihilate the

enamj - units in"'line there' and block the mountain ridge on both sides of Paid

and tawurd the south in the Wea. .direction to prevent at that point any
e drive in the direction of - the see..

Combat miecions

a. -The'21st Pz,Div.., under the diroat control of the army, will attack
the ener at Fold
Aith the : forces at hand and elements of the Brigade Inporiali at tho -oarliost
possible , will destroy him and block the defile using Vie

attached elements of Brigade Xznpoiriali ., and by pushing forward security do-

taahmants to the mountain chain bctnoen Paid and otaticn do Sened :all add

to the security lira of the Special Brigade Impcriali .

After the mission has boon carried out rooo nnn issance will be pushed

forward in the direction of Sbeitla to the extrere boundary on the road

Ihd ob el Atoun - Gafsa.

 After accomplishing its mission the division -411 return to its

rorunr area leaving strong neourity dotaonmonts at the mountain .

BriLado Inperiali will place
For the execution of the n~sslai~/iCs~t~pfgru go, Iiril vr .Ilayv and the

armored assault group at La Fauoonnrie under the control of the 2lat 3 .Div .

After the attack has been carried out those clcnents will return to the con-

trol of Brigade Imperiali . Partioularsa v,-ill be regulated directly bet een

the 21st Pz .Div. and the .)C Arty Corps .

Moreover the arxij will bring forward the following unite and at

their arrival place them under the oor=nd of the 2lst Pz .Div. :

Panzer Bn. 190 (moved by warohing to objective 7169

Aaroh Dn. A 29 (moved b y rail ; O.Qu . T )

rah Dn . A 28 (movemont still :to be ordered)

8.8=' Flak 41

The uxeoution sk of the attack will not be made dependent on the

arrival of these - now units .

b' Spe jal Brigade, Imperials, . in the northern ;)art of its sector, dsx

tv311 detail Kampfgruppo Krtigers-Eayo anti the ar nred assault group at la Fau-
Y
connorie to the 21st Pz.Div. for the attack. After ocou and blocking
the 21st Pz .Div.
the - defile at Ibid,/tt will again assume with those unite the security of

the mountain ridge on both sides of Paid and toward the south adjoining on
w
DJ . Doudinar. The biking over will by reported .
a main
In the southern sootor,the special brigade will hove its/forova

in line thorn to the area of the Zoned station and will block atoadily the

mountain defile . At the pass between Zoned and Sakkot liaison vdth Contauro

Div, gill be established and raintaind . The locality of :tined will be

occupied by the Special Brigade Imporiali .

o. Div. Centauro will oontimzo to reinforce its security detachments

t1w
which are becoming
cast of al Guottar by pushing foriard/additional forces
 3

free at Gabds so that the mountain defiles hero also can be blooked steadily .

The mountain pass north of Sa~ckot will be protected by a comparatively etrorkg

combat group and liaison will b o maintained with the olemonte of

the . Brigade Imperiali in line there . Div. Ccnztauro will be roaponaiblo for

holding the mountain defile at Sakket.

4. Reconnaissanooz

The 21st Pz .Div, will oboorvo ezic rtr tactics by, vigorous reoonnaisGanoo

as far an tgzdm the line Sbeitla -- Gafsa .

Reoonna1aoo oe by XXX A .C, .us ordered .

Therainbody of the 21st Pz,Div ., after winding up the attack, will

hold itself mobile at the disposal of the arW and will expedite replacements

of shortages . fon-aotorized elements and weapons can be pushed forward to the

mountain passes southeast of Si bou Zid ; for operational purposes they ill

then be under the control of the Spooial Brigade haperiali .

6. llrmored Signal Bn.190, Y411 : aintain radio co sunioation ;with the

21st Pz .Div .;ts o cation with XXX A.C . as formerly .

7, Army Headquertorsx Rue do Lesceps 1, hnic

a Reports : Zia 21st Pz .'iv. will report as early as possible the tie

of the attack 'on mod.

The XXX A.C. ill- report the advenoe of oloants Imporiali to Sand

`station and the occupation of the pass of Sack-at by Div . Contaura .

Sources.

21st .Pz .T}iv.. Ia . Ktb. .. Anlagon Ur .9

31.13- 31.3.43 .

33 135/2
 3

1 st Armored Division, Report of Operations

(Extract), Maknassy, Tunisia, 27 January-
3 February 1943
 V 4 1 1 km
A A

,J-L u i .. .+ -L LAl

251 ost :Lluqter

.en !urn Uity, A .Y .

1S octiber 1943 .

SLovM : Report ifLvisiorl '

of Operations 1st 27 January 43 to 3 February 43 .

;aSl ,_ 4
TO The Adjutant Moral, %; . tLr .!,.V, I

-M n .NGED TO :

k,Tlvi, Y-11
CA-- '46'CULL R-' iv
320,21Lki 27 j4,L-C F,: l 43 .
in OF TM ADJUTAIMIGMEMAIL L .1' Uf :

+1N(2' C (")'MM ITTEE ...

In coq liaice with paragraph 10, 0 345-105, the report on operations . -- : ..

by lst Armored Division at -, uuAA :~Y (T-7908), TUI .II51", 27 January 43 to 3 February T,
43 is hereby submitted . 0

F,
1. TriE 1;'qEz :
ZJ.
after the raid on BMW LE SENEJ .on 24 January the eneniy reoccupied - RA
the S&L, i) position and t a o jc F,iCj j 1~;S from the French so that his general line 'J
along this front was then DJ ii W,i (Y-2859), A EL , k-L--34741, & MBA 04685JU-
-and DJ (T-4512), )j -Li,0USS1 kT-602i,), ,J ix ;UiiL4,itt (T-7938), DJ SIDI
UALIF (T-8265) . (See Zap) . 41r reconnaissance reports indicated that the enemy" 7 1
was strengthening his pusition particularly with arsur . M

2. AtWISIM .
a Un 27 January (;u ,k;" had returned to the DOU area froa CAFSA
after the STATION DI; S!L- D raid : CC -z" was in the UU66LLTIA Valley . CC "All
I
had : .roved fro ;n to SIDI L~U 4,1J . The re .zainder of the i)ivision had
reazined in the 13W Ch EbKA area .

b . Oni 2"! January LC "U", consisting or 6 Dif (-1st & 2d Bns), 1st IN,
aj AA, 68 FA bn, D Co to Engr ;)n, .-'d i'lat D ziLry 443 C ,, .1 Co 47 Med 131n,
3 Co uiint bn, Let 141 dig Co, roved to Fi4d,6 ., to operate against
the eneAy either in the direction of G 1F~ .i or F,%Ilj . (see luciosure !1o . 1) .

c . ()n 28-January Cu : 'L;" (-lst i:-n 13 Au) with 3d nn 13 .!i attached moved
vicinity GIFSA . (Bee Inclosure do . - 2) . CC "Y co . .nienc(4 ;:xve .aent, on II
Corps order, to WU

On 29 January CC W closed in new bivouac at BOU UhEBiiA and commence .4

period of badly 'needed maintenance .

4
 ~, OH j L] . •j the f0110 .dii : ;J 11 .1 5 ,Uer fi L i- Ltic' LLVLsiofl :

lot Uli loo lilt 1st .LCil Ii'

(a-ii Go j9 1nf i 3 r:a ID 1i
/_o Iiif (--
-1 C! z ju Dris)

~1-0ops were 1 •e Lroupp(:d "s silv ;rii ueloi' .

J 2iuH 111
DISPUSITIU1' OF '1'1 01 S -3uJ 1U :~itY

DI V dh1J - BOU Ch Tai <A C ", t" -SIL1 bOU ZID

61 itcci tin (-B Co & 1 Pi i) Go) 1 ::I( (-lot & 2u bus)

1tofl F'l lii1 Co to ,Engr iin 1st bnblnf
2o Inf (-2d & )d i3lis)
0(; "C"- W,11 GAFS A 91 FA B n
1 i(c it 1 r
6 Iuf (- .1st & 2d bns) ~3 Fa Ba
1 Uo and 1 PI D Go 61 k cn bn C Co lo Engr Bn
u C o 13 AR aCo 701 21)bn
C Bt ry 68 FA Bn 601 11) tin (- C Co)
B i3try (-2 Pl) 443 GA D rStry (-2 P1) 443 CA (4*a)
X
I P1 1 Co 16 Engr Bn m

CC "D"-,BOU CUE K A DIV &5ri?VE-BOU Chmllk'A CC "B"-BOU GFIN3KA

701 TI) Bn (-A,& B Cos) 1st tin 13 AR 13 AR (-1st & 3d Bns

3d Bn 13 AR (-G Co) 2dbn 1AR 2dBnbInf
1st Bn 168 Inf 16 Engr ba (-C & L Gos) 27 FA Ba
Can Co 39 Inf 1 P1 443 CA (A,~
1 Co 16 Engr B a (-1 P l) 1) Bt ry 10b C A .o .
6 8 FA B n (-C Bt ry)
1 P1 443 CA (AA) t

Sg:TION IV
THE (FE1 ATION

1 . 30 January Commanding General, 1st ariwred Division issued verbal o rders .

t o CC "C" as follows : "Aove from present area along . GAFSA - Silil EOU ZID road to
point `t'-2712, thence cross-country to end of road at T-3566, thence northeast
toward hCiAS$Y road and hit - in flank enemy force moving from 4 .1KN,LSSI toward
SIDI BOU ZI1 ." CC "C" moved out as ordered at 1400 hours, and bivouaced for the
night 25 miles north of G F8A on the S1Dl BUU LID road .

2 . Afternoon of 30 January Field Order ado . 4 was issued . (See Inclosure No . 3)

3 e During the nigit of 30-31 January CC "Dl' and Uiv Rcn moved from BOU
CHTKA to assembly positions five (5) miles East of GAFSA.

4 . 31 January CC "i)", preceded by Div limn, launched an attack on STATION 1E

S ENED . C C 11 .4 1 made an unsuccessful thrust toward FAIR . C C "C" having found no
erieimi force moving toward SIDI BOU LID from sAA A3SY turned south per Division
Order on the tAt(NASSY - SIDI BUJ ZI1 Road to contain the enemy in the iAAIZILA
PASS ("L-7527) .

'10 - 2 -.
 r1 5

M1
it

5 . 1 Febr'u ry lbd Inf rtegt t-lst & 3d vns), 175 FA isa, and is iitry lOb CA
tin ( .{ ;) were attached-to CC -10 1 . \
- Ui: "D" continued attack to East and secured the
town of 1'ril1Ud DE Si •i JED at dari : . CC "C" obtained possession of the north end of
..~ILIL .; CC "A" again atte•ipted its mission of re-establishin` the French
positions at FAiD, but met very heavy resistance and withdrew to SI1)1 13OU ZID .

6 . 2 February, II Corps ordered that the thrust on liArI 5SY be abandoned

and forces be withdrawn and moved to meet expected enemy thrust an the Corps left
flank . . CC "D" continued its attack throuLiiout the day and successfuLly obtained
its objective, the ridge line about five wiles East of STATiOii DE SEED . C C "A"
continued patrolling in the FAIU area . C C "B" was ordered to move under cover of
daricness to a concealed asseitbly position Southeast of th T . ;R to care under cornmand
of CG, First British Army . CC "C" moved tq hADJEB EL ALUUiv cT-6695), acting as
Div lies arid protecting the Division rdortii Flank .

7 . flight of 2 - 3 February CC "i3" with 601 T .D . bn (- C Go) attaches moved

as ordered to an ass .ei:bly position Southeast of i4MT .tit.

8, 3 February CC "D" consolidated its position five miles East of STATION

DE SrhED . `

9 . 3 February Division published Field Order No . 5 (See Inclosure No . 4), m

and troops moved accordingly, until at daylight 4 February troops of the Division
were disposed as follows : 0

CC "A" Vicinity SIDI BOU GID CC "D" . . . Vicinity BOU CHTKA

CC "B" Under First British Army DIV CF . . . SBEITLA
at i4ArTAR DIV RES . . SBEITi,A i .
Ct: "C" HADJ1 EL AIOUh mZ :-"

SICTION V Z .
RESULT'S OF OPERATIONS

1 . Insofar as the limited nature of the attacics permitted, the operation

. ryas successful . However, the extent of the front iaade a concentration of force
impossible, and no decisive objective was gained .

2. ES1LL TD) LOSSES :

a. Enemy materiel (captured or destroyed) :

3 Trucks 4 half-Tracks 6 iiotorcycles

7 Light T-amts 2 88mm Guns 6 Staff Cars
Large quantities of smalll arias and machine gun ammunition .
b. Own ;

(1) Personnel (Killed, wounded, and missing) :

23 Officers
2 Warrant Officers
302 Enlisted lien

(2) d--iteriel :
n4
3 Tanks
1 105a m how
4 Half-Tracks
3
 fir •{ ~'.JU .t OLD : .!L~.U1 .J :J 1)I TIISIUN
J1 L
.y
•U . c/o I- ostuiaster
251

New York City, N .Y .

TO Co_ .iaanding General, 1st Armd . Div .

1 . The corzposit;ion <:nd locations of t_ie units of the lst :,rmd . Div . are as
follows :

a< DIV RCii - bOU Cd ;Br2,

S1st Itch n

h. CC " .i" - SiSEI iLn

1 hip (- 1st & 2d i3ns)
1st sin, 6 Inf
91 FA En
C Co, 16 Engr
A Co, 701 TD Bn
C 00, 47 11~ed 3n
A Co, :Saint Bn
• Btry, (- 2 Pls), 443d CA
Det (Supply Bn & Tn Hq)
m
c .q CC "B" - OUSSELTIA - will move from that location to vicinity BOU CHEBKA ;.
during hours of darkness starting 28 Jan . Will close at BOU CH .EBKIi night of 29-3Q;
13 AR (-lst & 3d Bns) m
2d Bn, 6 Inf
27 FA Bn
• Go, 16 Engr
• Co, 47 bled Bn
C Co, maint Bn
• Co, Supply En

d . CC "C" - FI IANA
lst Bn, 13 AR ( -1 P1 C Go) 1 Pl, 443d CA
6 Inf (- 1st & 2d Bns) Det 141 Sig Co
68 FA Bn A Co, 47 Med Bn
• Co, 16 Engr B Co, Diaint Bn

e. DIV RES - BOU CHEBKA

IIq & Hq Co, 1 AD Supply Bn (- B Co & Det)
3d Bn, 13 R 47 fed yin (- A,B & C Cos)
16 Engr Bn (-}3, C & D Cos) Tn Hq Co (- Bet)
701 TD Bn (- A &. B Cos) 141 Sig (- Det)
Mai nt Bn (- it, B & C Cos) S erv . Co, I AD
2d Bn, 1 AR

f. AT GAFSA
• Go, 701 TD Bn
1 Fl, C Co, 13 Ati

g• lst tin, 1 t R - ORAN

IIAr.E1,'A)N H . HO' ':Z'7,,

Lt . Col ., G .S .C .,
.1 . C . Of 5 ., G-3 .
 4

21st Panzer Division, Division Order for the Cap-

ture of the Faid Strongpoint, 26 January 1943
Operations Section 21st Panzer Division
26 January 1943

Division Order for the capture the Faid strong point .

1. Enew

Soned station again In our hand since 25 Jon . Other-rise no chfango

in the situation. The ononnr is remaining quint lately, in the air also .

Particulars in enemy situation bulletin .

2. 21stPx .Div. ; will continue under the direct control of the Fifth Ar and

will capture the narrows at Faid ; It will annihilate the enemy units in

lee there and will block the mountain pusses on both sidoa of Faid and
farther to the south to Qafea .

3 br that purpose the followi .ng units are to ronrarily a,-taahods

From tho Italian Brigade Impariall

a. Field .t3attalion T 2,

b. 2 Italian Blaokshirt compainiec

e. • 1 battery of Italian assault guns,(8 - 7.5)

Mesa olononts will return to the control o£ the Brigade Imperiali

after the mission has been carried out,. The : time for this will be ordered,

by the21st Pz . .Div.

4, Exeoutior ofthe operation

I. Composition

2 &Mpfgruppo h - will be forsied.

a lnunpfg uppo Pfeiffer with northern group :

2 Italian oonpani©s Blackahirts)

under the
let Co ., Field Dn T 2
corT.ncnd of
13 Italian assault guns )
an Italian
1 platoon 5om antitank E;una )
(2 guns) major .
 2

Oentor groups
1 bu. - iz. t's`.n t.10t4 )
) under the
2d .Co.,'Field Dn..T aZ )

1I platoon h.Inf.howitzer aomand of

It Itul .+asstsult j;une )

fly jor Pfeiffer.
1 btry.8.8 flak (I,1) be 44 t;uno )

2 rAzo looatir g details Q

South soups
lut Bn,104th Pz . ur .Rgt . )
under the
1'• bury .( British guns-)Arty-i55
oonmnd of
' I platoon 2 ors . Flaak )
Capt. Kuhn
2 mine looating details

. Ruiipfmuooo OrBn with

lot Bn..Pz.Rgt.5 (all tanks)

1/2 -btry. - (2 gunaa) 8 .8 Flak (hi ))
1 platoon 2 om.flak )
)
3 mine locating details )

Fo1loriing "hind . tgruppo Grun, but not under its controls _

thai ,saint body . of Reoor6Bn.-5%O

.II .S aSa~~r,JTl i

a.. Xa aofrruppe Pfo ffeTp

The north group with the Italian Blaak Shirt oozapanies will asp

the protaotion of the north flask &n the general line of the mountain ridge

2 ka east of iiI . Lake 01 Bahiraj ooz;wany T 44 :supported by the assa tilt

guns and the aantitonk platoon will, at daybreak, take by uurpriea the pasc at
117,' destroy the cnoRr o1o^runta in line there end will blook the orosuings to
.the
wart .
 :The center ou•i as the mission to destroy to enany at Faid by an on-

voloping attack on both aides and to capture the defile by !Aid . To that

offoot I :conpany of Field Bn . T 2 undor the direction of Lt . Kr1 er- •Hays rri?l

pushier from the north over Hill . &4 and attack the ozaon r by Faid fron DJ .

Kralif . The battalion of Pz .Cr .Rgt. 104, sunportod by 4 assault guns.; 2 heavy

in£ . Q 1 battery of (3 .8 Flak and the entire artillery (3 1/2 batteries)

will attack Faid from the east in the early morning hours, closely oaclralin .;;

from both aides,, detailing, a flank security dotaohmcxi ; to ho south .

The south group, ands- the command of Capt .?iuhn, -rill force a creasing of

the mountain on .the pass road between 79103 7210 boi'ore daybreak and tirill

destroy the enexgy at 7910 (Rebaou) under protection 'isguinst the enemy troops

on DJ .. Ksaira.

urtioulara oongerning the onset, ospeoially the timLing, will

be assured by'. Major Pfeifter .

fsrrsippe Grin will roach on Y - 1 day before dark point 97011, From

there the Kmmpfgruppc, after dark, will move over 9718 - 9502 - 95011 - 7226
7223 first on 7220, will exterminate the enanir in position' there, then will
turn first-oasttimrd over 7219, later northward on 7211 and -rill attack the
oneigy garrison at Fhid from the rear.

Rooon .l3u.550 will follow Kampfgruppo Grin as far as 7223, its- z ain

body reining there as support for lsauzi -elements of •Kai:rp£gruppa Grbn which

may :havo_ ,&ined behindd or tiihioh are ooming bank, and also X-13 as rCGor=iaGanc(3
rm

' bat;q,=3J0%V ; reaotnnoitar from hare to the west as far as . the road Had job el

Aioun -- Graf'ra.

Spume ::': .

21st Pz.Div . Ia, . Ktb .. Anlageu Nr .9 8.1 .113 - 31.3.1 :3

33 135/2 .
 5

Fifth Panzer Army, War Diary (Extract), 3-4 Feb-

ruary 1943
 -62-

Ground and air reoonnaissanoes disolose nothin new in the picture presented

by the enemy . The weak enemy air activity merely confirms that the enemy
organizations
intends first to impvove his air forge and supply installations

in the rear area .

There is no change in the army's plans.

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K.H. (Annex 980)

-------------------

3 Febr nA ry 1943
1. Sequence of events :

On 3 Feb, the enemy feels forward with strong reconnaissance forces

against our rear guard positions northwest or north of Zelten along the

coastal read and just in the vicinity of the trail running near the coast .

All the thrusts are repulsed and a few armored enemy vehicles are shot down .

(Annex981)

Long distance reconnaissance of German and Italian reconnaissance

patrols as far as the line 80 km south-southwest of Foum Tatahouine-100 km

southeast of Foum Tatahoulne disclcsec no enemy observation in the entire

south area . (*mx Annex982) -

The O.B . inspects personally the defense sector in the west flank of

the Lreth position between Djbel Tebaga and Matmata and discusses with

Gen.Roncaglia the commitment of his Korpsgruppe . The O.B. intends in the

next few days to withdraw the remaining forces employed in the Foum Tata-

houine area and to put the entire Gruppe Mannerini under the control of

Gen . Ronoaglia . (Annex983)

selects
Comando Supremo >x7.x a new boundary between the D .I .Panzerarmee

and the 5.Panzerarne running as follows :

)
h r el Kumizi (20 kin northeast of Sfax) - MezzounA - Moich--Send

(locality for the D .I .Panzerarmee) - Point 405 (16 Jaa north of Gafsa) -

river crossing 2 km south of Hir Barouka - river di(ntion,tp ) the northwest.

nex 4
 - 63 -

The boundary includes the Gafaa and Sfax area for the D .I .Panzerarmee .

Thereupon the army reports to Comando Supremo that according to

the Duce's instructions all mobile units -so far as they are not already
as position divisions
in line/in the Mareth position and have taken over their sectors- are still

standing as rear guards in the area northwest - of Zelten-Ben Gardane-south

Foum Tatahouine with the mission to delay the advance of the British Eighth

Army to the west . In view of the iiiportanoe of this mission the army is in

no position to throw any mobile forces against a possible enemy threat from

the a around Gafsa, whether in the Gabs direction or against the MAares-

Sfax line, as an important/of the fighting power of the army had to be given

over to the Fifth Pz . A.O .K. in the shape of the 21 .Pz . Div . for the- protection

of the Sfax area . The army therefore suggests to let the former boundary

of latitude) remain and to have the new boundary effective only when

the army rear guards have fallen back behind

the 1 reth peeition beoauxe of superior enemy pressure .

Should there be grounds -unsuspected by the army- for the newly or-

dered boundary to go into effect, then the army must be given freedom of

action in so far that iu sxsa came of threatening danger from the area around
i to ward - off the danger
Gafsa,parts of the rear guard support could be put in line/ice
of an advance possibly more rapid mS by
/the British Eighth Army . (Annex 985)

(Situation map and reports see Annex986)

Air situation : Compared to the previous days the enemy air activity was no-

ticeably stronger ; powerful bombing and Jabo units attacked the rear area

espeibally .

Our Laftwaffe scored noticeable success in the repulse of the enemy

air attacks .

Supply situation of the German troops :

The present tequirements are assured in almost all services . A stock

of supplies on a large scale as would be needed for the conduct of defensive

fighting of several weeks duration is not possible in the present oiroum-

stances . Nevertheless on the 20th of the month we have to reckon with the

beginning oft he British large scale attack against the Marath position .

Detailed situation is as follows :

a. Fuel : with the troops 1,5

V - 3-
in depots in the rear 1 V .S .
what must be requilrstedned 10 V .S .

Shortage 7,5 V-8- or 7%

: with the troops
b . Ammunition 0, 7 basic load
in rear depots 1,0 " "
3 n a
what must be requisioned troops
depot 3 " "
n n
Shortage 4,3 72%

c . Mines : already laid or in depot 42 000 antitank mines

16 1+90antipersonnel mines
to be r eequisioned_, 240 000 antitank' mines
120 000 antipersonnel mines

Total shortage 300 610 antitank and antipersonnel

mines 83% (Annex 987)

Estimate of the situation and plans :

Despite the increase of the enemy air activity today there is

still no intention of attack on the part of the onany to be detected .The

plans of the army for the 4.Feb . are unchanged .

Concerning an outline of these plans the r i army reports, upon

inquiry of Comando Supremo :

as long as possible
"The army intends to hold/the present rearguard positions echeloned

in depth in the area Zelten, - Pisida - Ras Agedir, this area being favorable

from the point of view of terrain . If the enemy exerts a frontal pressure
it will doubtlesst$ossible to hold
only/these positions for several days, even against a superior enemy . But

probably the enemy will attempt to carry out an euvelopxutingmovement per-

haps through the el Assa area (40 km southwest of Zuara) or perhaps farther

south, driving from the Ben Gardalge direction, for the opening of these

passes .
 -65-

In such a case -quite possible despite terrain diffioultiesm and to which

certain indications point- the present rear guard position will not be

held long if the movement is carried out with strong forces as is to be

assumed . The necessary reeonnaissances and security measures against the

described ene encirclement possibility have been taken . The possibility

to bring such an enveloping attempt to naught by a counterattack is offered

by suitable forces and the 15 .Pz .Div, is assembled in readiness in the area

west of Ben Gardane for the purpose .

If on the other hand the situation forces the abandonment of the

present roar guard positions, then the nearest defensive front of the rear

guards will lie about 12 km west of Ben Gardane . It will not be possible

to hold this position for long against superior enemy forces advancing on

a broad front as it has no special advantages of terrain and can be surrounded

on both sides . Because of the terrain features the rear guard will finally

have to fall back to the high ground just northwest of Medenine . There and

in the area as far as the Mareth rxti position it might be possible to pre-

pare a longer delay for the enemy, The anW intends to hold cut as long as
advance
ever possible,espdqially in the/positions located about 6-7 km in front _of

the main line of resistance, with strong forces composed of the present rear

guards and elements of the position divisions, and to make use of every oppor-

tunity for counterthrust or counterattack.

the advance of
How long 1 1 1xxwmKmwR the British Eighth Army to the ISareth position

can be delayed depends first of all on enemy pressure . Moreover an enemy threat

from the Gafsa area and the eventual necessity to employ against it mobile
only
which can/be provided out of the present rear guard troops, could lead to a

modit'ication in the intended conduct of operations against the Eight Army

and to a considerable acceleration of enemy pressure from the east bl{reason

G
of the enforced weakening of the rear guard troops .
 -66-

Under the present circumstances the army believes, though it does

free from enemy disturbance
not affirm it, that probably a period of at least 10-14 days/can be gained

for the improvement of the Nareth position .

All the units intended for employment in the Mareth line are working

with all their might on the improvement of their positions .

Rear guard engagements will be carried out by the 15 .Pz .Div ., Lw .Jag .

Brig .1, Pz .Ggen .Rgt .Afrika, 2 reconnaissance battalions and 2 army artillery

.A The main body of these forces is in-

battalions under the orders of .K
D
.
as
tended tsar subsequent mobile reserve behind the front . (Annex 988)

2 . Morning and noon report to 0 . X.$ (AAnnex989)

--------------------
4 Febri lA ry 1943

` - 1 .-Sequence of events : =

Rneny pressure against the rearguard positions northwest of Zelten

is becoming stronger . Despite violent resistance of the elements of the Lw .

Jg .Brig .l in line there the enemy pushes forward to the foremost positions

under strong artillery protection . During the entire day the enemy who by

evening xk had been reinforced in the way of artillery by 5 batteries, takes

our positions under xk} violent fire . (Annex 990)

An increase in enemy reconnaissance activity is discernible along the

border, while, with the exception of an enemy group at Bir et Talagh (70 km

south-southeast of Ben Gardane) the south area is as yet free of enegr .

(Annex 991)

(Situation map and reports see Annex992)

Air situation :
raids
During the repulse of repeated xtLxz30c of strong enemy bombing units

on objectives in rear array area our Luftwaffe downed 8 energy planes .

Supply situation of the German troops : same as yesterday .

 - 67 -

Estimateofthesituationandintentions :

.Today's enemy pressure presages a strong attack against the rear-

0- 14
guard position northwest of Zelten ors 5 Feb . At the same time an attempt

at envelopment from the el Assa area to the northwest is to be expected .

The army intends to repulse all the attempts at encirclement by the

alerted forces of the D .A .L. ; however it will withdraw the foremost elements

of the Lw . Jg . Brig . Ito the border position west of Pisida to avoid another

costly engagement .

Ground and air reconnaissance disclosed no change in the general

wmgx enemy picture .

The O .B . leaves in the forenoon for the area southeast of Gafsa

on
and asks the commander of the Italian Pz .Div . Centauro to report/the commit-

and of= his division im the Guettar and assi area . The O .B . has the im-

pression that the forces of the division, parts of which are in line some-

where else or have not yet arrived, will not be sufficient to intercept a
on
decisive enemy assault from the Gafsa area over Guettar to Gabs or over
on
Maknassi icer Sfax . The O .B, therefore decides to strengthen the resistance

in this sector kX through a some mobile German forces . At the close of its

rearguard engagements in the border area the Lw .Jg .Brig .l will be transferred

to the area between Gates and el Hamma as mobile reserve of the army . It will

then be available=* mobile employment in the western direction (Gafsa), in

southwestern direction (Matmata) or also in southeastern direction (Mareth) .

(Annex 993)

Hence follows the necessity of a regrouping at the Mare th front, as

for
heretofore the use of the Lw .Jg .Brig .l was provided/in the sector of the

XX .A .K. The army issues orders to the corps for the Div.Trieste and Jung-

faschisten to take over the sector of the Lw .Jg .Brig .l The 90 .1e .Afr .Div .

is placed under the control of the XX .A .K . The boundary line between the
ill A .K.and the XX .A .K. becomes thereby the kmanbioc boundary between Div .

Spezia and the 90 .1e Afr .Div . The 164 .1e .Afr .Div . will pplaced under the

addd k control of the M .A .K. as soon as the division withdraws its right

flank to the west after the Foum Tatahouine mission . (Annex 994)

In the afternoon the O .B . confers with Gen . Masse concerning the pro-

blems a ?mxv+y possible energy thrust from the Gafsa area would create .

Gen .Messe agrees to hold a comparatively strong mobile reserve in readiness

in the Gabs area . It is therefore decided that in addition the 7 .Bers .Rgt .

will be held available and not, as originally intended, put in line in the

sector of Gen .Roncaglia .

The O .B . explains then to Gen . Masse that the increasingly manifest

danger of a thrust of strong enemy forces from the Gafsa area to the coast

against the general -line - Gabes-Sfax'--cam be met- by purely defensive-measures

or through an attack that would anticipate the enemy movement and batter his

assemblr_positionx . In any case the forces of the 5 .Pz .Armee as well as

those of the D . I . Panzerarmee will have to be put in line at once, i since

separat&ty neither the one nor the other - to say nothing of the intended

new army boundary- would be strong enough considering its other missions

and the extremely thinly occupied front .

It is hardly necessary to look any closer for a purely defensive

solution . It can be safely assumed, however, that the forces heretofore

employed in the area east or southeast of Gafsa are in no way adequate to

resift a serious enemy assault and that ill such a case mobile forces

-probably from both armies- will have to be thrown in and moved forward .

As far as the D .I . Panzerarmee is concerned such a measure will perforce

result in a weakening of the present rearge ii rds and therefore lead to a

more rapid advance of the British Eighth Army, or later will be at the

cost of the mobile reserves urgently needed at the rear of the &areth front
proper aswall as in - its deep northwest flank . The later the time for such
kzz will have __
a necessity arrives the neare on the one hand, Cthe British Eighth Army

t advanced to the Mareth position, and on the other hand the farther will

have the preparations for attacks against the front of the 5/Pz .Armee have
the
progressed . There is therefore danger of X simultaneous launching of an

enemy large scale attack of the entire front of the two panzerarmies .

This danger does not seem threatening at present . A successful

attack from our side in the area around Gafsa with all its consequences for

friend and foe, results which, on our side, would doubtless have considerable

advantages for the general conduct of operations in Tunisia, would therefore

perhaps still be possible from the point of view of time .

eB . ..r_e for the success of such an attack are :

1 . Rapid and surprising execution withing the next few days

2 . Concentrated attack of adequately strong forces .

3. Coofdinated command without regard to army boundaries .

With regard to the concentrated commitment of forces, the thrust/of

a strong . detachment of the 5 .Pz .Armee in the general direction of the north-
off
east, and the attack of a detachment fa the D .I .Panzerarmee from the south

is indicated . Both attack groups would need to have at their dispos A, be-

side sufficient forces, the greatest number possible of tanks .

On th4ide of the D . I . Panaerarmee it would be a question of the 15 .

e
Pz .Aiv . only . It would ha-.e to be rinforced with infantry and artillery

(main combat strength at present : 51 tanks ready for action, 5 weak companies

of Pz .Grenadiers, 1 light and 1 heavy artillery battalion, a total of 36

medium and heavy antitank guns) . This division forms the backbone of the

forces committed to tbw delay 41% the edvence of the Riati British Eighth

Army and is located at the present time in the area directly west of Ben

Gardane . Its removal could, under certain circumstances, mean an early

 - 70 -

appearance of the British before the Mareth position, especially if the

enemy obtains rapid knowledge of this transfer of forces . This would be

part of the risk that we mcould have to put up with . The other lies- therein

that, according to circumstances, the 15 .Pz .Div . after successful execution

of the attaok on Gafsa would remain tied dorm there resisting enemy counter-

attacks or simply because of a lack of relieving forces, and therefore would

be unavailable for the direct support of the defensive fighting in the Mareth

position . However there is still the chance that the British Eighth Arny

is not yet far enough,from the point of view of supplies,to be able to pur-

sue immediately with strong forces as far as the M(areth position upon the
removal
i cl of the 15 .Pz .Div . In any case it must endeavored tks : to free
certain
the 15.Pz .Div . as soon as possible as it will be, under/circumstances, the

deoisive - reserve'for the l reth front .

approved by Gen . Messe also,
The array submits a suitable estimate of the situation/to Somando

Supremo, and reque s t s a decision as to whether the attack still

is
held possible against Gafsa s :^ to be carried out or whether it seemino

longer feasible . A quick decision is all the more important as in case of

the affirmative the 15.Pz .Div . would need 3 full days for the approach march

and the moving into assembly position . ~Aztnex 995)

2 . Morning and noon reports to O .X .H. (Annex996)

------------------------------

5 February 19t43
l .Sequence of events :

The advanced elements of the Lw .B'g .Brig .l wore withdrawn to the

main position west of Pisida during the night of I}/5 Feb . according to plans

and without eenemy pressure . ll uring the day the enemy feels forward at

first with reconnaissance patrols and follows only hesitantly . (Annex 997)

The activity of enemy reconnaissance forces in the area northwest

 6

Fifth Panzer Army, Operation FRUEHLINGS-

WIND, 8 February 1943
Operations Section Fifth Panziir ~~ s.
1o. 260143 a Pebrunry 1943

.Order for . .tho Operation 'Frfihlin wind"

(! ap Ls-' 200 000)

Direations for combat operations

~, hold with ooziparativoly

In front'_the 21st Pa.Div. the Amerioausd

weak forces, probably cotat covmvind 'A, B, L,tho area 'twist pf,: Faid ac far

as ; the Sbeitla defile and is completing the oonocntration OD - the main body

of : his troops in the Tebousa area .

2. The mission of the loth Panzer Arz v is to w Akcn the Amorioanss

by destroying,'some of his clennta and thereby confuse ; aztd delcy his ad7ance .

3. _, the Fifth ,Panzer Arty will coz5ait

For thet execution of -this mission
on A-day hodd guertern
/the loth and 21st Pz .Divisions under the command of an operational V it t from

the Pqs of the Fifth l'anzer Arm,!, and also atrong forces of the Luftraffo to

destroy the .Amerioons in the area west of~ raid, and a/,cordi :gig to the development

of the situation, talm pesaaScion of Ko£ Touila wit4 ele;mnts turning in to

the north,,, or with elements advancing to the southmat, annihilate the anez'

units stsuxding in the :Gnsfsa area.

14
. To that effect I issue the following ordersk
SbUd-ta
10th- Pz .Div .. (in its present composition in the/area) will =re in

.night ;r rohes end reach the area, east of hid at 79145 by the morning

of 11 Fbb,t1.43 . Early on A-day the division, grossing the defile by

Fs .id before daybreak,. will fall in with weak ebilo elements z both

.aides of the Faid - Sboitla on 72140 - 1a, with mobile elements over

72114 -7 . or, 16 - 143 on !,1x.141 and will annihilate the enemy in the area

of the Dj .Leeeonda and south thereof . The road to Sboitla will be

covered by a sn ll force .

''To`2lat Pz .'Div. will leave the atatio elezontc in line in the defile
by Faid and at 79103 in thoix positions they are now occupying for the pro-
toction of the advance of the 10th , . Div.
An- At the arrival of the loth
Pz.D;v . these elements will be placed talDororily under the control of tat
division .
advanoe
On A-day the 21st Pz .Div. will tiY.'.c with a strong group over 7226-
25 - 24. - 31 - i,.t 42 32 - 22 on Sidi bon Zid and will ahhihilate tile enemy lo-
oated east of Dj . al Kobar and at Sidi bou Zid . Weaker elements will be pushed
forsrnrd to 7255 to cover the west flank . The road Gafsa - Sidi bou Zid %Till be

mined,.
-The uueeescary concentration movoaonta for this vrill bee carried out
by U Feb.. 0143.
a .. Boundary line, between 10th and 21st Pz„Div.i 71103 (10th Pz .) -
72.t0 (10th Pr .) - 7233 (21st Pz .) - 7239 (21st Pz . )- 7250 (2l. P,-.) - 7273 (lo . Pz. )
- •1297 (30u1 Pz . ).
5. ± Luftwaffo
Air 1*droo commander Tunis and Air Foroe oannradcr Africa are requested
to support the attaok by oorm$,tting their strongest forces . It is a question of
destroying the cnazZr forces located we ;t of t ho laid defile, and of preventing
the .ones ' forces in the Sboitla . - Tobacsa area km from coming to their aid .
Roconnatce into in the areas Piohon - Shiba - Teb©ssa - `Gafsa - Waiassy.
w

It is requested that a air support party be detailed to each the 10th and 21st
Pz.Div.
6 O oupetton of the assembly areas will reported through the 10th and
21st Pz .Divs,

7. The first C,P, of *k 6omr.and Nqz . will probably be La Fhuoonnoria

(79i )
von Arbla.
1 st Armored Division, Report of Operations,
Sbeitla, Tunisia, 3-18 February 1943
 ii .4.,' .W,U .;H'1'" 1 ;;i' :ut.4)AELi D1Vi5kuld
APO 251 - c/o i'osta)ister,
wew Yory City, w .Y .

Te r lb October 1943-

SUBJECT Report of Operation 1st Aruored division, SbEITIIA, TUi 1Si .1,
3 February 1943 to 18 February 1943 .

TO The Adjutant General, U . S . .. rmy, r/ashington, D .C .

SAM W UN I - .;UThOxt1 i' Y .

Sii TIUN II - GE[JEUAL .
Si7CT'ICU Ill - DISP USITIC .N OF T1XOPS .
SECTION IV - SB IIT L.i OPERATION
.
SELTION V - I UiX3 OF UPERAT1 .ti .

1 . In compliance with paragra the report on operations, by.

lst Armored Division at SBIITLA, TUN is
hereby submitted .

IT of r ADJUT n
1. THE M MY :
-9 A 417 .a
Enemy pressure on the FAID - FQN UK -
extent that it oecaine necessary to abandon the thrust in the direction of MM =Y,-'
and the coast . The enemy strongly held FAID Pass and bitterly contested all
atteapts at detailed reconnaissance of the position . Air reconnaissance failed to
reveal any particular movement of the enemy or any energy concentration at any
,specific point .

2. THE DIVISION :

a . The Division had the itdssion of containing the enemy in the FAID
F NILUK position (See Inclosbres i'1 and #3 attached) . CC "D" became Corps
Reserve when it moved to BOU CHrbtiA 3- - 4 February . CC "B" was under First
Army at i RT&R . With CC "C" in the h ADJ1ii EL AIOUN area and CC "A" in the
SIDDI BOO LID area, the front of the' division (-CC "B" & CC "D") extended
from DJ TROZZA (0-7015) to the passes south of DJ KSAYRA (T-7547), a distance
of approximately 50 miles (See l .iapi .

- --< _ . - On 'wriUjraw from ST ION L SENED night 3-4 February, 81 Rcn

: ;3!' =B (,of `'de tfar,h(~d from CC "D' and moved via `hEL PTE to SBEITLA, where
` .
'1,i a- Reserve .

i ronn ST A ION DE SSI ED night 3-4 February, 168 R .C .T .

with 175 . A.' Bn at ach eti "~r :e, ~a4 t,Q„~Dnt vol I I Corps .
JAN tio ,

Wa1l +
- 1 c4 .:
 d . ill its withdrawal fror.i Si'.ifiUuJ 1J~ 3E.NEI) night 3-4 February, h Co
ij at was attachea to 3d bn 26 Inf ana izved to G :J'SA .

6iLTIU III
UNULA". I, DIJPUSITION OF '1'i U U.5-4 Fii 3 RU AtY

CC"n"-SID1 BOO GID CC "B"- VICINITY iAATAR CC"C"-h4C)Ji?Ba,AIOUN

(Under 1st Array)
1 AR (-1st & 2d ens) 13 AR (-lst & 3 d b ns ) • inf (-lst & 2d Bns)
lst bn 6 1af 2di;n1A • Co 13 AR
26 Inf (-2d & 3d bns) 2 d D n b I rif C Etry 68 FA En
91 FA b n 27 FA Bn 1 rl B retry 443 CA
33 FA D n 601 TD En (-c: Go) • Co 701 T 1) B n
C Co lb isngr bn A Go lb Bngr bn 1 P1 D Co 16 Engr Bn
a Co 701 TD bn P 1 B Et ry 443 C A
B Co 81 RRcn Bn
12 Gurus (443 CA) CC"i)" -BOU ChlIiiiA DIV HQ, DIV RESERVE-SBEITL4
(Corps Reserve)
701 TD Bn (-A & 13 Cos) Div hq
3d En 3313 AR (-G Co) lst Bn 13 :1,R (-B Go)
D Go 16 Engr Bn (-1 P1) 16 Engr Bn (-A,C & D Cos)
6 8 FA B n (-C Bt ry) 2 Guns B Bt ry 443 C A
3 Guns, D Bt ry 443 CA

SEaTION IV
SBEITLA OPERATION
• : o x:
1. 5-13February ;
> -'
The Division was engaged in extensive patrolling and strengthening of
defensive posit ions, particularly in`the FAIR sector, with attention to mining and'.#,` : Z
wiring the DJ LESSOUDA (T-6767) and DJ KSAIRA (T-7851) positions . Under an explicit'
directive from II Corps (See Inclosure #2 attached), the two above mentioned positicZ3i-
were heavily Arureed
-_` and wired . Such infantry as was available was dug in, and the ,°:r-?`
tanks were held in mobile reserve in the vicinity of SIDI BOU 2.ID .
M
2. 6-8 February : m
N

- 168 ROT (-1st En) and lst En 17 FA were attached to 1st Arivored Division
and joined CC "A" . They occupied defensive positions on DJ LESSOUDA (T-6767) and
DJ ASAIRA (T-7650) .

3. 8 February :

26 13.:T (-2d & 3d fins), with 33 FA En attached, was released to control

I I Corp-- and moved t o FER1: AN A.

4. Ni t 9-10 Februar :r

CC "D" moved to Fia1L :d'A and was attached to 26 RCT .

5. 11 February :

-- Hq CC "D" and 701 TD iEn (wl-& B QgaL .wece released from attachment
to 26 RCT and moved to SBETTLA .
- 2-
 12 February:

701 TD min (- A, b & C Gos) Was attached to, and joined, CC "U" .
7. 1i, February:

- a.ht 0630 hours the enemy began a heavy shelling of the Di LESS(IUDA
(T.-6767) position and followed it imimediately by a tanrc attac_t in a wide
northwest sweep around DJ LESSCUDA. by 0830 hours rare than 40 energy tanks
had encircled DJ LESSOUDA and were along the FAID - Si3=LA road heading
south . Continuous and heavy enetay air attacks were launched during the
entire day . Shortly after the encirclement of the DJ LESSQJDm, position it
was apparent that the eneiiy had been successful in debauching from FAID Pass .
Tanks and infantry began moving on SIDI BQU i :ID froia a position just north
of DJ hSAIRA (T-7851), and considerable enemy troops were observed coming
out of i4AIZILA Pass (T-7707) .
b . During the day, 168 Infantry (-1st & 2d Bns) under Colonel Drake,
which occupied the DJ t ;SAIi .A and GAtU f Ht1UID (T-o848) positions, had been
aLirst completely surrounded, but was maintaining a strong defense in both
positions . Neither position was overrun . Contact was maintained with -
Colonel Drake by radio for about 24 hours after the encircletaent .

c. The force on DJ LESSOUDA, consisting of 2d Bn 168 Infantry, G Co 1 AR

and hen Go 1 AR, was also surrounded, but continued the atteumt to fight its f
way out .

d. The tanks of CC " .1" were outnuinbered by at least 2 to 1 . Due to

the rapidity of movement of the •e neiay, 3d En 1 AR was placed in a very poor : mh'.
defensive position, but engaged the enemy Z `'
D ~-

e . Just prior to nightfall CC "A" took up a defensive position in the' ;;

vicinity of OR T-5266 . The force at this ti,ue consisted of Hq CC "A", 1. .AR -
,-(-1st & 2d Bns) with appreciable losses in the 3d Bn, B Btry 68 FA Bh, 91 FA
Bn consisting of 9 ;guns .and 2 guns from A Co 701 TD Bn, and lsc Bn 6 Inf which' ?
had not been engaged during the day . M
N

f. 68 FA Bn (- b Btry) was released from attachment to 26 ROT and . moved

to vicinity SBIITLA where it was attached to CC "C" .
8. Ni Tit 114-15 February :

-2d Bn 1 Amt moved from iii Tm and joined CC "C" .

9. 15 February .

a . Based on orders from II Corps to seek out and destroy all enemy armor
in the area, CC "C" moved south from hADJ1~B EL AIOUN to launch a counter-
attack on SIDI BOU :ID., CC "A' was ordered to hold present position, re-
organize, and be prepared to support counter-attack of CC "C" .
b . The attack of CC "C" progressed slowly during the day . Enemy
resistance appeared to be light, and 2d Bn l s the Medium Tank Bn which . . .. Jt' ;
leading the attack of CC "C", approached SIDI b0U LID from the no th and we {'
in deployed formation . Soine artillery fire and bombing as encountered during+ ,.
Lttis initial inovemeizt ., .1518
1 hours 2d h",heavy
1 hM --- artillery.'
lire fro .- a position liu ., th of Cy-L ,i U L . The 3d -n 6 _m• was .oved . forward
aria passed througr the artillery . :x 152.7 nouns the left flank of 2d sn • 1 a;;
w 3s Loco t cd ap ; i o c_i1atel_y - .tiles northe';st of i>t-t J= . and was proceeding
t o,'ra-d the tOwn slowly . .4t about loUIJ hours the 'd njn 1 ., :? and tho artillery
forward observers begaii reporting ene ;!ly tangs to the front and noriheaet and
southwest .t 16)1 inour •s it . Col . ;,lger, c o .nu andirrg the 2d sn 1 ."',
recported that he was heavily eno'- .ged with the eneqy inn a : :erring tan: : battle,
but that he had the situation in hafrd. ~ . ;t 1740 hours 3d Jrr 6 inf, which had
jsoved in following the tanks, reportea er .e.ar tan cs attacKing its right flank
a.nc rear . Although the infantry atte„yjted to resist the tan .rc attack with
assault guns, it was apparent that they would be unable to steru the tiae of, the
attack on such ildn, and open terrain . ~t 1800 hours the entire co .mnand was
ordered to break contact with the ene .gy and withdraw to the vicinity of DJ
hA .; . .i . Due to the extent of the fighting and failure of radio contact, Lt . Col .
anger never received this order so far as is known . .-Lctually, at this tine his
force was con iletely surrounded by the eneqr . only 4 tanks and a snail nu±er
of dismounted :zen returr . ,A to th,e ra• l;• point .

10 . bight 15-16 February :

a . Patrols were sent out to atte_ .g)t to contact the 2d fin 1 .~i, but the
-area west of SIl)I ti0U 2u"' was strong-1.y in enemy hands and heavily patrolled .
Attempts were jaade to relieve the forces on DJ 0
11-6767) and DJ KSZR
(T-7851), but the rapid and well organized advance of the enejay -prevented our
reaching them . 168 RC's was ordered to atte : :pt to fiiit its way out - , but only
scattered r :anants reached our lines .

-- b . having been released to the 1st .fir- :cored Division, CC " 13 " .loved from
L'Al)i'Aut to SBEIT1 to assist the reining ele .uents of CC and CC p0" ii the
defense of Sisr i .Ti.a .
z
D
11 . -,
16 February :
0

Oo ::Llaanding General lst Ir .zored t vision received orders orally frov. Comaan- ?• r

di n g General II too rps to hold the Sbrd :~ line at all costs :until 1100 hours 17
February . Cu "C" was attached to CC " .P . ( and Cu "0" pr :pared defensive
positions east and south of ( 'rTL' . The enerryr did not resume the attack, but
confined his actions to reconnaissance and regrouping of troops .

12 . 17 February :

a . our troops were reorganized . Orders were received fru .a 1I Corps that
due to ene! :rr pressure along the G~tF'Ss - FEt1 .i line the Division would withdraw
tt :rov.-r the - ,tSSEtL-41; Pass ; ' : Lt 0yJ0 hours the ene ;y attacaed in force, but was
held east of So TL ., until 1500 hours .

b . The plan of withdrawal vas executed as follows : i, ;; withdrew to the

north to the vicinity of 6r.liS ., . h:; "C" arid Jiv i?eserve withdrew along the Sz.;ITLA -
L
mL axis .' CC 46 11 covered the withdrawal from 6 ;;t;ITL .y 'along, the south flank
and withdrew slowly, covering the mass 3„(- of CC "C" r,zrd Jiv Reserve through the
Id -t Pass . it appraxi,iately 030J hours 12 February C( . "h", tl,s rear of the
Division, had cleared the Pass- V

c . While CC !'i3" was still going through Pass tire following :18ssage
was received fro,c the Co :banding General ii Corps : "HI'Li l,.r'U:a'ririT ISIOL'
.,UhI_ VV1 NE"
; bIVOU AC .- E.t 10
. gQU'frii ;-;T T:.t .;S SJo. ~; :)
(C : "rill) .bVlJ G '1'O J~, ,LS YOU '11iEitL . "

- 4 -
 1 luFe3rudu •y :

uJ' a ILIUi ti . ~1V1Slull - " ;"J ',V-L Ull L : .e : :uV'v to tnc l :v

area .

the Viciliit j O ao1v,i :v-Is relieved late ill Lrhe day by the
SLytii liifalltry 1)i.v1s10 .1 mild : .!)vvi t0 join L11e od.lilllce of trio 1st Ar : :ored
i)ivisioll ii, the vicinity of a ..A EL ni .iiOL . (See rasp - Iilciusure do . 5) .

]_i, . G114 ;;iJw :

i)uring this period of intense activity and rapid iioveiaent neither Corps
nor izivision published a fori :,al Field order . The action was directed by radio or
telephone between Corwianding General Ist armored iiivision and Uouwhkiadirig General
11 Corps, or by contact between their representatives .

SiL1•:TIw V
ith;.~ULf3 OF U-EfckelOlWS

1. GEI'JEnAL :

a. Elements of loth, 15th, ahhd 21st panzer Avisiorls arid 001st Panzer
abteilung (icK VI Tanks) were aefinitely identified iii this action, and
observers reported seeing totals in excess of 100 enemy taints engaged on
14 February and again on 15 February ._ Since this represented the bulk of
the eaeiny arimr in North Africa, it must be assumed that the enemy had 07:
thrown all his available means' into a supreme effort to icnocic out the '"'-}P'-I
:Vaerican forces in Southern Tunisia before they could operate in support of .:'? ° ° r-
the Figrith British Army's attack oih .Lhe .reth :tine . In this the enemy rwu34
havebncompletysuceflhaditnobe fortilemdiatevlabit=yf
of replacement and reserve supplies of materiel and troops . The enemy did
gain corplete control of the area GAFS .s - F~!ZI,i4A - KAs~;EKItdE - SBIB .1 -
FICHOI4, and he aefeated iii detail those elements of II Corps which were
opposed to him . r :Y
>1:
>
b. Although the withdrawal of tile reiitriants of tile division from t
LbZ12LA to 4AS7Ef1JE was successful, it had suffered defeat in detail from m
SIDI BOU ZIi) to Sb aTLA. During the first two days of the er ._;ageiient (14 &
15 February) the Division) without full control of its troops, was forced to
operate with a sin Le couidat comiiaild, containing only one battalion of tanks
each, in contact with the enemy air each Of these days . hence the entire force
of Lhe f)ivision wS never iii a position to be concentrates against tile enemy .
isen the Division Mess losses) ;ily risseuulea, the withdrawal from
:
fin
SbEITLA was accoa4Jlisled witihout appreciabic loss .

a. LOS~r:S

a. , i slay

30 Tanks
5 A . T . Guns
2 fi alf-T rac acs
6 Trucks
200 men
Sue to the confusion attendant with this action, no accurate estimate
of the losses inflicted on the enemy can be nude . however, it is felt that- .
the enemy losses were far in excess of those listed .
- 7 -
 10 Artillery r i ec es
45 -,en spilled
123 iien 1,,burij,?d
760 j,en i.issin;g
18'7_ Wen anuvm uall tured (includJing, :;61 . Grace, & .0 . 163 1& egt .
it . Col . J.Z . tiff . 1 and Lt . ,ol . j.!). JC:er, C .Q . 2d . ,

Practically all of these Josses gore suffered in tyc days

(14-15 February)
I

For t11e'0o .- :L-LUiding General ;

,-Pz~
. ~~iaajor, A.G. :) ., -
5 In closures : adjutant General :'
1ncl #1 .,- F0 1 tD
00- #2 LAW CG I1- QQrp3 VU Li 1
Inc! #3 Ueshage . NOW 11 Corps - to GG 1 AD & 0
i

.-,Message' from ; OG 1 AD to CG CC "A!'

I rici #4 -~ ~- Journal ;" . -
incl w5 - : Operation nap
--4

ZT

I
 zq let Arad Dy
In the Fi,~Ld
1200 bra 3 Febrnei 1943,

FIELD ORDER )
s
NO . . . . 5 )

UAPS : O8,GS 4=7 - Sheets 13,14,1.5,17,18,19,21,22,x3 - Scale : 1/200000 .

Oiritted.

,~,~ (I) . French Troupe pr .riou53,F holding FIAD Pass here been dririn out q r
depot Oji4, Freneb still hold FON' • PICHON Area, but those tx ,$opo Wo

(2) CC OR* owed night_ Fob, 2*3 . to viol,txlty GIU&SLTIA wee it s maw
ommo of tbo ceding *1 to Aid y. J

The Sat Ara l Div (. Dot* )p 11th attsabed tr oo, a st11 sa tsia the en* in
PAID . .F DC~ etc DJ ~ZILA positions t gala -reinfOraement of Pe
wb"* - tbo sit sti n indjcatem . top asUvu I
y, and . tV the ue or aob3,is
i am* and tlt
t oes to ==4zk easel
e
te S
p$ tratii M,

CC ; ~,aecx~r e ~ cc ago N ~§Uml

Co t Cc .~ ,ooh,. Co, cc ~B* r Co, . 6 ' ?nt coma'
1 : AR A]Id *U) l3 Al ( Sat & 3d -DA) 6>~t($ at2dI)

~ xs~r~:t~d ak 3a`~) 2d b46 '

91 - FA;ft 2? FA ft • 2d :F1 : , 443 1A
33 . vA f 6131 ~' (•• Q CQ) B Co 701 TD
C Co 16 up A 'Co 16 Sagr
A Cp' 701 - TD . h b Btt'7, 44,3 AA
lat
BCo4RWA
12 oWW , 40
Ramla Sam

SaB13 'AR AR (u 1 Ce) 00 Div . Art', rte.

Q
-16 ' (*(*&,,o# D Go) ,
2 t3anre, 3d p1 8 ttry,
8l Rm . 8 Co)
901 TD : : (dAt B Cos)
443 AA Sat DA, 13 . AR (•4 Co)
B Co t. 33 AR
3b8 -ROT
D 000 16 Sngr
68 Pl M (. Q Btry)
175 FA i (. a Btx7)
3 Gum ik2d P1 D Btry

CC "A" . BoQuiliia will execute Division Fission 1d.thin its son. of action;
South flounderys D,Y MFSOtISSI
North floundarys DJ' EZ ZAOUIA r DJ EL IEMDI . 0 V ROUD (t11 Lxb1)

uric lo ;:ure ;rl

 In case of attack involving both zone of action and if communication wtth
Div is out CC "A" gill coordinate its action with that od CC "C" on its
North Plank .

.. 00 8 (Stack) will execute Division Mission within its none of action .

4 .- t ! •r W, DJ EZ 7AOUIA - DJ EL HENHDI . 0 ZEROUD an Incl)

DJ EL ABIED - DJ {"ROZ2A (All Incl)

In *are of enemy attack involving both Zones of action, and - if conunioation

with Div is ont # CC 0 will ooordinate its action with that of CC "A" on its
&oath Flank,

: ~ ataraist) will continua attack until nt aission is oampat.d1

and I).n return . to Corps R.serta at Bou Glum Then CC VD* tans jd.Viftiam
to C Refprve it will dispatah the 81 ROn B t ' (. 13 Co) and that part of 0
Coo TD la not armed with TD Outs to SHEITL to join the Division Rssari,
Tho 368 DOT mops to ShhRITLA under Corps Omtarol,

I. Division Reserve remains at SIEITLA,

4, 3ss Administrative Order Dumber b .

5. pirifi0p' Casaw Pool

Division Cow &M Post runs at SXTTLA until farther W41" ,

OREARDO WARD
C nge

ft- J :~ Gal, Y m

D YIN L . r GY~tii~t., Jr . )
.-a,jor, G .5 .(; .,
ss t, •t . C . of ~ ., (1-3 .
 hE"U4hT)?itS II COWS
P0 #3 02

11 February 1943 .

SUBJEW ; Defense of PAID Position .

TO . Commanding General, 1st Armored Division .

1 . You will take irntnediate steps to see that the following points concerning
defense of the . FAID Posit ion are put into effect

a . Scheme of Defense : DJ . KSAIRA on the South and DJ . L1 SOUDA on the

North are the key terrain features in the defense of PAID . These two features
must be strongly held, with a mobile reserve in the vicinity of SIDI ISOU LID which
can rapidly launch a counter attack . Plans for all possible uses of this reserve
should be prepared ahead of time . A battalion of infantry should be employed for
the defense of DJ . 1 AIRA, and the bulk of a battalion of infantry together with
a battery of artillery and company of tanks for the defense of DJ. - LESSOUDA .
Remainder of artillery is at present satisfactorily located . It should, however,
furnish its own local protection, and be prepared to shift rapidly .

b . . Additional Reservess . The 1st Battalion, 6th Infantry, . now under your
control, should immediately send a' liaison officer to Hq ., CC A . Inasmuch as this
Battalion will - likely . b e employed by_MIcQuillian should an attack in the FAID area
develop, the Battalion Commander in collaboration with McQuillian should prepare
plans for the use of his Battalion . These plans should insure rapid uovement and
employment of this Battalion once it has been ordered .

c . Reconnaissance; It is extremely important that reconnaissance and

counter reconnaissance be conducted by you from HADJEB EL AIGUN on the North to
the pass between DJ .- .MAIZTLA and DJ.' QDULEB on the South . In this area strong
listening posts should be established 24 hours a day from which raids, when appro-
priate, can be conducted . It is essential that this reconnaissance and counter
reconnaissance link up with .that now being conducted by the lst British-Derby
Yeomanry . The force now . at'McQ uill ian's disposal is not sufficient for the area ;.' -
for which he is responsible . The bulk of your 81st Fconnaissance Battalion should
be used in-the' area HADJII) EL' AIWN - }IAIZTLA - GCU1a PASS .

d . Patrols : It is vital that strong infantry foot patrols be sent for-

ward at night from DJ LESSOUDA and DJ KSAIRA . These patrols irnist be offensive .
They must keep track of the enemy's strength and organization . They should be
especially watchful for any attempt of the enemy to debouch from the passes at
night . They crust take prisoners . It is also important that these patrols locate
the presence of minefields, if any, in areas like the gap between DJ RFEHAIB and
DJ BOU DZEL . The latter would, of course, be of great importance in the event we
decide to capture :FAID .

e . . Use of Wire, iL Mines,TripWire, etc. : I desire that you make maxi . :,

mum use of all available means to strengthen the positions outlined above . The
necessary materiel is . available and should be used immediately .

Incio! ure rf2 - 1 -

Lc: 1 c+aJ G L11 milt ro51.L1 un ~Lorct inued) .

f . Photography : I have instructed my G-2 to furnish you as soon as

possible a photographic strip covering the area : Pass at T8358 - FAID PASS
REbOU - MdTLEG PASS . I have asked that every effort b:e made to secure good
pictures c of the Pass at 78358, FAID PASS, and -baAfLEG P ASS .

2 . 1 desire that a copy of this directive, together with your own conments,
b e sent t o Mct~uillian .

3 . You will inform me when the instructions enumerated in this directive

have been complied with .

L . H . FRhDRWALL,
Major General, U .S .A .,
Commanding .

(The below was written in longhand .)

In other words I want a very strong active defense and not just a
passive one . - The enemy must be harassed at every opportunity .

Reconnaissance must never b e relaxed especially at night .

Positions indicated must be wired and mined no .

d9
V .L. ° POVEIL, Jr .,
i ajor, G.S .C .,
Asst .-A . C . of S ., G-3 .

-2-
 8

Fifth Panzer Army, War Diary (Extract), 10-17

February 1943
Panzer Divisions and 2 -3 Inf . Divisions can have their main body in readiness ,, .

(Enemy information bulletin NNo .2/43 according to the situation of 9 Feb .

Annex 1023)

2 . morning and noon rpport to O .K .H . (Annex 1024)

10 February 1943

1 . Sequence of events :

The strong rain which has lasted for two days has softened the ground

considerably and limits movements and combat activity .

In the border sector the 15 .Pz .Div ., entrusted since this forenoon

with the conduct of the rearguard engagements, is repulsing weak enemy panzer

thrusts in the area east of Taghelmit . In front of the sector of the Lw .Jg .

Brig .1 the enemy limits his efforts to artillery and reconnaissance patrol ac-

tivities . (Annex 1025)

Cn the other hand in . the area southeast of Four Tatahouine the en any

continues his strong reconnaissance thrusts . Our reconnaissance group has to

tint it evening
,withdraw fighting from a superior'- enemy forces to the pass positions in the line

20 km east - 4 km northeast of Foum Tatahouine . Fresh reconnaissance patrols

are still on the enemy side of this line and are keeping contact with him .

Annex 1026)

Several days ago the army had to decide (see conference of O .B . with

C-en .'r.iesse on 2 Feb .) to giv-e up delaying rs~. defense of the mountain

crossings at Foum Tatahouine because of a lack of troops . Since the reconnaissance

group is adequate for the protection of the room Tatahouine area at present, Gen .

Honca glia receives the order to bring up his forces still in the Fouua Tatahouine

area (1f motorized Sahara cof-wani es) beginning in the forenoon of 11 Feb . and

out them in line in the outpost area of his sector for reconnaissance and rrx

security nurnoses . (Annex 1027)

 P3 _
concerning
On the basis of yesterday's conference xitixxi the Gafsa

undertaking D.A .K. Hqs . is entrusted with its preparation and execution .

(Annex 1028) The army will plan for a concentrated attack with a na • th

group (main body thf the 21 .Pz .Div .) from the northeast or the east and with a

south group (forces of the D .I .Panzerarmee) from the south or the wouthwest

against the 8afsa area . :'dhether a continuation of the operation in the direc-

-_tion of Tebessa comes into the question or whether the army must content itself

with holding the axax terrai ngained will be determined according to the develop-

me nt of the situation .

D .A.K .Hgs . receives the order to initiate at once the necessary re--

connaissances . Because the Pz . A .O .K 5 had to postpone the undertaking against

Sidi bQ Zid on account of the bad conditions of the terrain resulting from the

rainy weather the time for the ; beginning of the attack is not yet certain . X-Day

vri?1 be ordered by the army . The forces for the operation will be brought up

at the proper time .

The army decides to release then as late as possible, in the evening

of 1.1 Feb . at the earliest, and to move then to assembly area . As the D .A .K .

Hqs had to be released immediately for the preparation of the new mission the

15 Pz .Div . is entrusted on 10 Feb . with the command of the rearguard engagements

in the area eastward of Mareth and is placed under the direct control of the

army . The 164 . le .Afr .Div . is also detached from the command of the D .A .K . and

is placed under the orders of the XiCI .A .K . at 2:0800 hours 10 Feb .

In the afternoon a discussion takes place at the army C .P . with a

reooreserrtative?
de_7uty of O .K.H ./Organization Section concerning the replenishment of the Gor-

man units of the D .I .Panz-rar :nee . (Annex -1025) It is decided that a few units

6f' thin armored and 1i?ht divisions will 'r-a e their T .C . aad T .E . modified,

partly because of ezperi-r_ce gained in Africa, Partly because of the introduction

of strcn.-cr and more modern wearons . The 01Z1iU ^a-je ail deficient
 -84-
materiel and weapons brought to Italy . Then it will depend on the water trans-

portation whether replacements of materiel can be brought over to Africa Xcxxx

shortly and in time .

(Situation man and reports see Annex10,70)

Air situation :

Bad weather continues to prevent any commitment of air force on

both sides .

Estimate of the situation and intention :

Enemy pressure against the rearguard positions in the area southeast

of Ben Gprdahe has slackened . This is due probably to bad weather erincipally .

As rain still continues and the almost entire region on both sides of the bor-

der is impassable now as before, the army expects no strong enemy pressure on

11 -Feb . -

The army intends to hold the present rearguard positions on 11 Feb .

al so .

Gen .tiiarlimont, Deputy Chief of the O .S .W ./N .F .St .,arrives at the

army end in the afternoon inspects a few sectors of the 'M-areth position .

The knowledge the O .B . gained through personal reconnaissance of all the sectors
front
of the Mareth jaaaikiox including those of the wAstern and northwestern fronts

enables him to give Gen .Warlimont, by means of the map, a comprehensive pre-

sentation of the 'iareth position and of the estimate inferred from it fsxx to .

be submitted at the FUhrerts Has . Next the O_B . e .YDhasizes the fact that the.

improved i areth position -like all the former .^ositions of the arm- ; in E ;7 -pt

and Lybia (with the exception of the Xlamein position}-can be en-!,!!lopped by

comparatively strong enemy forces from the south or the west . These possibilities

are supported by our own reconnaissances and the studies of i?rench generals

in 1938, studies which are in our possession . It can be accepted wtkkxalmost

without a doubt that the British are ihtonding a similar operation, whether as

main effort or secondary operation .

 -g5-

In addition to the occupation of the main front located between

Dj .Csour and the coastl forces must also be employed for the direct pro-
especially
teotion of the deep northwest flank and for the blocking of the/important

passes of Kreddaohe and Ksar el Hallouf leading from east unt to west over

the mountain and now located in the extention of the right flank . In addi-
at least
tion to that, today's conditions force the array to hold in readiness/suffi-

cient forces against a possible threat of its rear from the Gafsa area, es-

pecially if, as intended, the new boundary to the 5 .Pz .A .O .K. beoomes effect-

ive .
Tanned
In broad lines the /distributions of forces is shown on the map .

The following particulars in the various frontal sectors are to be noticed :

a . Main front : The French line of concrete emplacements forms the outline

of the front . The concrete emplacements themselves are in no way adequate

for modern requirements, not to mention the fact that after the armistice

they were completely disarmed . They can provide very worthwhile protection

from enemy fire but cannot be used as gun positions for active fighting .

Ire real defense must be provided by field positions located between to

individual emplacements .

The line of French fortifications, which had to be taken over"as

was" purely beoaase of lack of time and labor forces is altogether unsatis-

factory from the artillery standpoint . Artillery observation facilities

from the main defensive area of the 3 center division sectors are very li-

mited because of the commanding hills situated a few kilometers in kk front

of the main line of resistance ; these hills are decidedly an asset to the enemy
with strong forces
occupying them . The logical sequence therefore is the necessity to occupy
the
these hills located in front of amt position proper and hold them as long as

ever possible as advance positions . This will bebecome the mission of

elements of the position divisions and also of the main body of the mobile
 - 86 -

German units employed as rearguards and which later will form the general

reserve of the army behind the individual sectors of the entire front .

Antillery support of the fight for the advance positions from the
defensive
main/area ixxmx is from the point of view of range not possible for
Elements
the mass of the Italian artillery especially . of the artillery there-
committed with
fore will be in the frame work of the advanced positions . Security of

the positions against mechanized attacks will be partial only . Where it is -L

not available antitank ditches will be constructed and a corresponding in-

crease in the number of mines to be laid. will take place . The enemy, who

knows the situation and the conditions of the 15%reth position proper to its
probably weakest from a terra'
smallest detail, will - attaek,/with a strong north flank in the/sector/north

of the high road, so that after the north sector has been eliminated the

considerably stronger south sector can be rolled up from the north . Such an

attack, executed by the enemy with adequate forces, will result in a removal
probably
of the advanced positions despite our organization for defense and the/heavy

sacrifices the enemy will be called - upon to crake .

is,
The main position itself/in the Pistoia sector and in the southern

half of the Spezia sectoran absolute mountain front and altogether secure

against mechanized attacks . A broad depression, to be flanked on both sides

and protected by antitank ditches runs through the center of the sector of

the division Spezia . The commitment of strong enemy armored forces against it

would be possible . The left flank of the Div . Spezia, on the other hand, is

located on commandagg heights safe from panzer attacks . The adjoining sectors

of the 90 .le .Afr .Div., Div . Trieste and Div . Jungfaschisten (XX.A .b.) form

undoubtedly the weakest part of the entire front from the point of view of

terrain . Their defense of these sectors against massed enemy corndtmeu

would be especially difficult should the advanced positions of the 90 .1e .

Afr .Div . and Div .Triesto be captured by the eneuy . The xzf t c security of
 - 87 -

of these sectors against mechanized attacks is, z in the long run, problem-

atio, as ; the tank obstacles, with the exception of mines, formed by the

steep slopes of a wadi can be overcome/the use of sufficient forces .

Neither is the northernmost divisional sector (Div . Jungfasohisten) as strong

as it appears on the map . The salt lakes marked on it do not all exist and

do not at all preclude the rpg commitment of strong armored forces .

To sum up, after the advanced positions have been captured, the

terrain features indicate that the main effort of an enemy attack will be

against the seethor of the XX .A . K . and probably on both sides of the high

road . The width of the sectors, the commitment of the German 90 . l e . Af r . Div .

at the probable focal point, the artillery disposition, the laying of mines,

and finally the position of readiness of the 15.Pz .Div . have been planned

making allowances for these reflections .

A total of about 65 German and 340 Ital .guns form the artillery

defense of this main front . A gain-of about 10 - 14 days for the impvvve-
ment and mining of the main position would be a decisive factor . It seems

possible to accomplish this, ' e supply of mines has been very satisfactory

so that strong mine obstacles will be available . The bringing up of artillery

ammunition is insufficient . On the basis of the experiences of the defensive

fighting of Alamein the requisitions for this department must be : 3 ammunition

quotas in the fire position dumps, 3 additional in readiness in ammunition

depots in the rear and the ammunition stock held to 3 quotas . The success
of the defense depends on these requisitions being met . In addition the
n
accelerated replenishment in personal and mat4riel of German units must be

emphasized . The fighting strength of the nd various regiments of the 90 .

le .Afr . Div . for instance has an average of 350 men . Their antitank gun

equippent is defective .
 - 88 -

e
If these requirments are filled in time before the launching of

the decisive attack of the British Eighth Army there will be an assurance

that these positions will be held against the strongest enemy attacks also

in view of the doubtless available i strength of the main front . The

untried
combat value of the almost tetally I ran d Italian units is the great

question . In this connneotion experience has unfortunately zkm shown that

any
optimism is uncalled for .

b . Extention of the main front to the south :

The l6 4 . le . Afr . Div, will b e put in line for the blocking of the im-

portant East-West passes Kreddache and Ksar el Hallouf . Despite its weak

combat value -by way of artillery it has for instance only a light battery-

the division will be,able to accomplish its mission against an enemy attack

from the east . An enemy encirclement from the west is the main danger g

threatening this division. Should such an envelopment seen in the making,

mass of the
the/southernmost Kampfgruppe of the division (see map) which at present forms

a certain lizlxwx contact with the security forces at Foum Tatahouine, will be

pulled out and committed for the reinforcement of the present weak western
block
security detachments, while elements will continue to k the road leading

from the south to Kreddach . If m necessary, that is in case of superior

enemy pressure from the west,the l64 .le .A.fr .Div . will withdraw to the north
ad
and then,/jpi ring the south flank of the Div .Pistoia, will protect the area

south of bratmata with front to the southwest, and this way close the exist-

ing gap between Korpsgruppe Ronoaglia and the main front . To commit the

division in such a way from the beginning would mean ceding to the enemy

without a fight the ? dnnine -Bir Sultan communication which under certain

circumstances is important to him . T is is unbearable, especially as the

passes cannot be blasted so permanently that they cannot be made usable ageKn

in a fu turn not too distant .

 - 89 -

In view of the lack of forces the LA .O .K. had to decide to abandon

a strong defense of thefairly difficult mountain crossings

at Foum Tatahouine and to leave there oAly weak, mobile security and reconnaissan-

cex forces which will under strong ene~yr pressure withdraw to the north after

suitable mining and blocking . The German-Ital . reconnaissance group in line

in the south among others is intended for oommitment in the Bir Sultane a~a

region . The other Italian elements will join Korpsgruppe Ronoaglia .

by a defense of the Kreddaohe and tsar el Hallouf passes,
It appears all the more important/to constrain the eneny, in "case he

intends an Anvelopment west of Djebel Csour as it is supposed, to execute a

time consuming detour far to the Tooth over Foum Tatahouina .

c . Northwestern front:
ene ing
By_ envelop k movement directed against the deep northwest flank

of the i&reth position, the army, fvain the point of view of forces, will not

be in a position to launch an attack west of Djebel Csour, but here also will

have to limit itself to resistance . The terrain both sides of the Djebel

Melab is appropriate for it . The Italian forcemeat present in line there

I
,under General Roncaglia n the strength of 4 - 5
battalions with a few
for
batteries are not in the remotest way sufficient t a decisive defense in

view of the extensive area to be covered and despite all the advantageous

terrain features . A reinforcement of this front, necessary under certain air-

cumstanoes,can take place only at the cost of reserves assembled in readiness

behind the main front or intended against a threat from the Gafsa direction .

If, by denuding this front of reserves,all available motorized forces (15 .

Pz .Div . with Pz .Gren .Rgtt.Africa, Iw .Jg .Brig .l, reinforced 7 .Bers .Rgt . (mot.)
Z101
reconnaissance group) are put in line i+e the Roncaglia sector, it seems possible

to avoid here a breakthrough of eneugr forces estimated in the strength of a

motorized division reinforced with 2 or 1 Panzer Brigade .

 -go-

d .Westfront

Under the supposition that the new army boundary becomes effective
this front directed against Gafsa
/4jot will play a decisive role 1 under mertain circumstances, in a general esti-

mate of the Mareth position . It must be taken into consideration that, with

conditions as they are today, acct the forces employed there for security pur-
contigent
poses would not in the long run be able to withstand a maai1d enemy attack

on the coast . One must not lose wi&ht of the possibility that the mass of

the available reserves would have to be committed here and that the other

fronts would thereby be weakened .

Concluding opinion :

To co ;late holding the 1kreth position in its entirety presents,

ri jf j, it considering the state of the troops today, . a pro-

blem that the Germ .-Ital . Panzerarmee cannot solve, if the enem, eating
strategic
correctly from as upmxzcLLxK point of view, attacks simultaneously frontally

from the east, enctioling west of the Djebel Csour and attacking from the

(~afsa area in the direction of the coast . On the other hand, if the rear
d absolutely necessary
-of the army is free without the mass of the/mobile rsservos tied darrr
. there

from the beginning then a decisive defensive success against the British

$ighth Army would seem possible, provided the Ital .divisions proven them-

selves able to cope with ar!' ne 'large scald'attack .Whether this would be

the case despite all previous experiences can only be decided by,,serious

eventuality .

But there can be no argument about the necessity to attempt every-

thing to still carry out sucoess£ulgy the planned attack against Gafsa I=

and protect the rear of the D .I .Panzerarmee .

This estimate is also given in writing to Gen .'Warlimont . Copies

will be sent to O .B .S ., F .M.Kesselring and the O .B . of the 5 .Pz .A.O .K.

(Annex 1031)

2 . monning and noon report to O .Y.H . (Annex 1032)

 - 91 -

11 February 19+3
1 . Sequence of events :

Only desultory artillery harassing fire and reconnaissance patrol

activity on the part of the eneuV because of continuous rainy weather .

The forces that he had pushed forward over the boundary to the west in the

area southeast of Ben Gardane in the previous days have been again withdrawn

to the area east of the border to escape from the danger of being cut off .

(Annex1033) .

Vigorous reconnaissance patrol activity continues on both sides in

the area south and southeast of Foum Tatahouine . The preparations for the

blowing up of the pass roots are completed ; the mining of the area south of

Foum Tatahouine has begun . (Annex i 103,.)

The 4 motorized Sahara companies of Korpsgruppe Ronoaglia heretofore

employed for the direct protection of the mountain ~= crossings of Foum

Tatahouine have fallen back to Matmata in compliance with orders .

The 5.Pz .A .O .K. reports that the undertaking against Sidi bu Zid will pro-

bably beginn only on 14 February . This will put off the operation against
the morning of
Gafsa until/16 Feb .at the earliest, provided the weather conditions doaot (' _
ceding
further postponement of a pre-1 attack of the 21 .Pz .Div . in another . place .

The intended forces will therefore not start to march on 12 Feb .(Annex 1030
In the forenoon the O .B . inspects witharlimont
Gent the Schott posi-

tion north of Gabes, the improvement of which is carried out ht present by

Ital .forcos on order of Comando Supremo . The O .B . calls attention to the

advantages this position has over the 1`areth position which with its inherent

drawbacks (front width, danger of envelopment from the west, rear throat from

Gafsa) never was considered by the army as the final line of defense . According

to the O .B .'s opinion the Schott position, with freshly equipped Gerisan and

Ital .units, could be held under any circumstances, if the main effort of im-

provement were placed on this position from the beginning . Instead Comando
 - 92 -

Supremo, without even consulting F .M

.Ronimel, from the first ordered the

More th line to be the final line of defense and initiated the improvemAt

there . (Annex1036)

(Situation map and reports see Annex1037)

Air situations

Weak on 11 Yeb . on account of the weather .

Estimate of the situation and plans

Air reconnaissance discloses no change in the picture presented by

the enemy before the front . The impression is that there will be no enemy

attack on 12 Feb . The army rearguards will therefore hold their present

positions on 12 Feb .

On bhe basis of a change in the enemy picture in the Gafsa-Sbeitla

area ( it must be assumed that the American army has withdrawn the mass of

its forces to the Sbeitla-Tabessa area) and the resulting aiizKx modifications
order
in our expectations of an attack/on 8 Feb ., FM. Rommel $receives toward noon

from Comando Supremo a new order for the anticipated attack operation .

"The Kempfgruppe under the command of F . M.Rommel will fXMndixi~ :Wi3c

participate in the undertaking of the 5 .Pz .A .O .K. against Sidi bu Zid and

the enveloping attack and will immediately push on Gafsa to annihilate the

enemy forces there . After the Gafsa basin is safe the attack will continue

on Tozeur and the line Metlauoi - Tozeur will be covered toward the west .

The 5 .?z .A .O .K. makes a mobile combat group available for this opera-

tion . It remains important for the D .I .Panzer army that the rear guard engage-

ments against the British Eighth Army be continued as actively as possible

for a long time . Therefore the forces provided for the Gafsa operation roc ?

will k have to be of adequate strength .

The development of the tactical situation will decide the continua-

tion of the operation out of the Gafsa area . Supplies will be plentiful

enough in that area to permit further operations . The first thing to be

 -93-
done at the oonolusinn of the fighting will be to put non-mobile forces in

line to protect the gained position, release the mobile forces from the front

and constitute mobile reserves behind the lsareth line as well aw behind the

left flank of the 5 .Pz .A .O.K." (Annex 1038)

The army is of the opinion that the forces for this mission have
of
been meted out too sparingly by Comando Supremo . It is expected tkat the
active
D .I .Panzer army that it continues the/rear guard fights against the British

Rktk Eighth Army, and moreover, reinforced only by a mobile Kampfgruppe of

the Fifth Arm, that it winnand makes secure the Gafsa Tozeur area . In ad-

dition to that,ground reconnaissances initiated by the army in the last few

days have disclosed that xxSxa enemy resistance min the Gafsa area

far stronger than Comando Supremo has assumed must be ex-

peoted .

The army submits zxxmyaxt to Comando Supremo a report to that effect

and requires that additional forces of Pz .A.O.K.5 be made available for the

mission ordered . (Annex1039)

On the basis of the new mission given to the army, i .e . to capture

the Gafsa - lb tlauoi - Tozeur area and hold it, the estimate of the army

situation given yesterday to Gen .Warlimont (Annex 1031)must be complemented

as follows :

" The new mission signifies an expansion of the defensive front of

the army to about 100 km, partly in open terrain . To hold this new area

with the Div .Centauro and the two march battalions in prospect against a

strong enemy attack would hardly be possible . It is to be emphasized that

a replenishment of the German divisions by the two mentioned march battalions

is urgently required rather than give these two battalions ,whose combat value

is low ? an independent mission to,,. It can already be foreseen that at least

strong elements of the provided attack troops will remain tied in k the area
 - 94 -

and will therefore not be available as urgently needed reserves behind the

Mareth front proper or in its deep northwest flank .

Thereby the mission entrusted to the D .I .Panzerarmee, an unconditional

holdibig of the Mareth F= position, which I have already described as a problem

not to be solved under certain conditions, becomes even more difficult . In

addition it can be foreseen already that a worthwhile increase in the oolnbat

value of the German units and perhaps also an adequate supply of artillery
I reiterate that
arni nation will not be attained in time . these two points form however

the real prerequisites for a decisive holding of the A reth position (Annex 1070)

2. Morning and noon report to O .K.H . (Annex 1040)

-----------------------------------

12 February 1913

1 . Sequence of events :

There is no important action in the area of our rearguards at the

border because of heavy sandstorms . (Annex1011)

on both sides
Vigorous reconnaissance patrol activity continues/south and southeast

of Foum Tatahouine . (Annex101}3)

Pz .L .0.K.5 . fixes the beginning of the attack on Sidi bu Zid for the

14. February . This will enable the 21 .Pz .Div. to be available on the evening

of 15 Feb . for the Gafsa undertaking, and that operation can begin on the same

evening or early &6 Feb . Therefore the army begins to pull out £
that are
rear guard units
j the forces intended for the operation/still in line with the- .7

They are the following ones

Pz . Groh .Rgt .Afrika,

2 bAttalions, Lw .Jg .Brig .l,
A .A .33 .
1 armored battalion and 1 antitank company of the 15 .Pz .Div .,
&battalion of the army artillery

The movements for the concentration of those forces in the area north-
 - 95 -

west of Gabs on both aides of the Gabes-Ga£sa road will begin 1 1 1 at

night fall . (Annex1013)

In answer to the army report of yesterday the Comando Supremo announces

that the main body of the 21 .Pz .Div . and additional of A .0 .K .5 will take

part in the Gafsa operation .

Co®ando Supremo agains calls attention to the fact that the attack

on Tozeur is necessary to protect the tit deep flank and rear of the 1ireth

position. Until the arrival of the 2 march battalions which are to be flown

to Tunis by 20 Feb, the D .I .Panzerarmee will take over the protection of

the Tozeur - Aietlauoi - Gafsa area with its own forces . (Annex1014)

Upon older of Comando Supremo the new boundary to the 5 .Pz .Army

become effective at 0000 hours 12 Feb . It runs as follows : Hir el Kmunzi

(20 km northeast of Sfax) - Mezzouna - Meioh - Sened (locality for D .I .Pz .

Armee) - point 405 (16 km north of Gafsa) - river crossing 2 km south of

Hir Barouka - course of the river to the northwest . (Annex1045)

The D .I .Panzerarmee has taken over the new sector and consequently

the control of the Div .Centauro . The army now has 2 fronts ; one the south-

east front facing the British Eighth Army and the second the west front

facing mostly American forces .

(Situation map and reports see Annex1046)

Air situationt

No change since yesterday .

Estimate of the situation and intentions :

With an amelioration in the weather renewed eneuly activity against

our rear guard positions can be expected . The main effort is still thought

to be out of the area northwest of el Assa . This supposition is confirmed

by air reconnaissance which discloses a reinforcement of enemy forces in

the el Assa area .

 - 96 -

As a result of the withdrawal of strong forces out of the rear guard

units and 'the shifting of forces tied up with it the army must give up the

present rear guard positions on the border and in the night of 12/13 Feb .
on perimeter defense
will withdraw its forces to a shortened front at first to a r..3'ug (,I) position

around Ben Gardena

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K.H. (Annex1047)_

-----------------------

Fighting in the outpost area of the Mareth position

13 February - 20 February 1943

-----------------

1 . Sequence of events :

a . Southeast front:
perimeter defense line
The withdrawal of the rear guards to the n Ben Gardane

took place during the night of 12 13 systematically and withomtm enemy

pressure . At dawn the 15.Pz .Div . is ready for defense in the new area .

And now that Tripoiitanian-Tunisian border positions, held for 14

days by German troops alone, have been abondoned, the fight in Lybia has

come to an end .

The enemy feels forward at first with reconnaissance patrols and

weak
until evening uses only reconnaissance forces . Independent/enemy thrusts

are repulsed by the 15 .Pz .Div . (Annex 1048)

On the other hand in the area sotatheast and south of Foum Tatahouine

the enemy continues his reconnaissance activity against the reconnaissance

group (composed only of the A .A .3 and A .A . Nizza after the withdrawal of

the A .A .33) and advances with a strong combat force in the area east of

Foum Tatahouine . A counterattack of our reconnaissance group repulses

enemy forces advancing from the Dehibat di2iection against the area south-
 - 97 -
southwest of Foum Tatahouine . Today for the first time the enemy feels for-

ward over the line Foum Tatahouine - Ben Gardane to the northwest against the

deep flank of the 15 .Pz .Div . (Annex1049)

b . Westfront :

Assembling movements for the Gafsa operation take place accord4jg to

plans .

Ground reconnaissance today discloses anew increase of enemy reoonnaissan-

ce patrol activity against our security detachments at el Guettar and Maisu:assi .

Tozeur and the area north thereof are said to be only sparsely occupied ; on

the other hand the enemy has reinforced his security detachments at Nbtlauoi .

According to agents reports the enemy is approvisioning Gafsa and builds up

reinforcements .

On the basis of this enemy picture the army suggests to the 5 .Pz .Armee

and to Comando Supremo that, in addition to the 21 .Pz . Div ., other forces be
if necessary
freed for the Gafsa undertaking, even/the 10 .Pz .Div .which had already been

considered previously . (Annex 1050)

Gen .von Arnim thereupon states that neither the l0 .Pz .Div . n_or even

elements of it can be made available, being indispensable in the north sector

as the only available mobile general reserves . (Annex MM 1O511here is no

answer from Comando Supremo as yet .

Situation map and reports Annex 10521

Air situation :

Since the weather has improved our air activity and that of the enemy
)
is more vigorous than on the previous days .

Estimate of the situation and intentions

a . Southeast front :

The extremely vigorous reconnaissance patrol activity against the line

noun Tatahouine as well as a reinforcement of enemy forces around and north-

 - 98 -
from the south
west df el Assa are an indication that the enemy attempt to envelop/the

present rearguard positions southeast and east of Ben Gardane with strong

fercea can be expected shortly .

Since the withdrawal of the ffampfgruppe D .A .K . left the army without

ing
any mobile reserves to resist such an envelopmaxt movement, it will during

the night of 1311)4 Feb . take its rear guards to positio bout 13 km west of

Ben Gardane more favorable from the point of view of terrain The new line of

resistance will run at dawn from Foum Tatahouine - Dirchou - 13 km west of

Ben Gardane . Strong security detachments will be left in the area heretofore

occupied with the mission to resist enemy pressure until it becomes too strong

and then withdraw to the main position .

b . West front :

The reports at hand concerning the arrival of enemy reinforcements,

supplies, and the increase of activity among his r#4c reconnaissance

troops in the Gaf -a can be estimated as attack preparations . It is possible

that the enemy will launch his attack -presumably over el Guettar along the

road to Gafsa- before the time we have sot for our own . D .A .X.Hgs . receives

the order to take measures for a timely interception of a premature enemy

drive from the el Guettar area and to destroy the attacking forces in a

counterattack ; D .A .K. Hqs . will retain at the same time its former mission

(preparation for the Gafsa undertaking) . (Attack1053)

2 . Morning and moon report to O .K.H. (Annex 1054

---------------------------------

14 February 1943
1 . Sequence of events :

a . Southeast front : The withdrawal of the main body of the 15 .Pz .Div . to

the new rear guard position 13 km west of Ben Gardane takes place according

to plans and is con-plated by dawn . (Annex 1055

 -99-
The security detachments which have been left disposed in width

about 15 km south, southeast and east of Ben Gardane have repulsed all the

uu thrusts of hostile reconnaissanoe forces during the entire day . The

enemy is apparently not yet aware that we have abandoned Ben Gardane .

(Annex1056)
reconnaissance
The pressure of superior enemy/forces in the area southeast and east

of Foum Tatahouine conitnues . Our reconnaissance patrols reinforcedty anti-

the enemy,
tank guns and roving guns, repeatedly prevent,` through skilfull counterattacks
All
and flanking thrusts, to get established in the Foum Tatahouine area/ the
passes
important mountain awmztxga arem still xtlcin German hands by evening, The
up
preparations for blowing/the passes are everywhere completed and some blasting

has been done already . All the roads leading from north, east and south to

Foum Tatahouine- have . been mined 15 _ km . .radius .,,( Annex 10W_

b . West front :

With the exception of activities on the part of reconnaissance patrols

before the front of the Div . Centauro the day passes without special occurrence .

(Annex 1058)

The concentration of the units intended for the Gafsa undertaking

G
which has received the name "Morganluft" [morning breeze from the army, con-

tinues as planned and will probably be completed by the evening of Feb-

15-The attack group of the D .A .K. has been reinforced by a panzer battalion and

an artillery battalion of the Ital .Panzer Div . Centauro . Abreover it is pro-

vided that the Div . Centauro, which has been instructed to cooperate in the

closest way with D .A,L, will fellow immediately after the Gafsa area has been

gained and will be employed to cover the captured area . This will free the

attack group which, according to the 1z situation and decisions will be

available for the further conduct of operations or for employment on the

Iar&th front . (Annex 1099)

The Tunis Air Force Corps has been informed of the wishes of the army
 - 100 -

as to support for the operation "Morgenluft" (Annex 1060)

The O .B . gives Gen,Messe particulars concerning the attack operation

early
of the 5 .PzJrrmy &aunched/this morning and the intended execution of the

operation "Morgenluft" asvas set down in yesterday's conference between the

^
O,B .,Gen .Ziegler the commander of the attack group of the 5 .Pz .Armee .

The O .B . suggests then to Gen .Mo sse that during his absence in the

western operation a1ea Gen .Messe should take over the high command over the

Markth front. Gen .Messe first wants permission from Comando Supremo . There-

upon the O .B . gives up his intention and decides to retain the high command

over the Mareth front .

Situation map and reports see Annex1061

Air situation :

The main effort of the best part of our air force today is

the support of the attack of the 5 .Pz .Armee .

Hostile air activity is comparatively weak .

Supply situation of the German troops :

It is assured in the proseut quiet tactical situation . It was possible

to replenish the troops to an average of 2 .5 V .S .[aomsumption per 100 km] of

gas . and 1,2 ammunition issue (including the stocks in • dumps in the imme-

diate vicinity)

The 2 special operations in *hich emportant elements of the 3 German

panzer divs . are participating are increasing the demand . From the point of

view of ammuniti n the operation Morgenluft is provided for ; the fuel situa-

tion is s~,/available gas is just sufficient for the execution of the operation

leaving the troops ir,mobilized . Therefore O .B .S!3d is requested to issue the

iron gas reserve of the two armies stored in iunis .(Annex 1062)

Estimate of the situation and plans

a . Southeast front : Air reconnaisst :nce disclosed no important change in the

 - 101 -

Wo enemy picture before the southeast front . When the ground on both sides

of the border is dry and most of it is passable the army expects on 15 Feb .

increased enemy pressure against our rearguard positions west of Ben Gardane

and a continuation of the enemy encircling attempts between Foum Tatahouine

and Ben Gardane .

The army intends to hold the rearguard positions 13 ion west of Ben

Gardane .

b . West fronts In the Gafsa area ground and air reoonnaissances oonfirmx the

previous enemy picture before the front .

The army will have completed the concentration for the operation

Morgenluft by the evening of 15 Feb . According to the development of the

situation in the 21 .Pz .Div . the onset of the attack will not be before 16

Feb . at its earliest .

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K .H. (Annex 1063)

-----------------------------

15 February 1913

1. Sequence of events

a . Southeast front_:
Ben Gardane
Hostile reconnaissance forces) reinforced by panzers, attack/in the

afternoon of 15 Feb . from the south and gradually push back our security

detachments still in position south and east of the town . The enemy takes

Ben Gardane at 1320 hours and pursues closely with tkm armored forces up

to the rearguard positions of the 15 .Pz .Div . 13 km west of Ben Gardane .

Driving in a wide encircling movement from the south he attempts to sz

envelop the right flank of the oosition and crush it . Through the con-
defensive
centrated/fire of the entire artillery and a counterattack of our panzers

the attack is repulsed and several enemy tanks are shot dotim .(Annex 1064)

The strong enemy pressure on the reconnaissance group in the Foum

 - 1 02 -

Tatahouine area and north thereof continues . All attempts of energy units,

consisting of 2 reconnaissance battalions, to push back our security detach-

ments standing at the mountain entrances east and southeast of Foum Tatahouine

are in vain . (Annex1065)

Strong reconnaissance troops feel forward several times over the

line Foum Tatahouine - Kirchou to the west . So as to avoid at all cost a

thrust on Medenine,the security detachments of the 164 .Le .Afr .Div . in line

south of Medenine are taken back to the immediate Medenine area and are

reinforced . (Annex1066)

In the Mareth main position the conmitment of the units and the

improvement of the position are practically completed . But the major works
strengthening
for the of the position are far from finished .

Out of a plan calling for a total of 360 000 mines (240 000 antitank

mines and 120 000 antipersonnel mine "s) only about 33 000 or have been

laid (including 13 000 antipersonneA or 11% and 20 000 antitank mines or 8, 5%)

This can be traced back directly to lack of mine materiel and trained per-

sonnel . The construction of tank traps in the n1jn position whioh hasa tatal

lath of 30 km is making only slow progress . Despite several weeks of

work onlyl6 km or 531 are completed . 6 km or 20 % are being worked on, and

8 km or 27% have not yet been toubhed .

The positions are in parts very thinly occupied, especially in the

Gerian sectors, as heretofore the units have hardly been replenished twchac :kr

xi1xxJxir in the way of personnel . (Annex1067)

b. Westfront

The security detachments of the Pz .viv . Dentauro report in the afternoon

that the enemy positions located before their front have been apparently eva-

cuated . An immediate reconnaissance discloses that the enemy, probably under

the impression of the successful attack at Sidi bu Zid has given up the area
 - 103 -

around Gafsa during the night if 115 Feb . That same evening, elements

of the attao k group D .A .K. and of the Div . Centauro occupy the locality

and drive strong reconnaissance forces against Metlauoi Toseur and in

the direction of Feriana .

( s ituation map and reports see An4r&&&&068)

Air situation :

Our Jabos repeatedly raid the enemy in the area east of Foum Tata-

houine with good results . The main effort of our air force is again the

support of the attack of the 5 .Pz .Armee west of the Faid pass .

Enemy air activity is more vigorous that on the previous day .

Supply sitkuation of the German troops

Upon request of the army (Annex 1062) O .B . Slid release 300 cubic meters

of fuel gas from the Tunis reserve for the operation Morgenluft . According

to a report from Rome additional supplies of gas are on their way by sea .

Herewith the pm planned operations are covered also within kkx a limited

scope from the point of view of fuel . The 21 .Pz .Div . has at its disposal

7,
V S the von Liebens tein group over 3,5 V .A . In addition the arm has *s

1,5 ix V . S, in reserve . These quantities will permit the units, after rcaoh-

ing their assembly area, to carry out a thrust of 100 - 150 km and, if the
situation requires it, to fall back to their point of departure . (Annex 1069)

Tank situation :

a . German : 54 tanks III and IV

b . Itslian : 24 tanks M

Estimate of the situation and plans :

After the mission of the D .I,Panzerarmee had beenadded to on the basis

of the now boundary to the 5 .Pz .Armeo since 12 Feb . as well as on the basis

of the orc{ers of Comando Supremo from 11 and 12 Feb ., the 0 .B . xmxdcc submits

to the Comando Supremo a extensive estimate of the situation . (Annex 1070)

 - 104 -

Qake
a . -SouthA frontt

Tactical air reconnaissance disclosed a strong enemy unit (over 1 000

vehicles, including numerous tanks) in the area just southeast of Ben Gardane .

Another enemy group, also with many tanks (about 500 vehicles) reached the
(50 km south of Ben Gardane)
hdorra area/from the southeast in the afternoon . While this south group is

presumably the 4 .le .Pz .&rigade of the 7 .Pz .Div, which fol&ows, the north

group is doubtless the 44.British Div . reinforced by 1 -.Pz .Brigades .

(Annex 1071)

The enemy has apparently surmounted the terrain difficulties in the

border area and is deploying westward with strong units .

The position of the 15 .Pz .Div . remaining alone as rear guard west of
with negligible elements
Ben Gardane ( ) has become untenable in view of the

picture of strong enemy superiority and the threatening envelopment from the
)
south . The 15 .Pz . Liv has therefore received the order to withdraw and to

occupy the nearest rear guard position on the high ground just west of Medenine .

The comparatively long distance between the two points is through very flat

gr 'between ?eden_ine and Ben Cardane and very passable . Any intermediate

position would be easily surrounded by the enemy . (Annex 1073)

In connection with the abandonment of the rear guard positions at

the border and at Ben Gardane Comando Supremo against stresses the importance

of delaying the enemy advance as long as possible, and denounces at the same

time the giving up of positions without urgent grounds . In his reply

to the Comando Shpremo the O .B . vehemently denies the imputation, since he

had previously repeatedly warned t .*t a withdrawal of important elements of

the rearguards would forcibly result in an accelerated enemy pursuit . The with-

drawal of the troops was necessary because strong enemy forces stood not only

before the front but already in the ddep flank of the - rea- guards and there

existed the danger of being enveloped and cut off . (Annex 10i2
 - 105-

Strategic air reoonnaissanoe toward Tripolis and eastward discloses

numerous ships, a total of about 20 000 registered tons, lying at anchor in

front of the port, and vigorous east-west tralfio on the Misurata-Tripolis

road . (Annex 1071)

b . West front :

The army decides to occupy the Gafsa area and to launch a reconnaissance

unit in the direction of Feriana to regain the lost contact with the enemy .

Div . Centauro has received the order to advance its forces, heretofore committed

against al Guettar, to the Gafda area and xxts ixk Dt~ms~ax a +u ±± w put

them in line on the heights east and :vest of tha town in close

liaison with D .A .K . At first D .A .K . will push forward only a mobile combat

grou and reconnaissance forces to the Gafsa area and will reconnoixter to-

ward„and Met(auoi-Tozeur . (Annex 10711)

The mass of the forces assembled for the intended attack operation

will be used at first according to the development of the situation .

This is substantially the winding

up of Operation Morgenluft . The forces which, in compliance with today's

order of Comando Supremo, were to be detached for the $ .Pz .Armee (mobile-

elements of the 21 . Pz .Div . and Motorcycle Bn .10 of the 10 . Pz . Div .) were not

committed as they are still held in the area west of Faid pass as a result of

spreading of the successful operation of the 5/Pz .Armee . (Annex1075

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K .H . (Annex1076)

-----------------------------------

16 February 1943
1 . Sequence of events

a . South front : The anticipated withdrawal of the 15.Fz .Div, to the new rear
took
guard position just west of Medenine txkasplace durin the night of 15/16 Feb .

according to plan and without enemy pressure . At 0900,the division is in the

 - l06-

now area, ready for defense . Its power of resistance has been increased by

the bringing forward of an Italian artillery battalion and heavy German flak

artillery from the advanced Mareth position .

The enemy, effectively delayed by numerous mines, follows only

hesitantly along the Ben Gardane - %denine road on 16 Feb . In the evening

loose contact is established with the advanced elements in the area about

15 km east or southeast of khdenine . (Annex1077)

The reconnaissance group repulses anew numerous enemy assaults of

strong troops x ±xsx± Ixscg from the east or southeast against the high

ground around Foum Tatahouine . (Annex1078

b. West front :

During the night the north edge of Gafsa was occupied by Pz .Gren.

Rgt .Afrika on both sides of the road laading_to Feriana, and by .Div . Centauro,

on the heights east and west of the town . (Annex1079)

At dawn the A.A .33 reoonnoiters energetically in the direction of

Feriana, and after driving back enemy rear guards, pushes forward as far as

Madjene bel Abbes (50 km northwest of Gafs~ After violent fighthing the lo-

cality was captured, and a following enemy counterattack executed with tanks

and armored scout cars was repulsed with losses for the enemy . According to

the reports submitted until evening 7 armored scout cars have been shot down

and a number of prisoners have been brought in . (Annex 1080)

Metlauoi and Tozenn were occupied until the afternoon by weak secu-

rity troops of D .A.K. without contact with the enemy .

Situation maps and reports, see Annex 1 1081)

Air situation?

Our Luftwaffe raided successfully enemy concentrations before the

south front and supports the attack operation of the 5 .Pz .Arinee with the

Lain effort around Sidi bu Zid .

The enemy air force attacked repeatedly on both fronts with strong

forces .
 107 -

Supply situationoftheGermantroops :
The army is submitting to O .K .W ./AY. F . St . a list of the gains and

losses on personnel, weapons and motor vehicles in the month of January .

Detailed report as follows :

"a . In January the army gained on African grounds

19 tanks
24 scout cars
27 medium antitank guns
12 heavy " "
8 guns
43 armored oars
18 trucks
±10 prime mover trucks

The losses during the withdrawal fighting :

6 tanks
0 scout cars
11 medium antitank guns
6 heavy " 't

5 guns
31 armored oars
91 trucks
14 prime mover trucks

The following were lost in transit from Italy to Africa :

6 tanks
7 scout cars
17 medium antitank guns
4 heavy " "
4 guns
12 armored cars
4 trucks
0 prime mover trucks

b. The personnel situation of the army has continued to deterioraRbe .

Ihile there were only 5 gains in January, the army during the same period

lost in killed, missing and wounded or sink transported to Europe a total

of 2 013 officers, non-com . and men

The shortage in personnel kc is higher on 31 Jan . than it was on 31 Deo .

the extent of
Therefore/the urgently needed and approved replacements for the month of

January is hardly worth mentioning" (Annex 1082)

 - 108 -

According to a ooamnunioation of Comando Supremo of 15 Feb . no ameliora-

tion can be expected shortly, since emphasis must be laid on transportation

of supplies which has taken a drop in the last few weeks on account of the

bad weather . (Annex1083)

Estimate of the situation and plans :

a . Southeast front

The morning air reoonnjssanoe at fires reported a strong concentra-

tion of enemy units before the southeast front and an advance of comparatively

strong forces in the direction of Medenine . Toward noon a new air reconnaissance

diwolosed that after all the picture presented by the enemy before the front

had not changed since yesterday and that the heavy enemy movements to the west

reported this morning were not correct .

In the meantime however, since the order of Comando Supremo

"occupation and defense of the Gafsa area" had been carried out, the O .B . had

sent bank elements of the combat group D .A .K. (Lw .Jg .Brig .1 reinforced by

e heavy and flak artillery)

lllery) in an eastern direction with instructions to

assemble in readiness in the area *t 8 km north of 1'hreth for employment at

the A'fareth front . The army Mended to commit these forces in the advanced

position in the sector of the XX A .K . since the main effort of the enemy is

expected there at first . The result of the first air reconnaissance gave the

0 .3 . reason to think that the enemy intended a powerful thrust againstf the

Mareth position as a relief for the operation in the Gafsa - Sidi bu Zid area

which was turning out badly for him .

The final picture presented by the enemy and known by the army in the

evening does not corroborate this assumption .

The army intends to hold the present rear guard positions at Fouun

Tatahouine and west of Lbdenine as long as ever possible with the reconaissance

group and the 15.Pz .Div .

 - 109 -

b . Westfront :

The order of Comando Supremo of 11 Feb . to reach and seoube the

Gafsa - Metlauoi - Tozeur area is oarried out by the array . Further decisions

as to the conduct of operations will depend at first on the development of

the situation, especially where the D .Pz .Armee is concerned . At dawn there-

fore the army continued its drive to the north only with comparatively weak

Ywadaa forces to remain in contact with the enemy and even withdrew a part

of its units on account of an apparent threat to the 1kreth front .

hours
At 1925/the Operations section of the Pz .A .0 .K .5 gives out information

on the situation and reports that our panzer attack egainst the enemy panzer

group west of Sidi bu Zid in the afternoon was not effective because the enemy

withdrew at once . (according to an intercepted radio order the enemy has ins-

truotion to'-withdraw) -The' 5 .Pz .Armee therefore in that same - night launched ~-

the. two Panzer divisions to a pursuit on Sbeitla to capture the place if possi-

ble without getting into large scale . fighting . Therefore the army deoidesy.
that same evening, the advance being
on an advance on Ferianaf~oordinated with that of the 5 .Pz .Armee . At 1930

hours the D .A .K . receives to start marching immediately in the direction of

Feriana and to take the town in a coup de main if possible without becoming

involved in heavy fighting .

Elements already marching to the l&reth position will be intercepted

and again placed under the control of the D .A .K. (Annex 1 08 4)

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K.H. (Annex 1085)

-----------------------------------

17 February 1943
1 . Sequence of even ta .

a . South front : After the energy had failed in his previous attempts to
in the Foum Tatahbn q area
crush into the high ground positions of the reconnaissance group/with motorized

forces, the enemy fnfantry attempts to eliminate the positions by surprise at

night . The attack is repulsed .

 - 110-

Faced by a renewed enemy attack, launched at dawn with strong

artillery support, our combat groups, after violent resistance, had to

give up the pass positions east and southeast of the high ground in the

late forenoon hours . After carrying out all the prepared demolitions, our

rear guards, fighting a delaying action until evening, withdraw to the general

line Ksar Mguebla (just west of Foum Tatahouine) - Rhoumerassen .(Annex 1086)

The enemy feels forward against the positions of the 15 .Pz .Divt

just west of 1denine only with reconnaissance forces, all of which are

repulsed by our artillery . (Annex 1087)

b . West front :

During the night the combat group of the D .A .K . assembles in the

Ladjene bel Abbes area .

In the - early morning hours the enemy -rear guards covering just north

of there were thrown back and at dawn we advanced on Feriana . The enemy

offers strong resistance just before the'town . Toward noon the Pz .Gren .Rgt .

Arizka,reinforced by an armored battalion of the D .A .K, and A.A,33, succeeds

in taking Feriana despite violent enemy resistance, and immediately continuing

its drive in capturing also Thelepte and the mountain located west of the

town .

The enemy is partly thrown back to the mountain in the direotion of

Tebessa, a nd partly blown up and destroyed . According to the reports sub-

and
mitted until evening 100 prisoners had been taken/12 armored personnel

carriers ; with 7,5 guns, 2 tanks several antitank guns and numerous motor

ve1jioles destroyed or captured . In addition 4 enemy planes crashed, brought

down by ground defenses . In Feriana and Tebessa the enemy had to destroy his

supplies and ax at the air field 30 machines not ready to take up were

demolished . (Annex 1068)

Some comparatively weak forces of ours drive recoiuiaissances aver

the line Metg&uoi - Tozeur in the direction of the Tunisian-Algerian border

and report no enemy forces . (Annex 1089)

After good initkil progress the attack of the 5 .Pa.Armee against

Sbeitla gains ground before the town only slowly on account of violent enemy

resistance . The town is captrred toward evening by the 21 .Pz .Div ., our

losses being snallj. For the screening of the north flank the l0 .Pz .Div .
carried an assault
at noon out/of the area 25 km west of the Faid pass toward the north

and established contact with the main line of resistance at Fondouk .

(Annex 1090)

(Situation map and reports see Annex 1091)

Air situation :

Despite very adverse weather our Jabo participate several times

successfully in ground fighting . The activity of the enemy air force is

limited except for a few raids on the combat group of the D .A .K.

Estimate of the situation and intention

a . Southeast front:

Though air reconnaissance and agent reports disclose that the mass

of enemy units following the Ben Gardane - % d oni .ne road, i n view of our

comparatively strong recognized position, limit themselves to a concentration

in the area half way between Ben Gardane and Medenine, the enemy suoceeds

with superior infantry forces and artillery in driving our security detachments

out of the positions at Fount Tatahouine .

ation
The army expect on 18 Feb . a continuing of strong enemy pressure on

the south flank and a concentration of enemy units in the Aedenine area

and a moving into position for an attack against our rearguard positions just

west of Ledenine .

On 18 Feb . the army intends, when enemy pressure becomes too strong

to have the reconnaissance group withdraw fighting and delaying to the south

flank of the 164.1e .Afr .Div . Then the group will reach its final area in the
 - 112 -

in AM vicinity of Bir Sultan and there, in close cooperation with the

16L1 .1e .Afr .Div ., cover either the west flank or the rear of .the division.

(Annex 1092)

On 18 Feb . the army will have the 15 .Pz .Div . hold just west of

Medenine the rearguard positions whioh have been reinforced through the

commitment of numerous battefies .( .15 German and Italian batteries)

To assure safety against any surprise the army ordered in the morn-

ing the 90 .Ie .Afr .Div . to have 1 reinforced battalion from the troops in

line in its main defensive area held in readiness to that in case of a possi-

ble threat to the advanced position in the sector of the XX .A .X. it can be
ly
committed immediate upon order of the corps in the advanced positions

of the Div . Trieste and Jurtg faschisten . (Annex1093)

b . * West` front:

During the night of 17 Feb . instructions of Comando Supremo were

received concerning further conduct of operations in the western zone of

operations, in compliance with which the D .I .Panzerarmee retains its former

mission, i .e . to gain and hold the line Gafsa p 3&#a Metlauoi - Tozeur,

while the 5. Pz .Armee will exploit the success it achieved in the Sidi bu

Zid area with forces as strong as supplies and the need for mobile reserves

permit . (Annex 1094)

is ing
The army/considers the line Gafsa - Metlauoi - Tozeur - Douz as

future main line of resistance . (Annex1095) However the final course of the

line will depend on the development of the situation in the 5. Pz .Armee .

At first the army will hold the gained area forward of this line in coordi-

nation with the operations of the 5 .Pz .Armee and will seoure it through w±

distant reconnaissance . (Annex1096) T e army forces that are available are

not adequate for a continuation of the attack on Tabessa . This operation

should be supported by the mass of the motorized forces of the 5 .Pz .Armee

and should follow a simultaneous tying down of the enemy by an attack on

the entire north and center front of the 5 .Pz .Azunee .

On the basis of these considerations the arm has decided to -withdraw

to the area north of Gabes, tie Lw .Jg .Brig .l as well as elements of the heavy

army artillery and fl artillery s army reserve) for possible employment

at the Yareth front . These elements were held as reserve at noon already

by D .A .K . upon orders of the army . The transfer will begin in the evening .

Ineddition the Div . Centauro in ordered to commit its forces reinforced by

the 7.Bers .Rgt . in the Gafsa area for defense with front to the north and

the west, and to leave the im-mobile elements of the division as support

in the former positions east and southeast of el (3uettar . (Annex 1097)

The combat group of the D .A .K. . receives the order to hold on 18

Feb . - with the remaining forces (Pz .Gren .Rgt ;Afr ., 1 artillery - bkttalion,

A .A .33, 1 x red battalion, 1 engineer company, 1 antitank company,

1 Italian arr~or,Wd
- battalion, 1 Italian artillery battalion) the bridgehead

positions gained just north of Thelepte and to launch strong reconnaissances

against Kasserine and in the direction of Tebessa . Withdrawal in the direction

of Gafsa will be effected only in case of strong, superior enemy attack .

(Attack 1098)

2 . Morning and noon report to O .K.H. (Annex1099)

-------------------------------
18 February 19)43

Sequence of events .

a . Southeast fronts

The enemy continues vigorous reconnaissance activities in front of

the reconnaissance group a d of the 15 .Pz . u iv ., but without advancing with

stronger forces . All assaults of enemy armored scout cars are repulsed by

our artillery fire . No large scale operation is carried out wither in the

Foum Tatahouine area or against the rearguard position west of Ledenine .

(°nnox 1 100)
 9

21st Panzer Division, Division Order for the At-

tack on Sidi Bou Zid, 12 February 1943
 21st Panzer Division C .P.
Onaratlona Section
ir . 102/43 12 Flvbruary 1943

Division Order for the attack on Side, bou Zid

(Operation "FruhlinLrind" ;1 s 200 000 map)

No change in the exmmy situation .

In the morning of 12 Feb, an air reconnaissance disolos©d no rrrrenont

in the Fald - Sbeitla - Djebel L1oubai area .

2, On D-day at 0 hour the 21st Panzer Div ., ting from the defile west

of Djebel Gouleb with its bulk swinging around Djebel el Keoar will

attack Sidi bou Zid and destroy the enogr located there and to the

east thereof, in cooperation with the 10th Pz .Div. attacking from Faid .

3 The following is ordered in that intention :

itte will open the defile west of D j . Gouleld during

a, Xampfgruppe 3o1•f

phase 1

Instributiou2 Cosmander Major SchUtitte

Troops : ]i a Pz . Gr.Rgt . 104 B

4th Ba., Pa . Gr .Rgt.10L, ( last elements remaining
at Seaad)
1 detachment of . the 5th Pz .h,.;t .
let 13n.,155h Arty .Rgt . with lot and 3d Btrios .
1 flak combat detachment (2 id .f3cm guns)
Pt . Jg .Bn .39/603 (self-propelled) .

Win a on: Kamptgruppe SohLtto will facilitate the dobouohinr, of the

division out of the defile went of Djobal Goulcb by an

attack against tho eneny forces in the area 7225 - 7205 -

7223 - 7231 ; it will drive them back northmand and Trill

cover the dobouching of the bulk of the division to the

west by passing to the defensive in the lie around and on

both sides of 7223;1 with front to the north .

To that end, armored elements will rush upon the resisting

enoir-and open the way to the north for the following infant .
 2

After the oeoupation of the defensive position by the Gronadiorb

the arnored battalion will released &n soon a s possible tees(. and

to Kanpfgruppe Stonkhoff.

The division reserves the fight to remove ra light battery and the

'Bqs of the let h3n.,155th Arty.Ba . for other employment, according

to the ea=r situation.

In the second phaeo Pampfgruppe Stnnkho£f, in a brisk advance over

= 7225 - 7231 - 7256 - 7261 •- 7264 7277 - 7253 viii attack cal

Sidi bou Zid and , will destroy the enemy wherever he is found . ',

Distribution: Commander Lt,Dol . Steukhoff

Troops of the ,5th Pz .Rgt..IIgs

l ba.of 5th Pz .Rgt . (another bn .brought forward!' later )
fqs . lst 13n.,155th Arty Rogt . with 2 btrieo light field
bo ittern,i(lst and 3d) and 9th Btry, heavy howitzer .
2 flak oorabat detachments each with 2 8,13 om guns
1 platoon, 609th Flak
I platoon, 2d Bn.,25th Flak
Missions After the opening of the defile by Group SohdtLo, the Kmpf--
gruppa will immediately advanco in a wide lepx enveloping
moveuent around the spurs of Djebel el Kebar so as to reach

the Gafsa-Sidi bou Zid road, will turn on it toward the north-

east and will attack on the road or on both sides of it in

the direction of Sidi bou Zid . The object is to bring a per-
r

ceptible relief to the 10th Pz .Div . which is attacking Sidi

and
bou Zid from the east/the northeast, and then to engage

enemy elements and destroy thus,.

The Sampfgruppe will cover Itself in its left flank to the

west and the northwest, especially through reconnaissance

and security detachments as far as the orossindo over the

Fekka sector in the line 7260 -- 7264.

Andy stop which will air the Komp£gruppo frc. :i its real ob-

jectivo Sidi bou Zid will be avoided .

 In the 2d phase the 580th Armorod Bn . will move irimediately

behind the Group Stonkhoff through the defile west of Dj©bel Gou-

lob and will march either on the ea_mo road or, if it is posciblo,

south thereof, on 7257.

D1ieaiopys, it will cover the left flank of the division by roconnaissaneos

to the northwest, west, southwest and south inloobtorir

right boundary 7256 - 7263 - 72844

left boundary 725D - 9519 - 9522 as far as the line 7284 -

7291 - 7709 - 9015.

Flak Bn.609,(loss self-propelled antitank gun o8mpany), in the 4th

-phase, ad 11 move ' behind the Armored Reconnaissance Bn .5E30 through

the defile, and by the same route as Xompfgruppe Stonkhcf'f will

reach the region around 7256 at : the disposal of the division .

M ssions,w Position of readiness in the prescribed area to intercept

a possible enenvj attack from the northwest (from the direction

of 7263) or frrxn the southwest (from the direction of Gafoa) .

The battalion will assure its' own protection locally and

will carry out close recoiuiaicsanoo as far as the line

7255 .*
. 7257. Liaison will be established and hold with

the 580th Recon.Bn.

4, Supe vision of the ONdW out of the defile west of Dj .Gouleb .

w

a. The commander of the 155th Arty.Rgt. will regulate the artillery pro-

teotion for the debouohing out of the defile by the use of the .3 heavy

and 1 light batteries (last named already in position) ; he will'supon-

vise the timely approach of the batteries and their Joining their

combat groups . .

The object is to break at the start any enanr attempt at resistance

through energetic sudden fire concentration .

 b. The 2d.Bn., 25th Flak will protect the defile west of Dj .Goul©b

by putting in line 2 heavy and 1 light bettcrios against once

air attacks . The momentary withdrawal of xn individual batteries

will be ordered later . .

5.. The 220th Panzer Engineer Bn . will td= assume he following mission :

a, A company will take over and supervise the traffic in the defile

rest of Dj .Gouleb . -For that purpose part of the traffic rogulating

detail of the division will be placed at the disposal of tic com--

sander of the 220th Pz .Eng .Bn.

On A-2 Day
/1 officer of each combat group will report by 1200 h . to Cpt. r.
S~rreitz to be briefed as to the mine lanes . ibis officer

wail be responsible for the time being for the t1mely arrival of the
first vehicle of his column at the mine lanes .
Far the passage
through the wino lanes it is further or~wred :

The instruotions of the oaz aztder of the 220th Pz . Fng, Dn . or

his representatives will be" - followed implicitly

The only direction to follow nfsll be from south to north

Traffic . in the other direction only after olearanco through

Captain Streitz .

It is forbidden to face about or stop in the mine lanes wth-

out urgent reason ; the troops will move at a

brisk pace„

They will follow each other's tracks .

be detailed as
o ., A company'iil/ mine-locating partiea to the J s npfg 'uppon
as follows:

For the 5th Pz .Rgt. : I officer, 2 non-oom .offs ., 18 mail p ~

(8 detectors)
Por 104th (A) Pz ..Gr .Rgt. : 1 technical sergeant, 1 non-con ., 4 :ran
(14. detectors)
For 104th (B) Pz. Gr.Rgt. c 1 non-oom., t man
(2 detectors)
IIhe remainder will be bold in reserve at the disposal of Uic division .
6, . DI dirt . 11ne to the 10th Pz . Div . 71103 (10th Pz .) - 7210 (10th Pz . Y-
7230 (21st Pz .)-7239 (21st Rz .) - 7250 (21st Pz .) - 7273 (10th Pz . ; -

7297(1M- h Pe .) .

The elements in line north of the ebovo boundary will lie temporarily

wader the tactical control of the 10th Pz .Div. beginning at 1000 h . A-l day .

The 2d Bu.,104th (B) Pz .Gr .Rgt. will remain in its formar positions

in the north sootor . At 1000 h. A.l day it will pass tenpor urily under the

control of the 10th Pz .Div . but will remain in constant liaison with the
21st Pz„Div . by radio .

Near boundary line to the left adjacent unit (Italian Pz .Div .Centuro)

7927 •- 9716 - 9567 -. 9515 - 9020 (locality to the ad jae oat unit on the left)

7, Southsector .

Effective a6 16W h. 1-1 day the division :kx will toko over the

oosn:nand in the south sector. At that tea 3hjor Plessing will return to hio

battalion as oommander . Captain DUver will extort operational oomrr-d . In the

southern half o£ the south aeotor from 7259 (incl ..) to the oouthkm divisional

boy dart' ; at 1600 h . A-1 day he will be under the direct control of the division .

8. Zero hour
time of
The/dabouehing of the first elements of Kampfgruppe • Srht tto out

of - the mine field of the defile west of D jebel Couleb (Z) will be orderadj
it will-be
probably/al OS30 h .

9 . 63sdioa1 Corps : B ain dre:sling station inmadiately so i thwest of 7983, pro-

pared by the let platoon. 200th Mndiae.& Co . ; it will be ready to function at

0700 h. A-day .

Advanced main dressing station in the :ioinity of 9504, prepared

by a light platoon, ready to function at 0700 h. A--day.

10 . Advauwod prisoner ooUeotinj station 95014. Trill be propured by the Division

Intelligence in cooperation with Division Supply .

 Empty returning oolu=s will bo utilized for the evacuation of

prisoners .

11. Recognition s1gnal : White and green: hero we are

Reds Panzer attack ; durirsg night coacoatrd
tod fire .
Extensive use of smoke signals will be made to indicate the front

k line-
. (plane)

12. Completed position of raauineas will ba reported until

:--day
A Z dn= I

to the advanced diviaion C .P. by wire or mesean er (not by radio)

13.. Supply sstro;. -no nt of the division : just south of 7'202 .

]fit . Sisrna.l oaxsuiiigoationa s

T2 oonauander of the 200th Pz.Signnl Bn . will be responsible for

radio c utcation from the tadvenood division C.P. to:

Eeinpfgruppe $ch(itto
Stezi dioff
5i3Oth Ar cored Reo .Bn.
609th $2ok BM • .
155th . ArtV.Bn ..araaorod
220th Armored I n .Bn.
2d Bn .,1OL . h Armored . Gr .Rgt..
Rsampfgruppe Dover

The C .P. of the operations staff of Pz . A-.0 -K-5 (froze It-day on) Trill b© just

West of 7933.

T a air force liaison officer of the odder Air Force Africa

will be located in the izuaodiate vicinity 6f the divisional C .P. ; the son©

for the air force liaison officer for reoornaissmnae .

The advanced divisional C .P, will be couneoted by wixo with the

1&knaasy radio detachment and arritohboard ; hior connection :1h

vii- Kxap£s;ruppe

. Over .

25. Advanced divisional combat trains from A- .1 day at :1200 h at the couch

exit of the paes wont of 72.29 .

LLildcbrondt, Col . G.S .

Sourea :. 21st Pz .Div . Ia K.T.B . Anlaeon lir. 9 33 V 1 _5/2

8 .1 10 143 - 31..3..'143
 10

Hudel and Robinett, "The Tank Battle at Sidi Bou

Zid," Supporting Documentation (Extract) for the
Official History Northwest Africa : Seizing the
Initiative in the West
 THETANK BATTLE AT .SIDI BOU ZID

A) Introduction

The two accounts which follow concern the tank battles at

SIDI BCU ZID in February 1943 . The first account is that of a
German officer who took Dart in the battle about which he writes ;
the second .: Account :,ie-that of an :Ap rican officer who was also
there, although riot in the attackf,ng-battalion . While we have
not had time to send the German officer's account to the author
of the second article for comment, we have asked the German to
comment on the American version . His comments are appended .

It was the failure of the American counter-a .ttack which

necessitated the retreat to KASSERINTE . There, Combat Cqmmand
"B" of the 1st Armored Division, with the 3rd Bn ., 16th Inf .
Regt . .and a battalion of artillery from the 1st Infantry Division
ettacked--plus remnants of the 19th Engineer Battalion and the
26th Infantry Division (both of which were initially charged with
guerding the KASSERINE PASS)--turned back the German attack in
the South, while the British. 26th Armored Brigade (6th Armored
Division.) defending THkLA., turned it back in the north .

The question at once arises why so i mportant. an attack was

made by a. single tank battalion supvorted by a single battery of
artillery . The answer is twofoldt Due to an erroneous estimate
of the situation the main German attack was expected through the
PICHON-FONDOUCK - PASS, to the north,-rather than thrqugh-the PAID
PASS, and Combat :Qommand "B!"•, which, at, that time, wge :the . most
experienced unit of ; the let'_Azpored. Division, was . deployed near
KAKTAR to meet this exvectad iqta :4kh, It only hastened to the
south to cover the retreat of the. Division after the battle at
SIDI BOU ZID had been lost . Secondly, contrary to the expressed
wishes of the Division Commander, the 1st Armored Division was
deployed in a thin line. over an 90-mile front . It'was indeed this
battle which ungerlined in the most practical manner possible the
oft repeated axiom that an armored division must always be used
en masse
. Thor,eafter, in the. American Army, it always was .

Last of all, we . give a - brief resume of- the, situation as it

existed at that time . The British, Eighth Army, had chased RQYXEL
westwards through TRIPOLI and, was.. now. pushing him to . the udrth,
uv the coast of TUNISIA . The British B •i rst Army, with the
American I Corps attached, was holding the eastern heights of
TUNISIA forming the western wall of a cylinder, .bordered on the
north and east by water and in the south by the piston-like Eighth
Army . As this army advanced the compression increased, and the
pressure against . the western wall of the cylinder was enormous .
The wall burst at FAID and the 1r ch was repaired . only after
KA S S ERI_KE .

B) M jor HIIDEL'a account of the capture of SIDI BOU ZID

In February 1943 a comparatively static situation had de-

veloped in the Northern Tunisian sector . A surprise breakthrough
of American forces into the city of TUNIS and to the coast was no
SSIFIE 5
- B 15
J . w
P ' ~y
C 0 N I A L
-,rG~ 5~~ e
longer threatening . However, judging by the results of re-
connaissRnce missions there was a danger that American armored
forces, which were assembled west of FAID PASS, would push
through to SFAX and the coast . The Tunisian Army (NM GRUPPE)
and the German AFRIKA Corps would have been cut off from each
other by such action .

In order to prevent this, available armored troops were

ordered to attack the American assembly area . ,

A Combat Groun of the 10th Panzer Division was to push ahead

. .from FAID PASS to the area north of SIDI BOU ZID . A Combat Group
of the 21 Panzer Division was to attack through a mountain range
from the south and was to capture the town .

Under the cover of night a tank battalion of the 10th Panzer

Division moved into an assembly area which was located in an olive
grove cast of'FAID PASS . During the initiation of the armored
attack at 0406 n heavy sand $tormlwae encountered c ausing . an
almost entire loss of vision ; as,,through a miracle no accidents
happened, mostly thanks to the experienced veterans who comprised
the crews of tanks .

The battalion moved at a slow speed through the PAID PASS

which was guarded by Italian troops . Engineers had cleared a
mine field during the night and signaled with dimmed lights the
route to be taken . Beyond the pass the battalion turned north .
Despite darkness and the continuing sand storm it advanced with
the highest possible speed .

The terrain had been reconnoitered carefully .the_ .previous

day ; towards the east of FAID PASS flat prairie - land extended to
the SBEITLA PASS . A rocky mountain range was looming up steeply
to the north of the road . The town of SIDI'BOU ZID is located
south of the road as an oasis in the monotonous countryside .

By daybreak the battalion was located in line with the

mountain range . Suddenly strong artillery fire was received
'from guns located on the other side of the mountain, (directed
by observers located on top of the mountain) . It was mandatory
now to get around the bend as quickly as possible in order to be
able to attack the artillery . In order to cope with_ sur-
prises the comuanies were moving one behind the other . In that
way they only had to execute a left or a right flank movement in
order ro be ready for defensive action on a wide front .

Continuous fire kept coming in from the hills ; this, however,

was not permitted to bother the tanks in any way as it was a job
for the infantry following up behind . The battalion now turned
southwest . The American self-propelled artillery tried to move
its position towards the west . Now a race started ; shortly before
reaching the road the leading company of the battalion caught up
with the American guns which now tried to escape through the
oven terrain, but got stalled in swampy ground . They were put
out of action and the battalion's light platoon (leichter Zug der
Abteilung) was left to guard them .

After this pursuit it became necessary to reassemble the

battalion . A counter-attack from any direction had to be reckoned
 A GERMAN ACCOUNT OF
MANEUVERS AT SIDI BOU ZID

k3
to
IM
IN
la
Icy
 C 0 T L

with . Therefore the tanks were assembled in P 360 ° defensive

pcsi .tion near the FAID-SBEITLA road . The objective had been
reached .

Suddenly two STUART tanks (i .e . light tanks) appeared from

behind a rise in the terrain ; after a short fire fight they
started retreating in a westerly direction, but they were inter-
rupted on the road .

All telescopes searched the terrain to the south of us ;

there was no sign of the other German Panzer Division . Perhaps
SIDI BOU ZID had been captured already by the Germans, or had
the attack been repulsed?

The ;uesF-inp was not to last very long . Shells suddenly

started pouring on the tense battlefield . . -The red flashes of
shells could be seen whizzing through the brown and black clouds
of smoke . To the south continuous flashes could be observed .
Everyone thought it to be the start of the expected counter
attack . The tanks were checked over one more ; it would be a
hard fight . At present the distance was still too great ; we had
to save our ammunition .

But the gunfire in the south did not move any closer ; however
it was increasing and getting more accurate . The tank crews'
tension wos nearing the breaking point when the following message
came over the radio from Division Headquarters : "Advance of'21
Panzer Division from south has been delayed ; Tank Battalion is to,
continue attack. and to capture . SIDI BOU ZID ."

The tanks were regrouped quickly ; two companies- to the front,

two companies to the rear .

Covered by clouds of dust and smoke the road was crossed ;

already the situation could be observed better . The defensive
fire from artillery and tanks was originating from the cactus
grove to the north of SIDI BOU ZID . A frontal attackk south would.
have meant certain destruction for the German Mark III and IV
tanks because of the great power of penetration emanating from
the guns of the SEERHAN tanks . Camouflaged by the clouds of dust
the be .ttalion . disversed widely towards the east and west . The
engines were strained to their utmost capacity ; this maneuver
succeeded to split up the defensive fire .

Upon that the companies started moving towards the cactus

grove from all directions . The enemy fought back hard and
tenaciously . Even after the German tanks had moved on to the
paths leading through the cactus grove, SHERMANS appeared con-
tinuously firing from shortest distances, which at times_ were
only five to ten meters . However they., were unable to - hold out
very long because German tanks were moving in from everywhere .
Some SHERMANs which tried to retreat were stalled on swampy
terrain . The quick push prevented on American reconnaissance
plane from getting off the ground .

In late afternoon the battalion reassembled ..and .formed .a

hedgehog like formation . After adequate cover had been prepared
one company felt its way towards the town . They reached their
objective around 1600 hours and found it unoccupied . They were
ordered back after having been relieved by our infantry .

The battalion remained outside the town over night . The

tanks were' readied in a great hurry because an American counter-
attack had to be counted with by the next day at the latest .

The following are my conclusions : The sandstorm brought

the great advantage with it in as much as approaching German
tanks could not be heard from a great distance . American se-
curity outposts had not been advanced .

The direction of attack was chosen right . A frontal attack

to the West would have been wrong . If possible one should choose
the road on-which the least resistance is to be expected and one
should try to go around the, opponent .

The troops on top of the mountain range held out valiantly .

They tried again and again to stop the German tank attack although
they had almost no cover on the bare rock . The self-propelled
guns kept firing too long and changed their position too late ;
that is why they could be cut off later on .

The tanks and artillery located in the cactus grove north of

SIDI BOU ZID started firing on too great a distance and thereby
gave away their position too early . The SHERMAN'a gun was feared
greatly by the German tanks at that time . It pierced Mark III and
IV tanks frontally at a distance of 1500 meters . On the other hand
the German Tank Battalion was armed almost exclusively with 50mm
guns and with only . a few 75mm . guns . That is why the German tanks
would:have run into trouble had the .SHERMANS taken advantage of
their great mobility . The use of tanks as anti tank weapons on
desert and prairie terrain is not right .

The battle for SIDI BOU ZID is an excellent example showing

that the mobility of tanks should a lso .b e used in a defensive
situation . A tank battle on such territory can be compared to a
naval engagement, as a lot depends upon ouick assembly and exe-
acution .

C) An American officer's account of the counter-attack at SIDIBOUZID

The Battle of SIDI BOU ZID was fought on the 11th day of February
194 and was the first battle in a series of engagements that re-
sulted in the stand at KASSERINB PASS on the Dart of Combat Command
"B" of the 1st Armored Division with certain elements of the 1st
Infantry Division attached and 26th Armored Brigade of the British
1st Army with, after the battle had .opened, certain American field
artillery battalions attached .

Contrary to general belief, the loss of the Battle of SIDI BOU

ZID was caused not by the engagement which took place between
ROMMEL's spearheads and a single tan" battalion of the let Armored
Regiment but by the dispositions of the entire lot Armored Division
which, over its vehement protest, was not allowed to concentrate
in any one place for the purpose of counter-attacking the German
thrust which all knew was imminent, but which, on the contrary,
was spread over 90 miles of mountainous front .

-A 20-
 C 0 N A L

i.'he immediate engagement here under review was decisive in

thr ; it showed that the Americans could make no s tand .i n front
of the KASSERINE PASS and in that it permitted the German capture,
or at least neutralization, of our two air bases at THELPTE and
FERIANA . Thereafter, but for the stubborn resistance at KASSERINE
PASS, ROMMEL might well have overrun the great American supply
b$se at TEBESSA and split the American II Corps from the runt of
the British Army to the North . For this reason the Battle of
SIDI BOU ZID was an extremely important and, from our point of
view, unfortunate engagement . The following account was given
by a member of the let Armored Division, who has had an oppor-
tunity and indeed the duty of conducting a limited research into
the action in question .. Much of his account is gathered from eye
witnesses who, incidentally, are never the best judges of any
battle since they necessarily see only a small portion of the
battlefield . The author himself was some 80 miles north, at
MAKTAR, while the battle wee fought and therefore probably takes
a more objective view of the action . It is not pretended that '
this account is definitive or even correct in all details but it
is here reproduced in order to show American reactions in e . fight
in which we were outnumbered, outgunned and surprised .

The date 30-31 January is selected as an arbitrary date for

this account of the Battle of SIDI BOU ZID, TUNISIA
.

On Zl January Combat Command "A" of the let Armored Division

and attached units attempted unsuccessfully to drive the Germans
from the high ground in the vicinity of PAID village and force
an .entry through .FAID and RABAOU Passes . The command was : then .dis- . ..
posed in -a defensive position with the : mission- .Of preventing •further
enemy advance to the west .

During the period 1 February-13 February, extensive re-

connaissance of the area was made by the Reconnaissance Company -
of the let Armored Regiment and elements of the 81st Reconnaissance
Battalion . Defensive works including barbed wire and mine fields
were erected . It' was generally recognized that the impending
German attack, if and when it came, would probably come through
FAID PASS and other smaller passes in that area . Based upon
reports of officers from II Corps Headquarters after an inspection
of the area on 12 February, Combat Command "A" was ordered to
make necessary dispositions in order to hold the features of DJ"
LESSOUDA and DJ KSAIRA at all costs . To carry out this mission
these features were occupied by forces of reinforced infantry of
about equal strength and work on defensive measures was redoubled .
During the period 1-14+ February the composition of Combat Command
"A' fluctuated however.

During the Afternoon of 13 February forward observers at nJ

KSAURA reported heavy enemy truck movement inthe - vicinity . of
MATLEG which further substantiated the belief that an attack was
imminent . Air support was called for and our aircraft succeeded
in destroying many enemy vehicles, however, not until their cargoes
of infantry had been discharged . This enemy truck movement con .
silted of at least twenty groups of sixteen trucks each and'con-
stituted an estimated strength of one infantry . regiment . Front
line observers and listening poets reported tank noises throughoutt
the night of 13-14 February, and there was no question but what an
attack would come within a matter of hours . It was felt that the

• Abbreviation for DJEBFL - i .e . mountain or hill

 main effort would` be made through FAID PASS as this was the
nearest route to an obvious objective, DJ LESSOUDA . A previous
reconnaissance -by tanks to determine the condition of . the road
. through the small pass between DJ SIDI .KRSLIF and DJ E A)CROUTA
had caused the . enemy to react to violently that it was felt that
he certainly intended using this pass in future operations . The
reconnaissance reported the pass impassable for armored vehicles,
however, later information revealed tha .t .enemy engine . ers .were
preparing . roads for armored vehicles at the time the reconnaissance
was made . Therefore, future actions included a careful vigilance_
over the area . . Extensive reconnaissance was conducted daily in
the area southeast of SIDI BOU ZID in the direction of DJ MAZILA
to determine enemy dispositions in the area e nd . t o determine his
attitude towards the MAZILA PASS itself . It was revealed that
enemy anti tank defenses were present and that the enemy was
carrying on an extensive counter-reconnaissance in the same area .
Several vehicle .and a few personnel losses were incurred during
the period prior. . to 14 February .

During the early evening of 13 February the commander of the

Allied Forces* in AFRICA paidd a :vieit to the command post-of Combat
Conmand. "All . He expressed satisfaction with the defenses in the
area P.M . stressed the :importance of holding the position . A rein-
forced infantry detachment, acting_a.s a. listening -post was es-
tablished in the vicinity of the .wes .tern entrance to PAID PASS and
eeuipped with.of
.-- a radio to provides instant communication with the
.officer
commanding the LESSOUDA force . In some manner this
force was apparently . surprised and overcome by the Germans for no
renort :wa .s_,ever received from it .

Defensive preparations included . mine fields between DJ KSAIRA

and GARET HADID and. between DJ KSAIRA-and DJ RECHkIB which were .
adequately covered by automatic weapons fire from the 16th Engineers
and elements of the ...168th - Infantry .1~ .DJ,KSAIRA had been nearly com-
.pletely, w ired. i r._.;with . : :barbed wire .. German mines in the pass at
RABAOU a~ad :been'.iupplemented by our own mines .

The .Germans : :o.pened . their -attack at 0620 February 14, by an

arti11ery .bombardment : :: of . -.our . poeitions on and around DJ LESSOUDA .
At the earns . - time , enemy,. armor began its attack from FAID and from
:they small-`- ease. .': between'.: DJ KRALIF. and DJ E AKROUTA . The latter
force was' composed . : of about forty MK 4 and MK 6** tanks supported
by infa-itry~ and 88m dual purposes antitank guns .

No warning from'-the , listening post near PAID PASS was re-

ceived and it .is believed that the Company Commander, 11 G" . Company ;
let Armored Regiment, who was in position with ten tanks just e a.s t `
of DJ LESSOUDA, was completely surprised by this attacking force .
Just at dawn he had reported a force of infantry moving among the
houses too his. .immediate :-front, but presumed .,them ..-to be : a .-partt of
our own forces . His orders were riot to fire until this force wa .¢
definitely identified and . immediately thereafter the German tanks
which were in concealed positions immediately to the front opened
fire and completely' annihilated that part of Comonny "G" . The
only report of the presence of the - enemy in this area, up . until
this time, came from an officer of this company who reported tanks
moving west on the south side of FAID-LESSOUDA road .***

General . EISENHOWER
" = i . e . "Tiger" tanks
"` At this -point it should be noted the very definite effect of
the failure of intelligence .
 C0NJr 7 T I A L

The executive officer of the 3rd Battalion, with the five

remaining tanks of "G" Company and his own tank, from a position
in a wadi - just west of DJ LESSOUDA moved as quickly as possible
to the assistance of "G" Company . However, by that time our re-
cistance east of LESSOUDA had been overcome and the enemy had
occupied the-LESSOUDA OASIS with his antitank guns and tanks .
As our tanks approached the oasis they were taken under fire
from that area and immediately destroyed .

Battery "B" of the 91st Field Artillery had been overrun,

and with the exception of one gun, had been destroyed . The platoon
of "A" Company, 701st Tank Destroyer had also been overrun by the
enemy tanks'and destroyed . Reconnaissance Company and elements of
2nd Battalion, 168th Infantry had retired to the high ground on
DJ LESSOUDA .

The Commanding Officer, ?rd Battalion, let, Armored Regiment,

immediately upon hearing the opening artillery barrage at 0620,
oreoared to move the remainder of hiss battalion from . the area
about one and one-half miles . southwest of SIDI'BOU ZID, to the
relief of the LESSOUDA force . Upon receiving orders from Head-
cuarters,'Combat Command "A", about 0730, Companies "I" and "H"
with Battalion Headquarters began rapid movement towards LESSOUDA ; ,
Battery "A", 91st Field Artillery, supported. this move from position
very close proximity of CP, CC "A" . Fire was fairly effective arid :
later reports indicated that for .a time the German force at
LiSSOUDA OASIS was thrown into confusion . By this time a force of
German' tanks, about forty in number, had moved around the_ northwest
side of DJ . LESSOUDA . probably from . the pass -at KU EL .ABIOD,',and . .
were in'<ooeition on the southwest'' :slopes-•o f .'LESSOUDA- to assi*at-'.,! :.k.,;:
the tanks that had attacked from FAID PASS,' and which were, at that
time, in the LESSOUDA OASIS . This whole force engaged what remained
of the 3rd Battalion, which was deployed to the east and west across
the SIDI BOU ZID - POSTE DE LESSOUDA road . It was immediately
obvious, .that due to the overwhelming superiority in numbers and in
fire power of the enemy tanks, that the 3rd Battalion w ould . b e
unable to halt the German advance to the south . Therefore, : •: the
Battalion Commander ordered a withdrawal towards SIDI BOU ZID,
delaying from position to position . Combat Command _"A" Headquarters
was advised of this action and 'further advised-to withdraw the CP
to the west or be encircled . Orders were issued and the Headquarters
prepared to move to an area near ZAAFRIA . This move was begun at
about 1100 .

Shortly after the 3rd Battalion began its move towards LESSOUDA
the remainder of Company "C", 16th Engineer Battalion, was'ordared
to take position vicinity of the mine field between DJ KSAIRA and
CARET HADID to assist "A" Company, Slat Reconnaissance in that area .

Intermittently, during ..the morning enemy. .tanks . :were .repor.ted

to the MAZILA PASS area, however, these reports later developed to
b6 rumors and the only enemy in that area during the morning con-
sisted of two truck loads of engineers, who apparently had the
mission of lifting the mine field . These troops were surprised by
Company "A", Slat econnaissance Battalion, and surrendered with
little resistance . It was obvious that enemy information, as re-
gards progress of their own troops, was faulty at that t5me .
Where our tanks were knocked out .

- B 24 -

e~ ),T t' T T1 ~ -17 'n T A T .

 At 0830, Company "C", 81st Reconnaissance Battalion from
position south of BIR &L DJEI]RA reported thirty-four enemy tank
carrying infantry troops moving west out of MELLOUSSI PASS .
These tanks were taken under fire by "C" Company and the enemy
infantry was forced to dismount . "C" Company began - to withdraw,,
fighting a delaying action in front of these tanks . The tanks
were followed by other vehicles carrying per.sonnel and by- 1500
14 February they had reached BIR EL HAM . This force continued
to push to the north evidently endeavoring to join with the, .;._
northern claw of what was obviously a double envelopment of ~ the
American force . It was generally believed by some that these
tanks were after the trains of the 168th Infantry which the
Germans knew were southwest of SIDI BOU ZID . Company "C" had
done much to delay the enemy and to them should go much credit
for .the . .Germans' inability to close their pincers until later .
The Company continued to withdraw and laid a mine field across
the road at WADI FEKXA and . then took up a defensive posit ion . on
DJ RARRATE which they held for twenty-four hours .

As the 3rd . Battalion, let Armored Regiment began its with-

. drawal towards SIDI BOU - ZID they were supported, by the two
remaining batteries of the 91st Field Artillery which were .dis-
placing .westward by battery . At the same time , ithe :2nd'Battalion,
17th Field Ar.tillery, began to m ove .t o new positions over the
route SIDI . BOU ZID - BIR EL HAM road . This Battalion was at-
tacked by German tanks moving up from the south and by Stuka dive
bombers . It : was completely_ destroyed as .they movedd along the, road .
Te'.'remaind .er : of the 3rd Battalion reorganized a . s best -they, could
SIDI . BOU . ZID .d
and then proceeded: west. .towards
SS: .RuAD,°coverin 7a2ig -~r tnet rairalF ofi' ,t2 e ~ e icl- e .:ot :
~ge dGuartere :Combat Command A ., anc other t~iin ...ak n veh'c~'es oi0

the various units of the Combat Command which were attempting to

move to the west . During this time the troops were under constant
bombing from the air and many vehicles were lost . - German tanks
entered in this action and only for the determined action of the
Battalion Commander, Lieutenant Colonel LOUIS V . HIGHTOWER, there
isno question but that the entire' Combat Command' would have either
been . killed or captured . At that ,time twelve medium tanks'of the
3rd_ Battalion were still in action, ten-covering the north flank' .
of the withdrawal and two covering the . . south flank . These latter :
_two, one with a jammed gun, and three light tanks were under
Colonel HIGHTOWER's immediate command .

The Headquarters of Combat Command under guidance of the

Headquarters Commandant attempted to establish a new CP vicinity
of ZAFRIAA, however, it was surprised by enemy tanks in position,
in the many cactus patches-and nearly totally destroyed .

Due to the poor duality of the gasoline which contained e

great ..'deal of water, it was, . necessary for the? crews of the ,. ;thin
6kii'`vehicles to sto'n man v̀ times'under : direc't enemy' fire ~aiid' .emove :c_"
water from sediment bulbs before proceeding . Many losses of
vehicles occurred due to this fact . For some reason this diffi-
culty was not encountered with the tanks . On 13 .February Combat
Command "A."-,had ordered the removal of all unnecessary supporting
trucks', to the vicinity of SBEITLA and but for this, additional
losses .of vehicles could certainly have been expec •ted. .

At this point we had no air cover at all .

- B 25 -
 During the mid day hours, the Commanding Officer, 168th
Infantry, learning of the presence of enemy tanks in the area,
and due to the lack of artillery and other support, moved all
elements of the 168th Infantry southwest of SIDI BOU ZID onto
the high ground DJ KSAIRA and GARRET HADID . Company "C", 16th
Engineer Battalion and Company "A", 81st Reconnaissance, later
moved onto this high ground .

As darkness came the remaining vehicles of Headquarters

Combat Command "A" and the Ird Battalion, 1st Armored Regiment,
were in assembly area vicinity of KERN'S CROSS ROAD . The KSAIRA
FORCE had been isolated on DJ KSAIRA and GARET HADID . The LESSOUDA
FORCE had taken up defensive positions on and around DJ 'LESSOUDA,
Both forces were being subjected to desultory fire by . enemy mortars
and artillery . The remaining guns of the 91st Armored Field
Artillery Battalion were in position to support the remainder of
Combat Command "A" and the 1st Battalion, 6th Armored In_antry,,
which had been in reserve positions vicinity KERN'S CROSS ROAD and
DJ HAMRA .

Preparationss were made for further defensive actions and clans

made to assist, as far as possible, in the counter-attack of Combat
Command "C" which .wes to relieve the LESSOUDA and KSAIRA force and
which was scheduled for early the next day .

.-Command "C", 1st Armored Division, was moved from the

Combat
MAKTAR 'and .HADJEB EL AIOUNE areas during the afternoon . and night of
14 February-to . relieve the situation at SIDI BOU ZID, and rescue
hich''1}ud been -cut of'f :.bv the - ,German encirclement The
.2nd"Battiili6i f :t1 ist'Arm'ored''Regiment, 'still'uninitiated in '
battle, was to be the assault force of the attack . With orders to
debauch the enemy from the area west of a line . through LESSOUDA,
SIDI BOU ZID, DJEL KEBAR, the attack was . launched from the
vicinity of KERN'S,CROSS ROAD, In a . modified wedge formation,
"D" ' Company led, "!E". Company followed, slightly echeloned to the
r:ight : ; "F.." :'.Company was ..the support company. and followed Companies
and . -". ;Batteries "B" ; and "C" of the 68th Field Artillery
mmoved . i n behind. the tanks . to furnish covering fire and infantry
:`Moving
jfollowed'the : :tanks . directly south toward . . ZAAFRIA, the
Battalion traveled *approximately two miles cross country then out
to . the' east . toward SIDI BOU ZID .

WADI ROUANA was crossed. -without incident by the leading

company, but as "E" Company began to cross enemy artillery fire
began . : to come` from the vicinity : of an olive grove just at the
n orth .ed.g e of SIDI,BOU ZID . . As . If on signal a large white flare
arose from the German positions 'with such brilliance as to be
almost blinding . Apparently this was the signal'f or the enemy
attack, for at that instance more artillery began to open up on
the a.ttacking .'tanks . The fire seemed to - be c6ming`from'the hills
Rnd cactus hatches south and, east of SIDI BOU ZID . Several tanks
of I'D" Company were hit by the long range fire .

As the tanks turned to bring fire on the artillery positions,

the batteries of the 68th Field Artillery begp.n counter battery
fire and were successful in silencing the battery at the north edge
of the town .

-B 2 6 -
 As the above action was taking place thirty enemy tanks
were sighted moving north from the low hills of DJ EL KEBAB,
It was evident that these tanks had the mission of cutting be-
hind the American tanks and thereby isolating them . Company "F"
moved from the rear of the 2nd Battalion and attempted to block
this new threat . Another group of eight German tanks moved _further
to the west in an effort to get still more in the rear of the
Americans . These tanks were stopped by the direct_ fire of "C"
Battery, 68th Field Artillery . The rest of the enemy tanks ad-
vancing from the south continued moving until-they were on .tha
flank of the Battalion . German accounts of this action, later
described in the German public press, stated that the American
tanks were first sighted moving across the front of the battalion
whose movements were just described . Large clouds of dust kicked
un by the American tanks attracted the attention of the German
observers . At the time of discovery the Americans were about
1,000 meters away . All German tank crews were out of their tanks
and resting for a coming attack .

As the thrust from the south was met, thirty more enemy tanks
were seen approaching from the northeast toward-SIDI SALEM . German
.tactics became apparent . The artillery :, was . t o . pin down the . ad-
re.ncing'Americans while the tanks nove .d in from either flank for ;
the kill . The fire of the 68th .Field •A rtillery was shifted from
.counter battery to . the advancing tanks near SIDI , BOU ZID . Three
- enemy tanks were destroyed .

wFurther north at the basee of DJ LESSOUDA 12 to 15 Germah tanks

inoluding'one Mark VI . .were sighted moving along the .SBEITLA-FAID
"
d •A t , thee time of , their discovery . the head -of the _column, had
firey
reached: ;WADI''1QF~OGADA : From-the- OP, on' . KAT , ZEBBUS tithe: ; of 'the :
91st Field Artillery was directed on these tanks . "Accurate fire-
.broke up the formation and the tanks turned south . They were lost
.In the failing light and dust . Six or eight tanks from "G" Company,
t:.

f,.,l3th Armored Regiment, under command of Captain MC WATTERS were in

::,reserve . just east of KERN'S CROSS ROADS and-were ordered to-move
against . the enemy threat from LESSOUDA, butt when the :tanks were
last fromm sight, the order was rescinded .
Throughout the attack of the 2nd Battalion the reserve and -
the supporting artillery were subjected to intense air attacks .
The 3rd Battalion of the 6th Armored Infantry was p inned . t o the
ound,by the intense enemy artillery fire and could do little to
"did the situation .

As darkness nes .red ., and casualties mounted, the beleaguered

2nd Battalion begn .n to withdraw toward the northwest . In doing so
:hey 'ran into the cross fire from the tanks on the north and, those
in, the south . Of the fifty-two tanks that went into the action
forty-six were _lost . Four failed to reach the battlefield proper .
f-.becauee, :of mechanical . failure .

Little is known of the American troops isolated on DJ GARET

rH.ADID ' :And vicinity . As the American tanks approached the town of
" :SIDI SALEM at the beginning of the attack, a radio message was
. :received from the 169th Infantry which stated .that .:German tanks
r :vera : approaching their position . Apparently the tanks on. the
northeast side of' SIDI BOU ZID were those` to which * the m6seag-3

-B 2 7 -
- B 28 -
referred . It was thought that the 168th Infantry had mistaken
our tanks for those of the enemy, therefore the message was seat
back, "Get ready to ride on the band wagon!" -- indicating that
relief was on the way . As far as can be determined this was the
last contact with the surrounded troops . A few of the men from
the 168th, "A" Company of the Slat Reconnaissance Battalion and
"C" Company of the 16th Engineers were able to make their way to
safety after dark . Others, less fortunate, were cut down by
German machine gun and rifle fire, and still'_others were betrayed
by Arabs as they hid in wadis and in cactus patches . The rapid
enemy Advance to the west caused many to spend days behind the
enemy lines . These men were eventually rescued after the German
defeat on the FOUSSANA PLAIN 2.1-25 February .

D) Notes on Part C by Major HUDEL

The following notes are bp .sed on Major HUDEL's own experiences

during the engagement when he commanded a Combat Grout) of the ldth
German Panser Division .

The report deals in tart with a great many details on which

Major_ HUDEL cannot offer any comment because no German reference
material is available to him at this time . He lists the, fohloving
t)oints which were different, or at least were evaluated differently
on the German side .

1 . ROMMEL was not in command of the participating combat

grout)s during the battle for SIDI BOU ZID . He as sume:d command only_
shortly before, the battle of- : XAS5FRINE PASS : ., .< .

2 . There existed no - s ~L& went)ons I on the German side,

although at certain points there might have been superiority in

weapons temporarily . The main advantage to the Germans was the
fact that the tank crews had gained- experience An previous engage-
ments on other battlefields .'

1 . The German attack to the west 'could only come through

FAID PASS . Another possible route of attack did-not exist for ..a
large tank force .

4. It is astonishing that, according to the report, the

Germans had the element of surprise . As n result of observations
made by the Americans on 13 February security guards . should . have
been t)laced further forward .

5 . Lack of detailed knowledge about the German attack from

the south and southwest enables Major HUDIL only to remark that it
was delayed longer than expected on 14 February, and that it did
not reach the objective .

6 . The effectiveness of the German airforce and -artillery

is given far too much credit in this -reD,ort . Du;-"ng the attack
on the town itself the air and arti •1 Y1e y . '- urnior't, -was immater-ial .

7 . The American counter-attack on 15 Febrt . .iry did not

come quite unexpected, as a German observation-plane had re-
ported the advance of American Armor . This retort, however, was
not 'oro-oerly evaluated, a fact which caused a certain carelessness .
and subsequent surprise to the German troops .
 0

$M

7
w p

z
 S. The offensive from the west came only through FAID PASS .
The German main effort was directed to the northwest and around
the north edge of DJ LESSOUDA at first, and from there to the
south and southwest . Only weak forces were committed along tho
large road with the order to deceive the Americans and tiee down
American forces .
 11

2d and 3d Battalions, 168th Infantry, History

(Extract), 3-19 February 1943
 : •Tho :Rcgi:aont ocoupiod thoso positions in general oxoopt for a continuous

moving of the Second Battalion ehoad F.nd to the northeast (or loft) frou Fob-

ruery 8 to the , corning of February 14, *.-hen the onony offonsivo startod through

Faid Pass .

During this perm a dofc :nsivo attitude ins taken by C .C .L . enc largo

amounts of giro and nino installations .7oro ordered . Patrol activity ;gas vory

acti% •o on both sides, rosulting in the loss of ono officer and . throe :acn killed

and throe onemy prisoners taken . Tho prisoners ~roro taken by F patrol ho dod

by Lt, Gel . Von Yliot .against occupied onony positions in front of the Third

Battalion .

The period February 8 to 19 is covorod by reports accompaniod by overlays

Rhich *.:ere submitted by .offioors '.mho port trith the sovorol units of the 3o'-

month at -that tine:' The. positions- and activities of those units durin this
i-0

t1= beginning? ~1th tho Second . Battalion, is as follows :

£:: '' .RuVert of :.ativities of- the ::ocond Battalion, 168th Infantry, iron Fob-

3 to February 19 . 1 943
Fobariiar,r 3, 4,1943 .

On.- -our tithdrn^.al from the Soned area, ?'obruriry 3 and 4, the battalion, lass

Many "G" , (which :as stationed at the Tholopto Lirport) traveled to 7aricna

arraving at 0700 hours, On February 4 the battalion was ordered to rove to

Sbiotlai . Corpany "G" Was to join the column at Tholopto, the novonent to start

at dark .

Fobxn~ 5 . 6 . 2943 .
The night of February 5 vo bivouaood in , an olive grove two rifles east of

Sbiotla . The next riorning, February 6, Colonol Drnko celled no to his quart .o

ore . and' told me ry battalion *.could oovo under cover of darkness to idi you

Zid .to be attoahed to the let - .:rvorod. Division, I called my eonpany cop: .an- .

dors togothor `44d' spout the' day on roconnalssanco of the 3idi Bou Zid area .

On'; rrrivzh - cit 91di Dou Zi'd roportcd to General 2dcCillan, oe:nanding the

.: pzod• . Division . General Hcquillan instruotod rc :.horo the battalion

stab to be stationed. One company IF) was *to occupy Goret Hadid with the __is .'

sion of guarding the pass to tho sbuthi Ono platoon, Company "F", was to pa-

trol this caountain and set up OP's, The rost of the battalion was to occupy

dofensive positions on the flat ground north of Garet Redid with the mission i

of•nrrtv~ ~n ih
 Sunday, Fobrutiry 7, I ;:Vs nc.tificd that the yogi _ent, loss . tho First Battalion

1iould arrive in the.' Sidi Bou Zid rroa and that thorc 'could be a rpoting of all

Battalion and Company Coundors at • the Rogiu :ontr1 CP at 0800-hour-s, February

8 with th.o Company. Comandars arrived at the Cp .-at 0800 hours and the Ros-

.zing units
i:iontal CorrJandLlr, Cola Dreke,, issued the follo-7ing orcor to bho folio-

of- the; rogir~,out:, . : Socond. Battalion, Third . Battalion, .nti-Tank Company, .17th -

Field Lrti'llory, Sorvicc Qorxpany and, the 39th Combat Ton ,Cannon CO-
.pant' tt^ch-

od, Rad oho platoon of t113' 109th :,nginoors .

Contents . of Col . . Drake's order .

are to'rolievo the Fir'st Dattr.lion, 6th Lrnorcd Infantry, tho First Bat-

talion '26th • •I nfantty, no-

:'on Dj Ksaira, by infiltration startiag at 1300 hours .
.

Guides from-the 26th Infanntry*will be at your battalion aeas at 1200 hours . .

Distanco to novo r.pproxirltcly fivo uilos . Troops to be :loll, distributod and

roll deployed so that they 4^n hide in the cactus and bolos in .tho ground in

tho ovon't ,of: . aerial or artillery bo :.b=d .:.ont, Troops .-ill carry a Yo mr .l lord

of- ckmunition .'~

Third Battalion .

The Third Battalion ~ri11 pl^cQ ono •coupm y on the loft of Dj . Ksaira, facing

Faid, ono, co::pany -•n the right: and in the foothills . - Ono corlprny in rosorvo

on tho right roar with the 81 hi mortars to covor the pass on the right rac_ . the

pass on-the' loft'n d'to tho front . I. strong co:::bat p ost . to be ostrblishod each

night in'the drnri southoast-of Pj . Kaaira, 60 ?!M'rortars-in tho'fo :Othills . One

, .platoon of heavy nr.chine guns of the ho •^.vy ^oapons co : pony It. support ;iith one
-section . :of machine guns path oactL front line coapany; to cover tho front and

flr,nlr . Guards • :bo bo placed to pi-- toot the artillery OP 'on -the highost point

of Dj . Ksaira and to lot no . visiting dignitnrics • procood t -~'tho .rain OP ., Visit-

ing dtiiitarios to bc, guidoc. t o -~n nltorn^.to OP .

Cannon Corpeny,

Tho Qonnon Ccr :p .^.ny -i11 :.ovo to the right roar aouthrost of Dj . Ksaira :,ith the

ni'ssion of ::.anouvcrin[ ; in, daylight to' the ncrtho-ut , .nd nor:b)t;.ost and to -rith-

drar, aftor darkness to a position in . roar of tho rosorvc eo: .plny for rest .
 17th Field _.rtillery;. . •

Prosent position of the j3 rd Field l.rtillory . Tho pro'scnt position of tho

91st Lrtiilory is to the left of Dj . Ksaira five miles along tho road to Fnid

Pass ..

So cond Battalion .

Ono company and ono platoon of naahi io guns on the northeast of Gc of Hadid,,

one rifle platoon. and ono section of heavy machine guns on the northeast noso

aovtring tho roar of the Third Betty lion . Ono riflo platoon,, : the southc-ast

8 opo of Grrot•H adir,, covoring t11c nine field . Ono rifle platoon to hold

and commmd the OP to thc . southrlcat of Gaet Hadid L a distaneo of approxi-

natoly four miles . Onc section of 37 M ^nti-tank {duns to cover the nrin roar s

through mine fields,. Ono oonprZy to protect arlillory on tho left aide of

Sidi Bou Zid,. Rebuou Rord in *c cactus patch rnc; open ground to the front .

Ono platoon rnd one -cction of light. anchinc guaa to m!vo r,'st of Postc ('c

Lossoudri,for the protccti ,)n of t-nks ^nd rceonnaiss :~ncn units in that area

rnd tr prevent oncmy patrc •la along the road fr :jm Fail! • fr• ,a. loan gang t^.nks

anc'-
rcc=nrassanea vchiolcs ; Plrtoon tc be alert :it night :nd roeting in

tho daytime . . Rcnr.indor of $be c •npnny loss r ., no plntrc-n ^.ac'. • no s .'ctirn •f

light xchino guns in br.ttr3.ion reserve, . goner^lly in roar of ortilicry, rs

rwadditi-nr2 aoasurc in o Wont )f n brork-thr-'ugh . Rorainder • : f the Hc-IIvy

pub

WOrTgne C'Mpcny (r :no scctlon • f 37 Dfei, socti -n - f heavy nrch~no guns rnc:

:.no sccti n of PI 2Qa L_ -rtire) ,ith reserve c •cipany . unc quarter tr..-n vghielo

• crc' -me! *ig in t-, be use,' f jr recanu'issrncc en' supplies .

t%7 be kept f- :r :

S kts, :'ill b; :hvc milcs s^uthr:cst 'f Sidi B^u Zi -.

=t ^rr the right sif'.c ant -,ac pat•I )n on the left side • : f Dj . Ks^ira

and . :,no plrta :~n in. re-,x :'f reserve coctpany, Third Batt-1i :n . ;11 gins to bo

dug isx rued cr.:.f.~ulfagcr? .

~SAGOr8 .

Onc_ onginoor plat- n, 109th Maginoors, to :iino fan!. ;:iro p•) siti,ns in i ;nt

•f plr.t^-!n cast ^.f Lcssf :u&i me in front if Co.^- :pray in fr • at -f artillory .

Firkins parties t-' bo furnished by c^apanics c^nocrnod .

Standing pits t, be dug by 11 .1 :-ion f-'r firing t .3 the frc.nt and flanks .
j
Slit tronehcs -
.ill bc. :`ug by all in the. ror.r for alooping purp -, sea . .al :ien

_4 +,, ,,, .,_ti-l t n t-

.-,-h alert t night ; the ronrin-
 rC6TInE;,,-_.UnIZB or bq - - tra A
Qll fqadinE; . ~uadcr cover of P.nxknoss . Kitchsns -ii 11 -.iovo for7ard undo r cover' a :

darkness and *'ill rc-nain un(I .or- Guar, in roar rx .~a of b-,ttc.lioas . Carrying par-

ties from lair to co .- :p=ios . Kitc'h :;n tr-ins" -.-all clc-.r Sidi Bou Zid bo-

fore daylight . _vines to bo, ca rrio .. by .l1 personnel nn' to be used

only rhon tank :ttock is imminent .

There is brAt7.liozri in reserve . Col . :rake issued. instructions

to :,.ll officers the t no one 7oulf' lcr~vc, the line under fir :, . They 7oultd bc. or-

dcrc; ,. b - -.c k to th .; line by f-m office : and if thoy disoboyed they -

,,orc to bc, kill-

cd -.t cncc . `Tc7~ch ,, Il p orsonacl . to the Gora,.ns :.aid. to kill thc: - i --.t wcry

opportunity . I 'iill notify . v;.)u -.t ca I -ant prlsonc;rs t;%kcn . 11 Sc-at plntooas

.7i.11 be rmacmblcC. mar? used. . The Second Dc.ttolion - scroiita to form patrols nixabcrs

3 me. 10 . - Nu:::bsr 3 Patrol". to covei-rorid Postc e1c; Eou4n.!'to Frail. 15 a&s . 'PItr :,l

nu-ibo,- 10 tx, cover frog: Gc.rct Hndid south to Dj cl Rr~gm rn( . Dj . . ErAzllc~ P^%t-
rols -.7cr - to .Go out nt dusk -!n f. rc-zrUa until one. h-ur bcnforc dr= . They 77cro to

trnvcl in one qu,-.rtcr ton vchiclcs to 71thin thr .-.c miles of the cnlq, ~ lincv,' dis-

r"nt ant'. lc :- v-. -me. t o go forward. on foot . Iuissi•:.ns of

scouts cf intc;rcz.ptinL z_i :: . ..!y p;%tr,.-:,'lc, t,, -,7rrn 'of -_n :.-.tt :'.ck through F,i' ?mss

or frz):: the -soot : t;ar u[.,h :1 _B .-.grr: and: Dj . !.: -AU17. Pass . '(On 'the night -,f . Fcbru-
nry 11-la, Licut . n, in !-.w,. .~f scrvt plntom ; killce. by nn strong

cac=y pear 'l clone the. Lr~ 5,ma,: .-Fcid

Kc~
b4 x LPT) Lc 43.

The bnttrli r_; cl •o scr' in Vv. .'nr,7 't 1700 hairs, Fcbru :-xy P . Thc. d -'y

f FcbrL, :.rj - spent in -:, rglizing th -: gr ,)un , . On Fcbrunry 10, Gonorr -.1 T e-

~%Gcc . .P :micd by Lt . Col . 'Altors t of the 1st Divisirm,

rzy C? ?z : . mn-itce. t : , t ' :k ,vcr th,- ' dcf .-.nsive P ::~iiti :ms . : ..t the Goncrnl

ti -- n, Cwrpcmy t be i*awcC 'no railo f,-,rthcr !^r7ar4 . C^ :ipanics . ^G : ' -rig

the of Co:*.ipany "IF" -_rc ic rc. ;nnin in position .

F'Rbrawy 11, 102,

Thr, c,,f tcrn7 . - n rf 1"-.bru .,.ry 11, GcncrrI 1 :cDuill-m 0 ?l . Dr~k :_ 7c7Alcr~

t :,.y CP and 7?-ntc.`. t ,:, ins? , -ct positi ne . This ti :ic: C

:!-_'p,-ay 7r .5 rl :wd still .

f,-xthcr , -n .:-h.lf t -, thr .c-qurrtc:rs f . : .Iil :. 71th t7 :j plctc - n~v on

lin :. cov=iiL :.ail fr7 .-- t, -nil. third, support pl^ :t .Dcn 7r.s t :- be placcC. ^.b.4ut

•~,nc-~h,-_If ;-- ilo t:~c, r : '.r ; ) f Vac. f r ! :It line pl!.tcons, *,t C^l . Drnkc's suggcs-
b

tion z pInU-n cf honvy -,-,chine guns, C --._npcmY rr%s nttnchcd: to C -m;-apmY -- H ;-* .

Cc ; -apmiy IIG" . 7's still to ran-in in its pi cat'py '.,i:t i n : ^brut ail ., in th, ' . ic~%r
W7
:)f the support plat^on or Cr pony j'E' . ;,'o acre- z air. maz our ?oz i. io

be aired in that -nibht by the onb- inoors p1aoiz 81nG1c apron barbed ire en-

trot lcncnt with a trip, -ire, tin cans rich rooks in th .^ci hr.nGinC on the trip

rirc in :fr'nt, and that zinc bold =ult be laic`. fran .thc right flank bt

Cc pray "E " to Dj . It&'.ira, a distance 'r.f about t^' riles . The neat p-iix;,

February '12, I as called t . ; Genera]. M uillr.n's Headquarters and told that ^?y

bnttali^n, l . .;CcnpnnY and r plate-'n rf heavy nrehinc duns, of Qonpany "H"

-joule . arwc at canoe, crass country tr occupy Dj . Lc. Souda, dcfenc'inG the cscnrp-

Dent to the north end cast f Dj . La Souda . Ho als^ gave C tptr•. in Lpg~.r orders

that heal boon handed c': .^n by General Ward that this OP rou1d be held at all

costs . The next day -.zas anent in orG nizint the n~untain . This meant that

idc intervals duo to the size at the ir'un-

wall groups had to be strti )ncd ato

ta.in, -1th certain sceti ns ;net in case of break-throuGhs, ono -platoon each of

Cenpanica rF' n.d "G' :could be held uobilc on the side .it the rx?untruin to be

rushed to eny place needed . Ono platoon Company '"F" ^ith one a ¢'ti,.o1 i t

naehino Suds -'ore to relieve Con t ny "GI' cast at Poatc' do 'Loss uda as Oo q-) :ny

"G ' h :d the north sector 'f Di . La Souda .

Fobru :ry 13 .

It 2030 hours, hcbruary 13, I ^as called tc Cal . Waters , C? in a ravine nn

a•u th slope of Dj . La S .'udn . Here he informed '.c t notify all c^n.)aiics that

an attack roe thaincnt at dnylihgt, February 14, an'Gave instructions ^hat each

unit mns t' dc . ?Ay br.ttrlicn was to stay in position and hole, Dl . La Souda .

February 14,-

At 0600 hours, Sunday, Fctnrunry 14, onozy artillery started shelling the

rend junction at Posto do La Soui'a and a nuribor of tanks wore seen by our OP

approaching Dj La Souda fr ; n Paid. Pass . I tried to call C'l1 Wotore' CP but

ciulri, not Got an ans :;or . Soon it mss n .. ticod that those tanks ., after over=

running the artillery positions_ in front of DJ . Ln S dud, an!i the plate :n of

Coz any H F" in front of P : etc do La Souda, tonne'd south and h^.ltc( : :'ii either

side of the Sidi Boo Zid-Postc do La Souda roar'. in battle fonoati )n . :t this

ti. e a large nunbcr .:'f tanks and' half-tracks mere seen approaching from the

cast m d southeast along mith infantry . Tho tanks wont around Dj . T a Soui'r. to

the n-rtb . The infantry stopped alone the line of Posto do La Souc'a any. sc _cd

tn be r i.lling' around . Lt nb• ut 0700 hours, the rcconnaissanco soup, c :r:rndod

by Capt^.ifi Dots ; :n, :yore driven back into Dj . La gouda.,'., He ireodiatcly reported

to ry CP and asked ! ? . they o' old bo- of any assiatano wx:I had hi._i set the tro

-lit- '
 7i's in p eition to cover the zti.no .f1 . :1C lzid by C=,D^.ny "G" and Guar
- .-no'rt
f4)
1-1 v
pass ontranco and that th liGht machine guns could be sot up in pldeo in •Coa-

pony ; 'G' aron, one: to r,. y'rt to Captain for instructions . Captain Datson .

also hi8 ono of his plat •:lons lay a em'-11 nine tick'.,in a pass - rhoro vehicles

or tanks night try to ;:nin ontranco . The ?nc liCht tank Capt . Dntenn .also

br.-iught in _ .i h hire ras uscc, to ccvor a pnss'thnt ooulr'. 'only bo used f:r 'fnot

troops to Got thr ,ufh . Up to this ti :c ro had not cppnod tire on either :f '

those, as to were still uncortnin,as tc thothor or n)t ' :soco of those tr^Ops

night bo )ur ;pan . Upon sooing tho-t'.nke approachinG along tho onat of L. Sc%uda

rn'. tr-ard the n- rth, Captain lpgrr oallcd a_nd, told .o he had laid n nino field

in the n :rth'pass, which was nooossablo entry for t^.nkaPt our.positims, using,

3c said, ovor 300 nines . Lt'0900 hsurs Captain &parks oallod from 'aid in .the

dirocti n of Mt . La Souda . I instructed hia not . to open fire until ho onuld

properly identify this colunn as onoay. i?hen vithin'15Q0 yards, Cr.?trih 6parks

called meek rnc'. said ho ras sure that this colunn ras .cno :y, peesibly' artillery .
Fir cans than insttuetod to , pen fire rith the Al MI+A nortnrs . • This caught the

cncryy onapletoly by surprise . Ovor :85 rounds torn Tiroc, • r11 rith dovastinC

ofaect . 24cn ror. . caught in their carries and trucks and fr-a the OP, it could

be seen that nrny casualties roar inflict .d an the enemy, both in personnel and

in arterial . . ..t lc.r-st 7 vehicles roro daaged, 4 of thon crtchint, fire . :.bout- .

,an hour later, C -.ptain .pgrtr, rt Conpnny 'G", orillcd froon bin CI' nnr! said n col-

um -~f four s 11 c nrs and a motorcycle ras approaching fr :n the orst up r: •-rr-

vine t)-..' .ad Dj . La Soucta, but that ho could not w.'ke out Whether they tore' our

n a ~r onor . l ftor about 15 Or 20 ninutds he 'slid hc . *:ns sure the vehicles

tore onory. I told him to 'pon'fire . Lt this tino .the vohiclos rord rithin

300 yards . .`,11 vehicles Toro ttostroyed r.nd all occupants roro oithor killed or

. ,enpturo" . The capturod prisoners (tro offigors and six nzn-coavissionod offi= .>

curs) Toro idontificd as an artillery OP pasty . .11 toro m)undor' oxoopt ono

afficor . Onc officor her stcnaaeh rounds . . Those non rrero i :x::odiatoly turned

into Batt-.linn Headquarters, ^arc quosti~nor'd ant first-r,id ras nft :,inistorod .

C oapany 'T", rhich rasp onsiblc for the n : •r thcrn' odgo -_f the zrruntaih,

onG'god the .
:
ono-
y rhc . ras trying to filter thr_'uGh up ditehosd
and rrtvines . Cors-
pany "F."s non core succossful in killing sevorr .l oncby, . ::; unding sovoral others

as roll as takinG 'throe prisoners . The tanks. .g4. ..this"tim had cone ar'und the

-15-
 c :s d, ~ce1 ,of 2,it . .Pl . 7e`1- S~uc'r a 4 hs .tod in a dcHlndod. posit~ •o n on the,
rroa*ori1 -slope of c'tx`.untaih . ..

L,ttor abut half rri'h •: ur those tanks :(uuabotin~`bbttroon 70 and 75) str;rtod

rioying t ;)rards Posto do Lossouda, thoneo paralleling the rid towards SVi Bou

Zid., following ho •^,vy tanks -.-hich hac'. provif'usly ta:ccn p-:sitLons nn oithcr silo

of :tho Sidi Bm Zid-losto do Lossouda Road, about a riilc and a hr s-^uthc^3t

of ?-z to do Lossouda^.. . In,rb:;ut 15 or 20 minutes, . a t alc .b r the to-k placo

a ;-riorhoro in tho'vicinity of -Sidi Bou Zict, In tho' nointi-~o, 85 iii i cncr ,y :ins

hRc~ . p• pssiti,as previously ocewpied by . ono battery of the 91st . :.rtillory

n .:•tha ravine on the a' - uthern odgo of D3 . La Sou& ., and Col . ?7ators' CT .' Spor-

neic firing continued onony infantry but r.o oould n . •t toll -3icrc the fire

.Tas ;lfroetcd . . There - sow.o t :: be . an cfff:rt to onfiltor into our positi^ns rn-

thor than my coorc?inated nttnok by the onoriy .

..bout 1600 • hours ry 0 : rceoivcd a he-vy shollinr; by bath artillery and . 20

1ALI . Cinnon- faro . _ This OP h ad .t o be abnndonod anr . nc'i - •n o sot up . Lt this tirno

no ;triod to c .ntact Rcgincntal Hcadquartors by radio but coulOn't Got through .

I4on -npro rlortod fir the air.-ht. for I was sure that the cnorw r7 •u lf. try to on .

Ciltor, into-our positL :ns again . . Sovoral patrols fr,n Cnrrprnios ~ -, r ' anc'.,"G"

yore,--sont wit but only . a for of the enemy tried t' Cot thr:;uGh . Those -oro

quickly ; disposod cf .

Fobxuery15 .

i&-ndry rQrning, Fobruary 15, our positions was ag'in shelled by artillery

rihich kept up about ovory tae hours all day long . Lt ^bout 1000 h:•. urs - no of

tho 1icdics • onno up to rv CP and said that one of the Gcrrlmn soldiers :.anted to

talkk t-1 . . This officer said that rro rorc entirely surrounded cnc •. that he

kna;: ;his e .rrrndcs would cone in ^nd, rescue hi: and r. .antod tic : to surrender . I

did M:-34 . cvon .^rarer him, but it icdiatoly ;wont back to the CP . The reeorn' &

,acAcQ,l4nit of the lst Arrordd Division., under oor .rued of Captain Dotson,. was . in

oontc C,% by .rnc?i.~ with CCA and. r.as infor::od to hill-' on, that help :.as o,ning .

Wc ;-uoro- entirely surrounc ;od by this timo . Wo could sec rnny foot troops north

us'/mm trnko south me u .st of us . £bout 1530 hours ro noticoe. a Gr-,un .of

tanks . approcahinG from the northrost torar-'s our acsi .tirms ; this r'o fi,;urod

were; . pur 'own trop ps. ceuntor-attacking, in ardor to lot us withdraw . Thoco tanks

aoro not by the cno :~y south end goat of :osto do Lossouda vhoro the tc .nk battle

to'k In the aomntino, six Mark VI tanks ea-.ic up r,n the ocst aide crf D3 .
L_ssouc'.a an". :: -ul'. attempt t ; surprise ,cur tanks by flrnkinG !,cti-n . Ca_ twin

D - its-'n ir=, ftiately c ntrctc'. tho t^.nk conn'.ners am infernoi. thor : .,f this

onoLy iity. l7o coulc'. soc .'- :'otacluaont of tanks broakinG from the colvmu to

moot those P hrk VIs .

Lftcr •a buut tom •- h-;urc )f b-.ttlo, our, .tanks oro driven off to tho .1south

and .teat . .Lt dusk on Mew ty, a .plane i- .ontific? as an .snorican r-40 flo^ over

our, positi u s • anr'. .cr.opped a nassaoc . Cont©nts of this nassr.Gc 'cro rta foll ,77s :

T.:NK D.STRO= ND I1'Fi7TRY' .7ILL - 000U?Y iOSITIO-. :S T-6363 AT 2200 HOURS TONIGHT

TO COVE YOUR ."IUDRLt': L . YOU '_R-

7 TO TrgUMRI7 TO :,cc ITIO_. TO ROAD 'VS T OF BL ID

CE 3 TrLiR GUIDES WILL i :G3T YCU i BRING JV YTHNG YOU C.'S. . SIGNS : .G AL

V1l= .

I chockcr' the •co3rc_inntos . in-:the nap anc, fiunr' ,the place :shore .-;o r: crc to

-loot the . ides :^t a c'istr oe of abut nine miles . I irs,;r'aatoly hz+' G^ptain,

D'ts^n radio t:. CC!. f,,,, r vorificrti in of the nossaGo, which ,as -ffirnc1 r .b--ut

an h oar liter . Our nn encnt ca_s to start +:t 2200 hours . .-)ray
Con Cor. n-'crs

^ero called' and plans Troro melo for •our rith0,na^al . Company '-IF;; - as t- 1-c7_1',

follorroc; ~y, Battali_:\n Hc,>'4uattcrs ; Cor ntni=ti •'n Section, MocUcs, Conprny,"H''

^n~ CoLv r iy •" G~~. Ouo 7lato-a --.)f Cc:~:pany : G" nn?. ,no plat-) ::n of Company "F"

^crc to stay in position until •all • the column,-as formed, and the notch bgGan .

:11 prisoners, inculr inG the ;r<lkinC-^~Aun'od, n' litter cases ;7crc instrVckoc' .

- :pat they rare to be move', cvcn though they :-ero --unr'cd . They :ioro-pristners

of -.-tar and they h^_' boon jstruccd that if they ma'o .'no false n'vc - or noise of

my kinc, to • nttrack encry attention, that they be b_oyoncte ' n the spot .

The order ors for all non to -:,1k in toe files ^tout ono yarc'. apart from _

front to . roar any. h t least 30 yards bct :rocn columns, but tc : nnko no offort to,

try to snoak through, that our best chaik'o ' f Gottinr; out ras t •_+ siripl'yi' ri-rch

riGht throu„h their positi'ns, • as . far as 7o eel?, before they could. realize

rh: :.c were . . .1l equipment that ha to 1c left . bchine'. could be c'.cstroycd- rn'

Guns t : : bc'cisassc ::blcc'. and the parts buries! . 11l vehicles rare t ; be left in

such : ::ay that they could not be used . Lieut .,Oshlc .rrs Cotailed to supervise

this precautionary ::ensure . In c r.s o rc -crc one - untcrc' by the enemy, v c :yore,

n-•t to ftrc ; 'bit to disperse -.nd_ procccd inc'_ivic',ur .lly or . in srr11_ groups -)f twos

or' `throes .• to a c'csiGnztcd rendezv, us . Our r- .voncnt r.ut cf Di La Soudr. stated

at ;ab-ut 2230 h :.urs . . . Our r :1uto w,-.s southwest: from our, positi^ns_ to the South-

rostorn odgo •- f the n"untrin - .tboneo 7ostt . ;-x'rcilolin; the Sbicti 2osto . .o La

1
 Sour .n r ca-. cn ( n oile thf of:: .ttic read . the hear' of the column retched

tho roatorn or?Go cf the mount^ins, ro onc7antorod r Gornrtn 88 TM-4 eun in position

lie gore so close to it that wo could have easily rooeho" . out one. torch e . it as

tro *,? n saoc. by ., Ono of the tun crc r G:it up an -' sei('. s^ :..cthin :; t) us in Geri= ,

%hon looXod hock rt the c^luraz . I ri! not -ns,7or, n-'r di nnyono else, one. he

;test hr o th_-uGh ^o :.arc port of his )-..a tro•.ops . :Stor ,: tchinG -us fir c for*

ntnutcs, the solc'.icr . lay book corn by his oral non . '?o contdnucc' f-r about

r.ilo to t :here I could hour tnlkinG ;vrcr t•, ry loft in n clump of trots end

bushes . at &:cut the npproxicoto position rbioh our ncssore I rte; st•'.tc'°" cur ecv-

orin.; forco rte to root us .

I told C!tptein :J1 . Rcynolt's that I was Going over nnc'. contr-att this cover-

in~' forco cad toll thon that ^c woro passing thr .'uGh . /.s I tics tia kinG; in the

dirccti'n of . the alum-, .~f trcos I noticed eor ono t nlkinC tovrrds nc y possibly

thirty yorda r..-ny. Ho c^clod -ut sorothinG to me in Go ==, but I c;ic', not ^n-

the eolurm ..nr' told C.^.ptr.in

swor, but circled back into the heed of Reynolds

that it-rrts a Gora,-:n-hold ?cc,sition instead of our orrn coverinG force . •'.'ell,

this cuts brd, but t7o continued on for about 100 yoxds ant'O ho a,;rin collct~. out

spaothin . in Gear}w . . Sipco ro did n :t,ansaor this tine either, they i cdiatoly

opoita& •tiro c:ith their mrohino Guns on the hoaO. of our column . I cove the orf'cr

,for all'non to seattor and to run. like hollp The rr.chino (sun fire at this ti .m

ias GbiiiG'cnlor our heads and sov=al core guna alone the vcatora slopes ' :f }t .

Lip SouAft ;Q..=;ncod, firing.: After rannih8 .fdr iibcut 100 yo.rds hod to hit the

Ground as .tho .r .fire ras bcGinninG to f,-a.1 upon us . .,_bout this tine the fire or

the hood of 'ur columm auddonly stopper,, and *,boa I looked back, r-11 the oncrw

GurA .woro firinG ^t the niddlc of the column . Then thoir port rs been firing

et us in'-the front .

t iis' time Captain Sparks, realizing the confusing of the enemy, had his

company follow him back of the German-held . line, which was on down the road,

I Oii* •yes. < along. the road to the crossroads 'n ere we were to meet the guides .

When:'the fire shifted to Company Captain Apgar of Company moved his

ti coanf -down to the right about a mile north of the road thence to where we were

to .mseti, the guides . It crag noticed by Licut . Iistoa of the Comunznications Sec-

tion -ahov .was in the' eonter of the column, that several of our men had boon hit

by - tho •onomy firs and he could soo several of air men as they surrcndorod .
February 16 . .

At 0500 -hours the next morning, February 1b, Sovoral .mombers of Company "F" end

I reached 'the crossroads whore wo mot the guides Tom tho 6th Armored Infantry .

I •i mmodiatcly mato a chock up and found that F'q had 32 . .members of Company "F"

who had previously roportod, -In about 15 minutca, Captain Sparks, loading

Company 'W*c'emo dorm • the road . . Captain Apgar, .-.4th .his company . never,report-
F •

od until 1000 hours . The 6th Armored Infantry immodiatoly transported us Do-

hind thoir lines to uithin about t^o-or throe milos cast of Sbietla in a cactus

patch, 7horo I mot Captain .Potcrman -7bo immodiatoly had a kitchen unit sent up

and a hot meal tas proparod for the men . Captain Potorman spent tho.ontire day

t rying . t o get us blenkots and ovorcoats . On the ovcnlng of February 16, re'verc

ordorod to :ontruck, using our own transportation •, and procood to a b~vquac

area north of, the Kassarino Pass, arriving there, as zc did. , at about -233 ours .

Fobruary'- 17 .

On tho morning pf Fcbruery 17, ^o ncro ordorod--to a nc, position southeast

of Tbale, Thorc ^o bivouaced in a ho' •r y timber . At this time the Rogimantal

. the -Sorvico
- frnins -ith Captain Potcrmcn •cmd Chpt:,in Uran -rith that ^as 1ci't of

Coinpeny aoro ^i th us . '

February18 . . .~ .

On Fe'oru^ry 18, r ; were ordored to Tebosaa and gore informod by G-3, II Corps,

that ao .crc being -tta6hod to -the 895th Tank~Dostroyor B^•t tciiion, east of

Tcbossa., - that s' then in Corps reserve .

Vcbru:.ry 19 .

The corning of February 19, Lt, Col . Gerald 0 . Lino, the Rogimontal` Mcoczutivc

Off iccrr, roportod in, saying - that to tire boat of -his •kno^,lodge 'he 'wns*1 tho onl ;

man of the Rogimeiitril Hordquarters, Hoadquartors dompany and Anti-Tank''Comnany

to- get through . Ho also informod me that 'Company 'P^~' of my 'battalion had . been

ordorbd by Colonel Drako to ,ithdra,: : from their .positions oast of Sidi Bou Zid

.to, Gcrot ..Hadid ad to join • the Rogimental Hoadquartors Compr.ny .

Major Robert R . Moere, Commanding, 2nd Battalion, 168th Infa .:ztry .

-1 9 -
 Report of Activities t' . Std Battalion, 168th Infantry, from Fobrur.ry
' r 7
.7 to February 20, 194

Map Rofcncncos, . -._

All to, shoot 78-4f9 Tunisia (1 :100000)

Sbictla'- 308732

Sidi Bou Zid-- 643553

Faid - 803590

Mountains ;

Ksaira - Occupied by Third- Battalion and Anti-Tank Company, 168th Infantry .

'Caret Hadid. - Obcupicd by part of Second Battalion ., . Rogihental Hopdqunrtcrs

Company, 168th-Infantry, Cannon Company, 39th Inf~n y., and various .attachod

groups wider command of Colonel Drako .

DJ . Hanra .

Bobrnoryj .1.%3 .
At'0900 hours attondod n Company Commanders mocting at Rogimontal Head-

quarters, 168th Infantry, Col . Drako outlines positions and plans . Maps of tho

area as-issued inadoquato for a quick grasp of the situation, At 1100 hours

Company Commanders, Third Battalion and Anti-Tank Company wont on a rcconnlis-

sanca~=of their positions with Col . van vliot . Positions 7orc than occupied by

anot)ior infantry organization . Third Battalion took ovor positions from them.

Unit8-of .the:Third ..Battalion stArted 7 mile march actogs country to positions'

to bo occupiod on iCsaira,

"1'hcridlionici of dofonso was as follows : Company "I" use the highest part

of the- mountain ; Cozpppy "L"* 'in the cantor ; Coripany •"K.* on the foothills and

Anti-Tank Company was in general defense of the area .

At 1900 hours- troops arrived and-wcro led into positions . The evening

aas : ,-7fthont`ineidont, Ksaira .is a mountain facing generally north in the shape

of a horse shoo ^ith tho'highest point to hieh Company "I" zns assigned on the,

right ` -- Oa tho loft tho. mountain.falls into the plain in a series of foothills .

Tlio-paeitton- occupied by the Third Battalion contomplatad * an onoar attacks from

tlia`-A'±oct oh of Faid . Tho natural line of attncks ",vas around our left flank

via: ttio foothills . The first platoon, Company 'SIC" With 1 section 30 MG attach-
t
od ;-was placod'on the oxtromo 'loft to protect our flunks .

Fobruery y, 9

.-Digging in . Minos laid on likely avonuos of tank approach . -%7iro ras

- 20-
already .in position . Barbed wire for protective use was promised but never

arrived .- .The 17th Field :.rtillery was locator' on the plain to our roar . A

Captain, 17th Field Artillery estimated the cnomy artillery as many 88's and

two 210!s .

February 10, 1943 .

Spent in organi .zi„ng positions . . Sholling by artillery on artillery about

o8oo, 1300 and 0530 hours . No hot meals after this date . Water rationed to

ono onntoon per man per day .

February

The 17th Fiold Artillery movod into First Platoon, Cotapany "
;"s position

on our loft . - This subjoctod the Infantry to enemy artillery shelling which

formerly hnd boon confined to couhtor-.battory .

February 12,•194 .
The 17th Field 1,rtillory shelled enemy positions on Faid for about an

hour beginning at 0800 . Shelling by our'artillory and return fire A m tho

enemy artillery at 1300 and 1800 hours .

February 13, 1943 .

The 17th Field' Artillery ahollod cncmy'positions on Faid at 0800 . 'Sholl-

ing by our artillery and return fire from the enemy artillery at 1300 and 1800

hours .

EobrusrY 14,1943 .-

The enemy shollod the 17th Field 4.rtillory heavily at 0800 . i.t 1100 hours

part of the 17th Field Lrtillery left positions bollowod by part of Birst Plr .t-

oon, Company-"IL" . I immodiatoly ordorcd them back, put Lt . Binghan in charge .

In the shelling Company ; 'K" lost Corp . Smith killed, and Sgt . Pokon woundoc' . as

a result of a •d iroct hit on their fox hole . The 17th Field :rtillory loft their

positions nt 15,00-hours . It 1900 hours the Third B~%ttalion consoiid-' .ted their

position on Ksnira by movinG beck into the hills . This awe ^as rithoug incid-

cnt . Wo had no ^atcr or .t

.- ions deliverer'd after the night of Fobrur .ry 13 .
r

Fobruary 15,E 1~_

. ..11 positions undo .' heavy oncay shelling . This lasted ^2 1 dry . !mot 1400

hours Col . Van Vlict asked rue to take plans to attack using Company "K" with

one : platoon .30 11G and one section .81 ?:3I attached . I made plans . Col . Van

Vliet later told ma Col . Drake had disapprcvod the ;-projoct . Tho cnomy mado no .
..- rnnzry atiincxs 'Gnat, nay, :; = . tram" - 5z'bpiii©a'3`o T" of ffc~ dafo~iso .'"

The Third Platoon covered the right, the Second the loft and the First the roar,

facing Garot4 ledid . Company CP was in the middlo .' The , cnomy pulled up his vo-

hiclos in, tho flat bottroon Ksaira end Caret Hadid, }mlinborod his guns and shell-

ed our men at will . We had no artillery to reply to him and ho :iris out of range

of % ;ur snallor weapons . The ration situation wqs bad . . We had rocoivod none .

I found n woll in the roar of Company "K - Is position and water was drawn from

this . Sometime curing the day the information filtered down that we were sur-

rounded . •Morale was good . The men were not worried . But from day to day they

weakened without rations and the shelling without some reply did them no good .

Pbbruary 16,1943 . .

From 0800 to 0900 hours ere received very heavy enemy artillery and mortar

fire . Enemy usod 6 inch howitzers ' ostimatod from size of shall fouhd . Shells

coming over in bursts of throos . Pvt . Dories rounded by shall fire at 1000 hours

and Sgt . Tarvie :rounded by sniper fire . Botnoon 1100 and 1300 hours shelling

lossonod and onomy infiltrated into our positions on the right . Bolivved to have

established a motor position in an Arab building . This building was shelled by

our -37'M guns with effect . Col . Van Vliet asked mo to considor an attack on

artillory on foothills of Kaaira. . Said ho would consult Col . Drake and ask

pormiss-ton to mako this attack . This attack was never mado . At 1500 hours a

Company`Coaxnandors mooting was called at tho Battalion CP . Constant shelling

going . on. Capt . Carlson ., Company "L '-' reports hand to hand fighting to north

of his position . -Reports 7 men killod and wounded . Capt . Milligan, Company "I"

roports_''amall'arms fighting to vest of his position . At this meeting a plan was

proposed to load the Battalion out and to Dj . Hamra . It was first proposed to

go . out in daylight . Col . Van Viiot insistod the attompt bo mado at night . . After

the conference the following bras ordered : Order of withdrawal : Ono platoon of

Company"==R" to bo left as a roar guard to withdrew on signal . Vehicles to bo

taken and used to carry wounded . Code word !B loon" plus 3 hours . All equip-

moat that could not bo carried by men to bo buriod on rocoipt of coda word . Col .

Van .V7;iat ; told .mo-hc would dotormino which of Company "K"s platoons would form

th& roar guard -when ho ispccted my position . At 1700 hours Col . Van Vliot in-

spootod routes of aithdrnaal . Ordorod Third Platoon Company "K" to cover with-

dracwol` I"cnllod a Platoon Commandors mooting a ad gave thorn the infarm^.tion .

At"thisk time I . to commanded Lt . Hatch, Commanding Officer, 3rd Platoon for gall :-

=try under fire,, in commanding his platoon, and unquoationly .obeying every order .
Codo cord "BL-loon" r~cciS7cd vie paon . fro,:a Lt . Casnor, Adjutant, Third .Battaliona

at 2044 hours . l-xtual mnssaa c, whir. :' vc_ .fiod !~ is "T3ust the b :oon'l at 2345 .

This gnvo us only one minute to bury oqu .prlcnt .

-
: rich ras incompletely buried .

It was then ordorcd to o.cstroy vc .hicl ;a . Tirol Toro punctured with bayonots

and the engines shot up . Blocks from 37 MM guns -:ore ..buried . 30 MG -rnd ncrtars

wore Reason for delay in code word wns that it took l - hours to dccodo .

Col . Drc.' o mosacgo to cvacuato r.t 214.5 . Corinany "K'd was rod:dy tc Iov - : :ont

to i~^ttclicn H ;adqu, tc :s to find tho exact routo . . .Itt tho'tlark, .Co~mcny •

wr ncprs .^.tod . Company "I" was lato . It was actually not until 234 .0 t`u; •. t the

Battalion movod down a drew in the rear of CP in tho order indicted .

bog7-.n in column, of 2*s - 15 to 20 yarus intorvel . It 'was .^, light cloudy :-1 ; ;ht .

The moon was full and broke through the; clouds from time to time .

February17,' 1943 .
bout 01.0.0 hours o~ :.r cnomy outpost •.7ns hit . Thorc :was flurry of : shots,

an outbroak in foreign tonguos. • .rnd the, column pr.ssod on . Firort: s .igsu*1 for tho

Third 'Platoon, Company " 1"" to .?ithcs nt. 0100 . . J-L,-am 0100 to .0300 hours the

movouont boc .: :rc vory fast . . . The nose' of Gnxot Hadir:' 1mssod . on . oho : course ras

over very roug . .fir . u . with grunt Cry watorc-•u rsus . Thcr., the mon :woakcnod by

several days oof lit'.lc fc•o d .en?. 'water bean to closo u .., o loco unity and to

throw heavy equipment -r.} . It boc'soa very •hcxC: to keen t hcr from straggling,

fr•au raking a noise andF fr :r:, throe-ing away - ..eapons . About 0600 th, : column be-

come broken . Soma ono in . the line wont 'to sloop during thr : break . , I .ask. d

Col . Van Vliet to wait until I could fine . the rest of the column . I ctul' rict

f ine . i t . &bout 200 mon,woro with tho Colpnol at Battr1icn .Hcadgaartcrs .' .'a

_cstc of tho group •was from ^.11 cpmprn;•i cs . About 0630 Dj . H1r^•ra seemed

asrcss_thc ploin . Its foothills wore covered by mist . I asked Col 'Vian V--iii;

if hc know whothor -:a wcr : within our lines . '_ic replicc. that ho did n?t -n-
.
:'w

=. .t 0700 tho r oad. in front of Dj . Hn ra -as inly

pJy visible . I ras with Col . .

Van Vliot taid Capt . Milliga:a . Jo wore trying to reform th, coltuxi =no. provont

straggling . The r; .. worc strun out ;cvor wiclo area

. ;.b)ut half a mile from

the road . I obsorvcd a lone: column of . voniel .os . ' ai,ed "thosc _arc not our vo-

hiclosa . Col . Van Vli~ :t slnssos . hb: , ut this timo

small arms fare; bro1: .. sil,c to cries: loft . mires of our plancs ; .camc,ovor,, . .,, •

I fount. one ., later shot .a -.n . They str.aftcdz r y p,-minutos._.and ^cnt brc*C.. ., 1)1'
: .ass ; a fits;
 cannon fire was opened onus . Col . Van Vliot said, "Sbiotla is to the south-

east . That is our dostiiiiifion . Go back and find the rest of the column . I

will bo in this aroa" . He thon'took concealment in a cac -tus patch . Firing on

us became very heavy on the plain . Tanks and arnorcd c •- rs flanked us to our

loft . They did not close but stayed off about 400 yards end shelled us rith

what I judge to be 47 1'241 guns and machin, :; guns . Flanks to the right and car

vroro also formed and shollcd . 1.7o had no tank fighting equipment -ith us . The

men had thrown it away the night of February 16-17 . I sar. a farr numbers of

enemy infantry rho -did not close but fired on us ;,ith small arms . At about

1100 hours I -wslkod out of the firing • ; rango to the right and roar back in the

direction of Paid Pass . I wondered_ abut the flat until about 1600 hours . I -

never found the rest of the battalion column nor ray trace of them, At about

1600 hours firing was still going on whore I had left the Coloncl . I was 'no-

torminod to got to Sbiotla to contact friendly troops ., I waitod till 1900 h -,urs

- .^and then walkod to the south raid east of Dj . Harara . Thcro .was firing ill thrnugl

the night . .1 walked into one putpost during the night about 2200 hours thrc :.

2 gronadoa. into it . I worked by map shoot and compass course . I fell in ~:ith

2 soldiers from the Second Battalion, 168th Infantry and they came with nc .

Ro, trnvolod by direct compass course through the mountains :Il . night .

robrunry 18,1943 .

At- about 0800 hours wo cru!c out of the hills overlooking Sbictia . Enemy

tanks .worn- obsoranc?•: ,going into town . Ab;-ut this hour a mixed group of 10 sol-

airs from all units cone out of the hills .. Every half hour I chocked the course

by compass . .io, accordingly, by-passed ICassorinc and sot a compass course to

the north and east, Wo traveled. all night .

Fobruary 19,1943 .

TravCLod'all day in the mountains . The men rorc very oak ,nd footsore .

The travel was mostly up and down and -as very ^,oakcning . At 2100 hours I f'?und

a way out toward the flat . Ono of the-non spoke German. '?c net an Lrab who
. s
spokeGorman dad, who had 2 brothers that wcro Gorraan prisoners . Ho was half

Llsationt_ For 1500 francs . ho,guidod our group around the runtain occupied by

the Germans .

Fobb~uary 20, 1943 .

At approxinntolq 0800 hours wo wore picked . up by a half'-track Rod Cross

vehicle working with 0omb.t Command Company . This vehicle took us to the ronr,

-24-
I cc)ntr.ctoc. r. unit, and secured' r, ride tc Tcbcssa C7horc I eu•. : •C apt .

Pctcrnrn, S-4, 168th Infantry . I socuroC.. transportation for the _icn, :hick

never brought the ::_ up because of nc' ucvca_cnts . Cnbnt . Potorrian took rao to

Coripcny "K" . Conpany "IC" I raovod sovcrnl hours later and the 12 non c?ie n•° t

fia(: our unit until sovcral c.ays lrtor . Thcy all cane in . The conpass roally

brought us out, as :,c had only one nap of part c f the area . My infor::unti - 'n is

that one non fran C^nprny "I" .rocft one from C- : pahy ror chcr. fric ;nely troops

after the Faid actin . So far as I .kn,-)77 all others at Ksr .ira rho.) -arc thorn on

February 16, r. c aI:

The above facts on the action of the Third Battalion, 16Rth Infantry '7cro

roportod by 1st Lt . Harry P . Hoffti n, Co:zirxding Officer, Coapruiy "K' .

Report of activities of tho 168th Infantry in the Sidi Bou Zid Lror,

February 14 - 17 ~.

The follo7ing report is on the activities of the ,l6Rth Infantry under the

coraiand og Colonel Thomas D . Drake, in the Sidi Bou Zid r'rcn, Tunisia, for the

pcrioc. of'Fobxuery . This report is basod entirely :n tho nonory pf t ih Off-

icer, rhilc in the capacity 'f Spocial Service Officor, and is n"t substrutiatcd

by any vritton ncssagcs, orders, or originrl naps or overlays .

:.t 1400 h-'urs on the 14th rf February, Colonel Drake, corI~nnr~ing the 168th

Infantry, pent inc t .r • Genorr.l i7nrd's Hcadquartors -ith the folloring ncssrgo :

"F.ncny Burr , unc'.s Sccon ,, Battrlioon (1'oc ;tc' on ht . Lesscu;r.) since 0730 hours

this :corning . Forty tanks lma-n to be around then . Shelled, r_ivobxaboe. and

tank attack . ;11 artillery pulled out at 1300 hours, still trying to locate

then . LYcQuillans Hon :'.qunrtors pullod out at 1100 hours to southrest, • did not

notify except by a:ssngc . Tnlkcd to Mcauillan once by radio- and . he said•• help
11

had boon rcqucste? . Germans hove absolute superiority, gr - und and air . Have

stoppcc. retreating TD unit and a_ : attempting to h^lc. ry CP position . Unless

help fro r2 P.t- rind 'rrn;.rr cones iLncdiatoly, Infantry rill lose i :r:-rsurably ."

I left the rear CP at 1400 h')urs anr'. -,utskirtod Sidi B-u Zip'" and.. ` ;cnt

across country tr the Sidi Bc •u Zid :-'Sbiotla road ." ??er.dhed Gcncrnl Is

Hcacqu ;.rtcrs appr?xi :.y,tely 1700 hours .and grve . .hiri the :icssngo, roc.. other, in-

f :, r:x.tiori regarding one...* 'tanks' .,hich I hr. 2. soon Genoral ~7nrd in'for. :or. - :o

that c battali n of tanks rorc boing sent in on the 15th of Fcbrur ry to nnkc

contact' :-;ith the 168th 'Infantry and that - Colonel Drake was being instructed to

nithdrrr ton the evening oof the 15th .

Md ~ . ., .
 t .
The G-3, 1st .';rr} hods :Di-~i on; told. tic to stay ct the liaison offieors

tont and that I `roul, row . Z1huro f"^,$ &-liaison 'Officer, Inforrxrtion roecivod

during the a±tornoen-of'tho 15th that the t^nk attack was going as achedulec'

rzd no additional. help rav nocdodt On tho morning of the 16th Fobrunry the

part of the Socond Battalion &obator. on Ht . LosscucLn was aucccssful in rith-

drawing and roturning to a bivwitb aron about four nibs oust of Sbictla . In-

forrc.tion :ras als^ roooivcd that O1i3,y 4 of tho 54 tanks fr^•n the battrli 'n hich

-.icnt in the attack roturnod.

During* the poricd of Pobruary 16 - 18 Gonoral Ward assured, no rrhcn I talked .

with him tint ovorything possible

: 7as being d?~ao to rid the 168th Infantry and

that food could bo dropped by plcno if they vorc .n-t successful in rithdrawing .

Iic ovor food was nover droppod to the troops which wcro trapped .

Lc
hossagc ras droppo by plane on the 16th, with inetructi"na to Cola

Drake about withdra.:ing . The last nossaga rtich -as rocoivod frar. Drake atat-

odt 4Basiogod, g^c+d strength„ good nomto ."

No dotails as to• activities of the 168th Infantry is includoc; in this

report as othor reports have boon subitte'. covering the scno .

.Tho above facts of the action cf the 168th Infantry wcro reported by 1st

Lt . Marvin 3. William, Special Sorviccs Officer .

Roport -)f-_.ctiiitios of the 168th Infantry in the Sidi Bee Zid • Faid

aroa Fobruary 14 - 17 1943 .

Tho follovring report on the activities of the l6Rth Infantry, under the

concruic,, of Colonel Thorris D . Make, in the Sidi . Bou Zid - Paid area, Tunisia,

for the period of Febr+aary 14 - 17, is subnittod . This •r oport is biased . ontiroly

on tho'conory of this'officor and is not substantiated by ray rritton orders,

original naps or cvorlrys .

Dispositions of the 1 6P
.th Infantry, February 14, .1943, 0740 hours .

First Battalion, 168th Infantry ; In II corps reserve at Foriana .

Second Battalion, 168th Infantry, loss Company -'811 , and one platoon

of 'Conpany "H", Uj Lossouda (6765) .

Third 'Battalion, 168th Infantry : Dj Ksairz .(T-7651) .-

39th C rnnon Conprny : Right roar of Dj Ksairr .

:nti-Tank Company, 168th Infantry : Supporting Third Battalion

aoapons platoons on both flanks . -

Service Company, 168th Infantry, Sbictla .

 Band, 168th'infantpy :-T=6753

Headquarters and Headquarters Company, l6gth'Infantry : T-6''53

Platoon of Company "C", 109th ,ngineer Battalion : T-6654 .

Company "C", 109th Idedical Battalion : T-6052

Platoon- - T_575 2

Company s'B ; ' , 168th In f 3ntry,, aU~1, .Q - Ht IG, Company "H„ : T-7354 .

Note : All c :)ordinates ten from Sheet •'14, Sbietla, TunIsiu,

1/200,000 .

February 14, 1 0,43 .

£bout 0730 hours r report was -?e-,Rived fro . . the Second Battalion that

enemy tanks were advcn .in3 on D,' . lessouda, ehortly aitcrward a mombor'of a

wiring party from Regimental Headquarters Company stationed at Poste de Lessoud^_

reported that enemy tanks worn sholling the road in his vicinity .and adv .aeing

in his direction .

£t approximatoly 0830 hours word wqs rocoivod at Rcgimonta •1 Hcadqur.rtors

that the SoQond Battalion ; 168th Infantry, located in. the vicinity of :0•j .. los-_

souia ; was completely surrounded by onomy t'sks . This information was fiurnish-

od b;• Hcadqu-rtors,'C . .C .h . .Colonol Drake roportod that thirteen of our-teaks

wore lined up along a road and boing shelled by enemy artillery

. This report

ra transmitted : td 0-3,:tC .Ot and, regr,,redoivodl th-t this ras 'mown but tho

reason for the immobility of, the . taurks,4was : n4Pi . Colonel Drako reported
7-4or

that artillery'units' wore abandoning their positions in rpparcnt contusion .

This information rrs passed on to G-3, C .C .4. . and :% reply received that the

artil] .ory ^a-

.s '`cing mo :red on orders to protect the 1'oft flank from a tank

attack .

.'.t npproxir at3ly 0930 hor.ss a phone mossago vas received at Regimental

Hoadeuntors . from Hor_dquartcrs C .C . . . . saying that plans should be prepared for

the rithdrar..,;l of the Third 3attalion, that the situation did not call for that

action irm~diatsly but to 'e .1

s,%- and. have prepared plan . This information
:e

. .as -ass--d on to Colonel ?rake who then came back to the CP and trlk^d tc s_!v-

,r a1 ro ::nbers o f his staff and to Lt . Col . Van Vli :t, Commander o f the Third,

Brttalicn . The Co.lonel'a decision tas for the Third Battalion to remain i_r

position, as n, dayligh%c °-ithdratanl appea'eod to bo impossible, that the Hoad-

quarter : and Hoadquartcrs Company ^ould aithdrar: to Garct Hadi d ;,and. take up

.. .dofonsifo : -position bn t'13i i d .~'`

 Shortly afterward Colonoh!; .Dreke talked with Goneral McQuillan at C .C . :;

Headquarters by tolophono_,~i,Ad__imouncod . this decision to the General, in event

the situation warranted such action . Lt approximatoly 1100 • hours the under-

signed ras talking by telephone to Genorrl McQuillan .about the situation when

the conversation was interrupted by the announcement "No morn over the phone,

?ze are leaving ."

.Colonel Drake ^.as immediately notified and ordered that all units be no-

tifiod at once to carry out his plan . The Headquarters Section Medical Detaeh-

communication
wont ::rs ordered to start back to Garet Hadid at once but no

could be secured with the train bivouac or Company "C", 109th . Medical Battalion

The latter two units, as far as is known, never rQcoivodd any . word of the ro-

tiromcat .

The Headquarters and Headquarters . Company, 168th Infantry and the platoon

from Company aC", 109th EhgiAoors started to withdraw to G^rot Hadid ant approx-

imately-. 1300 hours . and the movement was complotcd by . 1700 hours -hen the - nd,

168th Infantry, • which had remained as a covering force to the withdra-cl, rc-

the units on Garet Hndid . Colonel Drake secured communic^ .ti}n with
joinedc

Company "D" by .toloph"ne and found thaat they had received no orders from C .C . .1 .

and, that the artillery hand not notified them of the .artillery's movcmont tram

the area.,, Colonel Drake :,rdorcd Company *-'E" and the 39th _Cannon Company to

assemble with, .th other units •.-.n Gnrot Hadid, which they acc . ~mplishcd nt about

1600 hours . ._

!bout this time it was loarnod that a company from the 16th Engineers,

which had boon assigned the mission of guarding a mine field across the Sidid

Bou'Zid4iaeknaasy road, was in the area and out off from its headquarters . It

,.as also diaoovcrod that a platcon from the 81st Roconnaissenco Company :;as

prcsont in this area .

Colonel Drako assumed command of all units -)n Caret Hndid and assignoc' de-

fonsivo missions to each . The terrain formed somewhat of a horseshoe . C npany

18th Infantry . -..as given two peaks to the right, whop facing the roac', of

the.CP as their soot-r ; the 109th Engineers and the Company of the 16th Engineers

wore given the! third high peak and the defense of the mine field as their mis-

sioo . The- Headquarters . Company, 168th Infantry was given the high groudd to the

left, or on the Sidi Bou Zid side as its sector . . The 81st Reconnaissance Plat-

oon was given the mission .)f defending the approach into the position fr-+m the.

-28-
diroeti >n of the Sid, &ou Zid-LSaknnsay road . The CnAnot OampagY to suDp9*41

this defense .

L Rogirnontnl CP was ostnblishod on the high peak , t-) the loft of the CP

and was arinnoa by pcrsnnncl from the . S-2 section . ND h?stilc netivi .ty was on-

eountcre,~ or obsorvod during tho aftornoon of February 14 or the night of Feb-

ruary 14-15 . Enomy opcrati_ins started against our posits ..^.n eb •f ut 0730 h .urs

Fobrurry 15 -nd •c )ntinUod in different sectors during . the day . 1t ane ti :ao

forco 'f approximately two hundred oncrv infantry panctr •^.tod the position of t

the 16th Engineers but rorc later ;rorccciL t) ^ithdraw when eountor-attrekcd with

.hand grcn"dos by this unit . Mortar a,nc. artillcry fire was intcrnittcnt during
treks anr! tr*o trucks wore observer. approaching
the diy -ad about 1630 huts two

Garet Hr did . .fr-'a Sic`.i Bent Zid .

Shortly aftorwnrd . these two . tcuiks entered the . dry vraddi . . leading into the

position . and. over-ran the posit~cns occupied by. the . 81st . Reconnaissance Plnto,,)n'o

The neccrapanying trucks unl 'ndoc.' infantry personnel, , who following the tanks

started to . advanco into thc .position . Too light a--chino guns xa.nncd by xaonbors

of . the Brand, . 16~th Infantry, immediately took .the advnncing infantry under fire

anti drove quite, hoavy gun fire from the tanks . . Bandsnon armed with rifles suppor-

ted the r nchino . guns during tho action . Because of this fire the oncny infantry

was unr.blo to . ac'.v_ ncc end the two enemy tanks withdrew nltor destroying by gun

fire all vehicles of the 81st Roes.)nnaissrtnco Platoon . Fnor* artillery fire

dostroyee' .two of the Cannon Conpeny vehicles during this action .

..ftor . the withdrawal of the enemy the position vas sub jcctoc! t .) long range_ _

artillery and nr , rtar fire until dark . It was rop^rtod by the Captain eoorrnciing

the 16th Enginocr_unit. thrtt the Enginorrs had .succcodod in knocking out' six

onoroy .vehicles in thoir sector during the day . Too of these vehicles rorc ro-

ported as being self -propolled gun. mounts . No cnczr activity ras noted during

the night . • 1. report was recoivoc. vin radio fr^ :i the Third &attoli-n that enoriy

troops nunbdring ,apprexiru.tcly three hundred had :::ccupic" the lower part :+f the

Rsiar ridge ^nc. 'oro being c +nta .ined in this area anc! sub joctod to rr rtar fire .

During the day e :•n tcct by r^die -as nr.inteinor. ,.:ith C .C .1, . and several requests

.̀.'cro subnittod for . r•i r . .action against ^bsorvod oncx ..y rx;vemonts ^nd material .

One request gave accurate c'ordinatoo on . the location of kn wn enemy artillery

postitir~ns but n:: action r.as t aken . by our air force . Radio contact' rith D .C . .. .
:- •''s,. loc t Turing ,tho. . night . cuo to atnoaphcria conditions .

bru-.ry16 1943: '

EnorW activity st'rtcc'. -,bout 0700 h - %urs rftcr- a cuict night . Martrr sho11-

ing . t?as very he-vy during the rrrning ^ .n the p-)siti^ns held by C :r.: -.)rny -: E ' .

Entry infrntry acre - .otivc on the fl •rnk held by the 16th utc'. 109th Engineers

. during th :; aftcrn •c ^n pcnotrrtcc . into port of this fl .zk positi^n farting

:,n"

-no pl^.toon of the 16th Engineers tr., retire . During th: : d.ay onory inf-. .'try

r,ttcnptcd to force their . .,V . in fart the roo.r .but -:crc held up b,, the dofonsc

mintaihecd by ._pcnbrrs ,f the Band . Ttelvc r c ibcrs of the t;ero stati :nee?

in groups of f .ur -r. throo hills thrtt overt-okcc , the ^ppr-- .chcs int- thc. a^in

position fr. :t ..thc south!cst . Thcsc gr : :ups -cro if notion-ill c'.ay oginst groups

-if . cneriy, n'iith r''chinc. guns cnc. n rtrrs . ;.t rbut 1400 h- urs the gr-up -

-,n tho' .hill to'.thc • •r ight rcccivoc; n strong rttrck . roc! 7zcro f^recd to retire,

1c-ving t ::^ nen done

. These -en rcro ki11c( . by bane grcnndcs thr^an int •-~ tho

p^siti •- n by. .tho cnczy . ' b sniper rns nblc to find. p :'siti':n by which h -1 . c-uIC

f#rc: , :'n the .,

craw •inrhhieh- )1}y CP teas . 1oentoc'., thus hnudie^pping the ^ctiviti ; s

to . ss •r.c ,cxtcnt .

Lt npproxi:-r- :t :ly 1500 hours scvrrol vchiclco, idcntificc' ns t^. .o hrlf-

trneks .ctns t:r thrco-qut tcrs ton trucks, all ;.rcric-.n vehicles, ^.ppr :zchce the

. :Ositi^n frc :n Sidi Boa Zid . . runner in :._.cric^.n Lr :ly unif :~rn c -r~..c up the drat-
to our moss 'go center in : told the personnel there a't t -, fir .. onn the fchiclcs

:%a thoy_ : :t ore The runner then r ;;turnc.d to the vchiclos . Lt . R'gcrs

91st Field Lrtillory iv'. _ysclf invcstigntod the report :-.n:' discovcr •x' .,h^t the

first- h^l fftrr.c k h six ;x•n , r11 in .S_cric- .n uniforn, f-•r a crorr but that th,
rczr.ining vehicles a- :thin..^d r:.cn in 0cr::^n unif •o r..: . P ire ^ae opcnc:c -OD . these

v :;hiolcs :onee thry '.:ithcrct: to n largo cactus patch -here:, obscrr :ti - n t---Ls loot .

_:t 3at,:rv^1s sz all gr.-ups of :a n coulc. bo seen cngngor , in ::hat appo^rcc' . t" ho

the a •unting f r''chiac guns --Long the cage •) f the c ..^.ctus ^,a' the ro^. :'. .

3 cti ^.b•' ut 1500 h .uars - : :rssngc rns r^coivcc. b •-- r^c'io fr - • :z.C
.
.,'
C t-.

this eft ot:,,; c?~ ht y~ •ur y -ut--Ti : ::o ant'! ploco yours--Lir cwc.r ::ill be pr-

t,nidcd-'-Iaa. tru'air fi s~'' Yi n ? rttr!ippc . by plane this afternoon

. Lt appr

16j0 hours ; flight of - ,ur planes c ,r.r. . .v^r an our p .nncle r;crc ftisplnycr' . but

they c atinuc ,`. tco Ksairr -:heroo they dsoppoa to :passr. a in the Thir- B :ttal-

ion -ro •^.. . The rossogc c •:s rcl :.ye'. to Rogimontrl Hcrv .qurttcrs nb tut 1730 hours .
 The contents of this ncaaago is not roooraboroft but n codo for use of amp

o^-rdinntcs is known t : hove boon pert .)f th;: Dcssogo . No r1cfinito location

for f':rr ing a 3uneti . ,n with Tar forces was given .

Colonel Drake eallod in tho unit eor.wnc'ors at 1830 hours rod g^vo thon

the ordor for withdraral . Dostrueti~'n cvf all oquipnont poesiblo without the

use of fire was irclored . Parts Pro .-.: motor vohielos woro to bo takon off and

'.ostroyod ;, . rac'.ios ;oro

. to bo srrshod by haraicre . .

The order of rithdraaal roe ; •81st Roconnaissrnoo Platoon to lore foll-

Qwod by the Band, 168th Infantry ; Rogi-:cnt :1 Hoadquartors rot Hoadquartors

Company ; Medical Dotachnont ; 39th Cannon Company ; Company "E" ; 109th En-

ginocr Platoon ; an-. tho Company of the 16th Enginoors . M.-vo to atatt at 2200
0
hours, all units loving positions rt that tino .

Routo U mroh : 'count the northeast nose of Otrot Hadid, then back

along the foothills to tho southwoat for about five silos and thou n north-

wcstorly direction to Dj . Hr-xa whore the units could stop during the dry .

Light r:r.chinc guns and 60 MM nort^.ra to be enrriod, Tine, route and . oquipaant

wore eorrnznicatod to the Third Battalion „1 th ordors to follow behind the 16th

Engineer Unit, Onc :iodicrtl cnlisto :ft :- nn

n was loft with tho wound'.o'' at tho rid

e tat i :: n .

The rive at' .rtod at 2150 hours at ,'rich ti- .-o all units, oxcopt tho 39th

Cannon Cxpnny roc' . -the Engineer units, ;:ore aascriblcd in the vicinity -, f tho

.C :x_r and -Post . The withdrawal was accorplishc" without incieont but for ono

butat of rr.chine gun fire about 2210 hours from the diroction of Ksaira,, on

our right flank, . The rbsonco of .tho 39th Crnnr •n Coripnny was unoxnlanablo =4 '

their whereabouts was unknown

. It was thought by Colonol Drako that toy had

loft boforc the ti :io act and wcro .ahead of the column .

The route of march was fcllo:rcd during the night ; tho first part if it

-xor very r . ugh ground and the last part mostly over eultivntc' fiolds . The

p r .e c rcs rather rapid and very few halts wore tnkon . s r rosult, during the

night hon c • . rrying the light -rchinc guns and rnrtars discardod their loads

rlnng tho r .-uto .

February17,194.3 .

Daylight fund the colu .:n abut five :isles fr .)m D,1 . Ha.- zra and on Col^.nol .

Drokc's ordors the units were split into two colurms with fifty yards distance
botv.oon . The march o-rntinuor' rtnd about 0T30 h•,urs,' when the hood of the col-

unn r,- as .rppronehing the T-605f7'road, three plrncs ( :Iliad) flew ovcrhcrd r, ncl

one plant fired . 'ibto' n column of ono _y trucks that were moving northoost

along this roar'. . The truck colunn split and about- twenty of the loading trucks

continuod while the , other pert remained hnltoc' along the road . The planes con-

tinuc on arc'. never roturnoe t) that vicinity . Eno :_y infantry bcgon d•. c-bussing

r :nd took up positi,,%as along our loft flrnk •b •- ut n th usnnf. yards away . Our

eolurm continued to :rve . slowly towards the ronc'. and thee hoarl ^f it rer .ehci

the road at' the snno time a quartor-ton truck ( .awricrn rmko) true down the

road hoadod to tho southwest .

I stopped the truck and motioned for the trc ; Gorrmn soldiora to get nut .

This truck still carried all .:if the . e rican markings but hatl a s :Inll white

pennant with rod z- nrkiass fastened to the radint •_ r . I told two non-Vi got in

and drive the truck away rnd for the others tc march the prisoners rlong -ith

us . ._bt
ut this ti::lc the onoriy force -ith the trucks opened "Inchinc gun fire -

-m •ur troops . Our non started mving to the right and sono crossed the tune'

and ravor' towards a cr..ctus prttch ahead and to the right . Machine gun ^m' mor-

for •f iro bocamc quite heavy in this aroa which caused the non to boc -%!-~0 scnt-

torodlnvor large area . Vary little cover was availabbo in this largo, open

tiQld. • Ln onor7 er rod car tc-k up posits^n directly ahead of our direction

of ..mrch and fr'r, position dot undo opened machine gun firo across the field .

This rrriorod oar was joinede by a truck load of infantry mho also set up a m-

chino .sun at this point ant'. opened firo .

'Tho group of ma' ;tich had crossed the road worked their way to tic cactus

patch nnd .woro lost fr - iri my sight, The cnor.W. armror' car aac infantry advanced

to the northern cdgo of this cactus patch ant. c , ',ntinucd to fir;, f,., r ah.ut rn

hour . Later the firing eorsed and I changed ny positi'n t' the left about five

hundrod yards, iron there I could look back _'vor the field on the southeast

silo of the road (T-6050) . Lt that tine I n-ticod a c .elunn of about ono bun-

droll, ron-lined up ~_n the road and started rnrehing to the n • , rth, als thct four

tanks wore. p-,stce: at f-ur c , rnora of this field .

That is the last that I saw as I Gas under obscrvati :n fr :n the root'. and

the traffic was very heavy . Lt.tor in the day rn ono :::y vehicle cane thru the

rrca I Pas in •twico forcing no to koop under cover . I made ry ::ay back tai the

Kassorino-Thala road and secured' n ride back to Tobossa .rnd rc^rtincd PA the
48th Hospital . I reported to G-l, II Corps, by phone that night and - in per-

son the next afternoon . No questions were asked of me .and I was sent to the

3ebond Battalion, 10th Infantry, then stationed southwest of Tabessa .

It is not known what records and equipment wore destroyed upon the with-

drawal'from Garet Hadid but it is felt that some important information and

oquipmont fell into enemy hands at that plane and at the point whore our

troops wore eapturod .

An~account - of --the - wi'thdratml of-the Third Battalion, 16gth Infantry has

boon subraittod by 1st Lt . Harry P . Hoffman, the only officer to return from

that battalion .

The above facts of the . action of the 168th Infantry at Sidi Bou Zid vaerc

roportod by Lieutenant Colonel Gorold C . Lino .

Activities of the- First Battalion from February 8 to March 1, as taken

from the record ovcnts of the First Battalion arc as folloosi

On February 8,'tho First Battalion arrivod at Fariana at 0300 hours, whore

the battalion was placed under the direct command of the 26th Infantry . A biv-

ouac area was selected end the unit "dug in" . . Major Gillespie returned . from

the hospital on February 9 and assumed command of the battalion, relieving

Capt . Conaway, A dofonsivo position in the immodiatc vicinity of Fariana was

scloctod and occupied .

From February 10 to 15 the battalion remand in these positions without

incident . On February 12, Lt . Col . John C . Potty died at the Field Hospital

then located at Frriana . 'The battalion roocived orders to withdraw on February -

16 and ;abandonod the stone quarry one mile from Farina^ to take up n norly so-

looted defensive position . On Fobrunry 17, the battalion withdrew at 0400 hours

going back towards Tcbosaa . This withdr^ :wa1 --a cOvcrcd by Company "0" which

remained in position until 1100 hours cn advance Germ^.n Panzor units forced

their ••. athdr ::^al . Heavy enemy artillery fire vies recoivad on . the position and

the wlthdrnwc_1 ;-.^_e begun over very difficult terrain . Duo to able londorship

and the intolligont use of terrain, the withdrawal r7-.s oxcoutod without loss .

Much credit for the'- successful I thdranal was duo to nn Arnb guide who volun-

teor :d his services to the Company Comm •.ndor . The dofonsivo position selected

, .s along high ground about thirty miles southwest of Tobosora, being gcnorally

along the Aigcri .n-Tunisian border .

_,

-3 3 -
 During the dry of February 18, work continued on the organizing of the

dofcnsivo position . The battalion ^.rs planed undor command of the Const- .ntine

Division of the French force, then in that vicinity . From February 19 to 28

the battalion remained on those positions - :ithout ^.ny unusu^l incidents .

Mail was rocoivcd on the 25th of February--the first mail in over more than

a month's time . On February 26, the battalion sent a c'drc of non-pommissionod

.officers to the regiment for the purpose of reorganizing the Third Battalion .

On March 1, the battalion movod out at 0700 hours and rejoined the regiment

during the afternoon of the same date, near Ain Bioda .

' Following,,tho battlo .'of. Faid Pass,,, the rcgimont ;.as ' do-.-n in strength to

72 Officers and 1 0-
j0 Enlisted Mon . The followin1 organizod units remained

availablo for duty : Tho First Batt^lion consisting of Hcadquartors and Head-

quarters Detachment, Companies "A-', "B", . "C" and •' D" . The SeconUBQttalion $t

this time had Hoadquartors Detachment, Companies . 'F", "G" and "H" . The Service

Company was comploto loss small detachments 'rhich woro lost with tho Second and

Third Battalions . At this time the First Battalion was detached from the Reg-

imont and operating to the south of Tobossa, undor control of the French,

Major Robert R . Mooro had assumed commend of the Regiment in the absence of

Col . DrAto . and- turnod tho command avor to Lt . Col . Line on February 20 . Lt .

Col Lino-bad rojoined the Rogimont after spending throo days and nights walk-

ing from Sidi Bou Zid to Tobossa and reported the capture of the Rcgimcntrl

gcadquartors, Headquarters Company, Anti-Tank Company, Canon company 39th

Infantry, Company "L" with a platoon of Company "H" attached, and the platoon

from Company "C" of the 109th Enginoors and Company "C" 109th Medical -Bat t :11-

ion . Liout .`Hoffman reported into the regiment on 'February 20 and gave tho

information that tho Third Battalion had born captured during the withdrawal
r: .
frd.&'tho Si¢i Bbu Zid'•aroa .

On tho night of . Fobruary 20-21, ordors wero rceoivod by telephone Crom

G-3, II Corps to movo from the present area to ono located botwocn Ain B .ida

and Mcekianr. . This movo was started' at about 0130 hours and was completed ~t

0700 hours . The 5th Replacement Contor, locator' in the ".tljoining area, pro-

vidod tent shelters for quartering most of the men . . tad ell the units present

moved in during the day of February 21 . On the morning of February 22, Field

OrderITo . 2 from Headquarters II Copps was rccoivad from G-1, II Corps, to

-3 4-
move to a bivouac rsca located t;o miles cost of Montcsquo (N-0156) . This

move ras started at 14230 hours and ;:as co :jpletod rt 1800 hours . On February

23, G-1 of the II Corps gave orc .ors f.,r the rogimont to move to the east of

Montosquo about night mile, (N-U64), in *.-hieh area the rogimont remained un-

til February 27. The roorganization of the rogimont ^as started during this

period and supplies and equipment which could be provided worn issued . Officers

from the two battalions wore soloo od to command and reorgnizo those units that

were completely missing . Those units included Rogimoatnl •Hozdquartore Company,

Anti-Tank Company, Company "E" and all units of the Third Battalion .

On February 24, Col . F . B . Butlor was assigned to command the 168th. Infan-

try by II Corps and assumed command on that date . Also on this date, pay for

the month of Tnnuary was received by the officers and men present . On February

26, the complete casualty report and a requisition for 1,645 roplnccmtnts was

submitted to G-1 of the II Corps, ' Verbal . orders were roboivod by Col . Butler

from II Corpse to move to an area located nocr Ain Boida on February 27. . . On

February 27, this move was started at 1230 sours and completed at 1800 hours .

'Units located in the vicinity of M-8323, sheet 28, 1 ;200,000 . Vicinity of Ain

Boida . Verbal orders wore received ty 1o1 . .hkitlor to reorganize tho regiment

under the Tables of Organization of April 194' :

During the day of February 28, four groups of rcplacomcnts wore received

from the 5th Replacement Center located in thin area . On this date, a total

of 39 officers and 904 enlisted men Toro transforrod into the rogimont . Those

replacements came from the 7th and 15th Inf :-.ntries and wore all well trained

and equipped . Major Babcock and Captain Ludwick reported for duty and were

assigned as Commanding Officer, Third Battalion and Regimental Surgeon, rdspoe-

tivcly . These two officers were transferred from the 133rd Infantry . on 34th

Division orders .

Four men from units lost in the Sidi Bou Zid area reported to Regimental

Hoadquartors on this date . T-4 Warren Routh, of Hoadqunrtors Comp ..^•ny, Pvt .

Owens of the Band r..nd Pvt . Au, Pvt . S . Janousky of Company "F' .' were the four

who roportod back at this time, On March 1, 2g ; replacements, the majority

coming from the 15th Infantry, Toro received from tho 5th Roplecomont Cantor .

Church services were hold for units of the rcgir:ront and as Chaplain Kenneth L,

Amos was the only chaplain with the regiment $ a combined service for all faiths

was hold .
 12

Lessouda Force, 1 st Armored Regiment, History

(Extract), 13-17 February 1943
 'F11, T Al . 'CR_D
A&S . 2 9 1, New York City, Nil .
1C Sarah lQ43 .

ELLIILI~EAI
1, AnFe acraing if Yubruary 13,0943 1 was informs :: that Lt . Col .
John sQt-.r8 wss - in co: man!of all Me forces holding tie, sector, 1=0
"ro- '.`•e
,n MANIVald real to the Dj - vz XnculL and Q el Yvnndi range a ."
mountains . Upcn vIsJt1n7 Cola Tatars beadquarters he talked with me Soot
th • Manonition or my company and instructed 'mtr to report to his hvadqusrtt . -s
the :fc-IloriMl . morning at 0*30 hours .'-' . hiz meeting took place at averoxinvt*13 -
AT hours on, too mornJnj of FvWuary l?, 1943i

2 . At aFr-.'roxI-ut*ly 23CC hours -?obruary 13, 1-43 I was c&llk- .l t-c Cc-I .
-istors V-radqtartorv again xW informed of an exptctod attach iron en' r
forces in the Tpi-j ares . "t discusied main the dispoviWon or -y rlotoons
and w!, decided : lo nave the third platoon of iy cooyany to a new location
.
..e also talked`' of t)-!& listeMn.7. P.ostul hed out and hi toad xv Cr An 10000r;
of t listening 'rest in front c : Paid . ras which was nannod by a y1stoon of
tip AM i nfantry . i t ahartV -.e on the map the disponition he intindad to
nave of the artillery and tank raroos, which were . W hiz coomund, prior VC
dusixtt t .*V' l1Qw!n- morning . In ry'estimation his nia% was set uT for 2
:
rood all around defense and could hove rarelAd an attics : froi an eneny force
near the via- o' Col . laters command,` I then rOurnod to my oomnany
heat xa-,4,,srs :e;.1c1h _gas located on V!% norV*,*
.end cf . Loseouda~zountaln, end at
NI X Jour, onAba mornin" or February 14, 1043 ; alerted m}• compan; and changed
Ut location of r,,! ?rd platoon an I had bean instructed nc do so . At 0601 Sourr
I v1sitcd cn' cf my obnervatics ,coin' s and wurn*d then to te, particularly Qon,
iprroy-Ima ti-1,.:- C'U hours Carte' n jawo : lfrasar cxll*de
me b' radio W WO
.Ac ru7ort . . * :n7VtoiAmld1jfanethiAodc were
teizz attacked-b, , tanYs and a beav7 conW, ration of artiiler :. firs
returned to rr~.. 0 .1- . and at . approxixctaly .1032 hours discovered a . Orce of 31 K
-aceompanled'by whit apnebred tc . be, half trac"s, a total of '7t :
valiblen in elInnavQ, at about 3C mph around my left flank . 1 riportH F W
to Col . `-vfers are! to q1, *A" . The car commander c7 the radio track frc7
COMPOny WhC was , attike.ed to. Col 'caters headquarters had mean ordered b7 CO,
7's " ra to more out of the bivouac area, howivor he left his track and rent ha&
in aneffort to find Col . Vatcrs but ran informed by an officer Mat Cal . Feterf
and We joy 1"aroone had ~often in a tank and gonooff some' tre, he gave his report
to an artillery cartain that was at Col . Maters ; eadcliarters . 7rom, tHs tit, on
I W no comnunication with him as v a tank attack I reverted hr.d gono comnlatol :7
around Q Lessouda and wan between the radio trock and the hsadquarters .

DS ON. J'.
Cart,, 1st xr-crwi %erlytr~

jubscribed anj sworn Wore me his tenth AV of !arc! 1943 .

' •2 .!or, st Arncre ; ? _-7zl- .un .,

- animary Ccurt .
 1{ D .iWtHT4RS FIRST ARgJR:1i tU;G11, iNT
APO 251, Nee York City

11 March 1943

C E R T I F I C T E

In compliance with orders frolo the Coaiw.nding General II Corps,

February 1943, a force known-as the Leseouda
on 11 . Force, was organized
as indicated below, and nut under coztn nd - of Lieut Colonel John 4 . . .aters,
Executive Officer, let .rmored Uegimnt . Previous to _the receipt of this
order a mobile force, only had been kept in this area under the conr. :Fnd
of, U .iJor Norman h. Parsons, rxeeutive Officer, 3rd Battalion, 1st - .rrnored
Regiment,
ILMSOUD,!, FORCE
2nd Bn 168th R .C .T . rein! (lees Co "E")
Co "G", let Armd Regt
Reconnais' ince Co, let :'grad pert (plus pl Maint Co light funks)
Battery "B", 91st Field Artillery
.1 hervy PI Co "A", 701st Tank Destroyer br

The uiaaion given the Lessouda Force wa , to occupy, organize, and

defend ; a' ; i oaition on the hi 'h ground in the' vicinity of D j Lessouda and
to prev--nt . hostile forces from debouchin west of Dj Kralif - - DJ Gadoum
Mountains, .

The 91st Field ;rtiliery Bath-.lion (less Btry "E") hr:c a normal
zone Faid, . 1 •a es ki-T
to5 . 7945 and tri •s was also the contingent zone of the
17th Field- rtillcry .a:;tt.rlion . .In addition, the 91st= Field . rttery
reconnoitered for li'ediate
ie occ'i--ction, positions froe : v:hick tc execute
defensive'' .fires in the astern exits of the pass between :'j el Akrouta
and Di Si'Kralif (5 miles north of-Paid) .

Lt ,.-Col `.eaters reconnoitered the position in conjunction j;th

haior .Gene :ral Orlando T:ard and Brigadier General Raymond . . •4k~uillin, _
and made immediate dispositions of his t roops .in accordance r:ith his
Dlan and mission . 15npinesrs,were made available to him and def • •n sive
positions laid out for the inf-ntry . Part were constructed by the engineers
-and .Dart by, the infantry . It w:'s, decided to hold the tanks, destroyers,
and artillery mobile, t- ith night positions within the defensive ,a, .e% . The
reconnaissr .~nce comcany was to operate from the boundary o f .C C "C" on the
north to'--the pass 5 miles north of Faid, inclusive, -~1th night listening
posts covering dangerous passes . r`Ftrola from the ltd Bn 168 WT Mere
to execute raids and establish listening post,- opposite Faid Bass during
hours of d-rknesr :,nd to outpost the position, During daylight hours the
area bett •e cn Paid and Lessouda being an open plain, Mss under the sur-
veill : .nce o : both sides . However, the tank coup :_ny -;nd destroyers moved
prior to d -,yliF ht to cover this plain and varied their formations :and
patrols from d :. y to dray in this area . They withdrew under cover of dark-
ness to ,the . defenai,re position . The battery of artillery occacied pos-
itians_at ;tight to support the defensive position, and had positions
reconnoitered to which they could move to sun?ort the t .-.,nks . It w .-.us
- 1 w
contempi''ed that in the event of an attack, the Lessouda Force would
block the hostile forces, while the mobile reserve under Lt Col .
Highto'.ier eounterhtt : . :cked, Seven possible counterttac s had been
planned ;and discussed with the force com anders . combined artillery -
Infantry O .P . %var established on top of Jb Lessouda: with telephone wire
to Lt Col •, etera' C .P . and to the CC "n" C .1" . This + .as sunple :rmanted by
radio, messenger, and preeirranned Very Pistol 3iv;na1s .

During the afternoon of 13 February 19..3, an obser'er in the

D .'' . on Jb haiara spotted hostile vehicles moving south on the road east
of Dj Kretchez4, This was nude an air request mission . The size -of the
movement indicated a large force in motion toward }6acknaaay . During
the night listening posts from Jb Ksiara reported noise of tank motors
to the ea-t, strong wind from the north-west nrev' nted accurate lx=:tiorti .
HoAever, 'rior to dark the returzlin :- air . units reported some tr :- ticze east
of }? ebao u .

All units were alert?d and ordered to be prepared for r.n : .-ttack F.nd
to be especially watchful prior to dayli -ht . Lt Col waters was directed
to estublish an addttiont :l •l isteni, :g post facing Faid with radio and 1/4
ton truck ressenger service available to it .

Lt, Col :caters visited the C . 1 * - bout 21 :30 hours and he and
Gener"l .Hc uiliin and I discussed the problems f :icing him and the die-
position of his forces . then he left we were in accord on all matters .
He left in Rood spirits and being old friends eve exchanged a few friendly
remark s :'h :efore he departed . I had prev?ously made all of my re irrenta .l
stafff avail - : :le to hi .4 . . He had a?reed on Captain 4amee G . -r - rsr, as is-
tant E-3, oho had had considerable : experience as a cogs:;eznic :~tf ~nr officer,
as best suited to hie needs . Hox:ever, I agnin offered additi^r - 1 staff
::nl v-hiclee for .. corLrand, which . he declined, s . ying "Pete, if 1 need then
I'll ssk you for them,"
There were no alarms during the night but at .06 :35 houre, by my
watch, :I'hehrd run fire in the direction of Faid . I'called Lt Gol haters
and he Deported that t ` battle had str_rted on the plain between i-essouda
and FYid, ")parently between our tanks and hostile tanks . he s~,id t1-.- ,z
light was too bad to see what v :as going on but that he could not • contact
Major Parsons, who was with tho t nks and he feared his ra-'.io hr.d been
knocked out . Survivors of "U" Company later substantiated . the fact that
}major 'hrsor.s'e tank was hit and destroyed early in the battle . :, t about
07 :15 hours haters called me and stated that about 20 Germir . :.k IV tanks
were at Forte De Lessouda, that the tank battle was still obscured in
am •)ke ,and dust .,nd that he had not been able to contact Major i' rsons .
I informed his: that the mobile rererv~, under Lt Col Higzhto:*er h .,~? 1 been
alerted and was moving toward Lessouda to counterattack .

Al.i t.tle later in the morning `alters c led again to report

infantry in trucks detrucking east of Lessouda out of artillery range,
that the tank b •: ttle seemed to have cton -:ed, . that "0:" Comp:iny ca'zldi not
be located and there seemed to be a hostile movement north of Lessouda .

2
 At- aboutC900 hours Ca^train Fraser c ;-lled by radio, as we had
disconnected the telephone lines to Poste De Leasouda when the vermwns
over ran that place . he reported 39 Gerrvi n hk IVs and some }4k VIs mov-
i.-ia, south, .from an area jut % est of Lessouda . I asked for a verificstior.
., hieh he Rot from the U .P . -rind a ;!r,jn reported 39 .'Jc IVs . he st4 : .ed thvt
Y
Lt Col : ateus.-had ,done to'the O.r . I inforued him of our situation find
relayed his information to Lt Col . Hightor- er . . .t about the s .3ma time Lt
Col Hiahtot er reported 4 kk VI tanks among those between him nd Lsesouda .

He w"s eng :gin;: the enury "ith his battalion less "G" Comn< :ry and supcorted
by the 913t Field . .rtillery less " Battery, over run by hostile -tanks .
About +~.~s47 .. .e 3i ~, .t{• •y was repoae .~ i0 be .
Just before noon it Col :-steps called sae mind paid "rete~ I'm
going to shut this thing off and go up cn the U .P . They are X11 around
here and looking :.t ne no-, but I don't think they have discoverec : this
half track yet . If I keep on operating they will . I will destro • - it
before they pet too globe . If I keep away they wont find it as it . is
well hidden and l,may be able to contact you a •i : :in ." I answered him to
the effect .hat I - approved of his plan and told him to hold on till dark
and then try to get his people out under cover, of d ark . r e had prearranged
our next delaying position west of Lessouda, ,atere replied "sever mind
about me, . Just kill :.here bastards at the bottom of this hill ." I told
him I 'would do all I .could to comply -with his request Find he sinned off .
;t .-
.
:
.`14
:30bouthours a messAae came in for me frost . .aters . I vast out ne=r
tree tank : b ttle ands d not receive it until about 15 :00 hours . e 'ere
unable to cont .:ct him again nor mere re able to contact hi.^ : throuz , h our
Heeonnaissr.nce Corn any radio net .

I have known Lt (.ol haters for a number of years rnd we were fast
fri . nds . I knoll. that in all hip nc .onsJ he rigs a courageous and ?rllant
officer I have alreF.dy recoat .ended him, for a Distinguiohe.d Service Cross
for exceptional brzverv in previous action-. In this action he :'-:,s
hon•e lesslv,,outnunbpred but he continued to try to :.ccom: fish his co.ssion
pith every "~e=.ns r-t hand . His calmness under fire, his person :. leadorship
reg irdleas -of danger rid his iinahrken courage r .nd de"o tior. t o duty rertajtted
the e~v: .cw°Lion of his tro :)rs under cover of darkness on the: nirht or 15-16
February . ;' ;ith'very -small lossva . He . is deserving of . the_hiFhNs ; : :rslse
and a livinc ex ..mnle of the mottoe of hip . •. 1ma !Lnt.er "Duty Honor t ountry" .

PGTZJt C . IL,IK : :III

Colonel, 1st .,rrnored itegimert
Crnzrs2-
127
1. .

S . ') 4W TO &'_:FORE IE TiII^ 12,D ;Y OF 0( 6 : 1943 .

r.
L:iJor, 1st ..rmored Re ;Iin .ent
.'d j utant .
 13

Commander, 168th Infantry, Report (Extract), 7-

17 February 1943
 22 . 6 February 1943 - Saturday - After a hazardous all night
march the regiment, leas one battalion, passed SBEITLA and bivou -
acked in the open desert, depending on dispersion-for teetion
from enemy bombers . Men and vehicles were dug-in .° : At~ hours
the Corps Chief of °taff, visited the command with mrders for the
~l First Battalion to move-to 8IDI BOU ZID at dark to relieve a French
Battalion . rrotest was made to a particular . unit being- designated,
whereupon the order was changed to *send a-battalion° . The first
Battalion had suffered very heavily in casualties during the battle
of SENED with approximately 20% casualties-inflected on them .
Request was also made again at this time for the 175th Field Artillery
Battalion, but instead orders were - issued that . the Seventeenth
Battalion of Corps, medium artillery . would :.be sent forward to ; join_ -
-the; .regiment, because they had to have artillery at GAFSA and the
exchange would save Moving the two units . However, promise was made
that. the 175th `field rtillery would be sent forward - witi n a few days
to rejoin its Combat Team .

23 . 7 February 1943 - Sunday - Orders were received . attaching

the Regiment to the First Armored Division end for Colonel Drake to
repb ~ ttafor d del-g .,~
ers Url~tdo^&t&' air!c- n ' Wi
issued orders for the command to move to SIDI -B0U ZID' that night and
there ._ . report -to nrigadier General McQuillI Combat Command A; that-
the * ,Third Battalion, 168th Infantry from --ALGIERS would Join the Regi-
.ment on. the move forward and that upon reaching there the 17th Field
Artillery would revert to Ueneral McQuillin ; that the First Battalion,
168th Infantry would move that night back to FERRIANA in Corp Reserve .
After' issuing the necessary orders for the movement Colonel Drake went
forward to SIDI BOU .ZID and reported to Brigadier General McQuillin .
General McQuillin ordered him to complete hi3 movement that right and
to relieve Colonel Alexander N . Stark, commanding 26th Infantry, First
Infantry Division, the next day . That night the remainder of the
Combat ream, less the First Battalion, and with the Seventeenth Field
Corp Artillery moved forward and came under long range of enemy artill-
ery fire as they neared SIDI BOU ZID . However, the movement was com-
pleted into position without confusion .

24 . 8 February 1943 - Monday - In early morning Colonel Drake

went on reconnaissance of position with Ueneral McQuillin, who selected
positions into which the units would move . Arriving back at the C .P .,
26th Infantry, at 1000 hours orders were issued for the relief of the
26th Infantry by Lolonel Drake and movement into position for the other
units . Daylight relief was made necessary by orders that the 26th _
Infantry must be relieved by 1700 hours, that day, as it was revert-
ing to the Corp Reserve. . : By dispersion and taking advantage of vege-
tation and folds in the ground, the movement forward waa,,made and
the relief completed by .1900 hours .

25 . For the next five days, the ninth to the thirteenth, inclus-
ive, the time was spent in consolidating the positions, putting up
wire entaglenenta, laying the mines and shifting of units . On the
eleventh of February a typewritten order was received by General
McQuillin, signed by the Uorp Commanders, Major General FYredendall,
directing the exact location and disposition of each organization .
General-ward had written on the margin of -this order in pencil,
"Show this to Drake ." The order follows :
 Second
The ttalion, less Company S, with two platoons of Company
- H attachedi' was =+ ced at DJ LESSOUDL, eight miles north of the city
of SIDI-B)U EID and by General YcQuillin'e orders directly under the ,'
comwand- '- Lt . Colonel John K. Waters, First Armored Di ision ; Company
E i with two platoons of Company H, were placed with the Armored Artill-
ery aslocal protection . - He further directed that the Third Battalion
would-garrison DJ ., KSAIRA and would be under the direct orders of General
McQ"illtn ; .,-that Colonel Drake would' command the Service Company and Head-
;- that the 17th rield Artillery would be attached to
quarters-Company
his Artillery and he would issue orders to it . ;;Orders were also issued
that the ground must be defended to the last maq

Each might patrols were made into the German lines on call from
higher headquarter and prisoners cap ed and` sent back . Some casual-
.ties were sufferec1 during these patrols`. On =the : twelfth General Ward
`sent forward instruntions that ('oloneli Drake wo ci cc mrsud the Infantry .
U . . deliver these- orders to colonel Drake x di i ln stated
that-the Second Battalion .would . remain wider : Colonel Waters at W .
-

LFSSOUDA and that any orders 1'olonel Draker : saw fit 'to issue to the Third
Battalion would be=suimitted - to him for approval,
6 gilt t1i VL-P€h .,W re--
.
ve . : at-the -fro .' : A total- of 450 .- having- been 'sent- forward to the
regiment, 250 of .whom, had been dropped=off afi die First battalion in
FEftR AIA and the remainder coming on=forward to--SIDI BOU ZID, These
~acemeuts . arrive$¢:`part -of - them witbdut . :
arms. _ f any kind- _ and all ,
tc arry~n gtwo hemvy, barracks - lia gg of `c1.o thin, .. The-
. . roster that ae-
1 companied then did not have all of their names; on .it, but it did con-
tain . names of men -who were not present. Upon questioning these men' it
was :found that a - great many had never :fired .a_ : rifle in their life . -
That . ions of then had entrenching tools, nor 'bayonets - and - some ware
a without rifles . -Many of them were nediEal .corp men," artillery men,
tank :destroyer men .and everything except infantrymen . - These men were
senV"to-the different -companies throughout he day 'arid had joined their
companies for the attack which came Sunday morning .

That night six truck loads of wbasookas* and their accompanying

`ammunition was received . Distribution of these guns and rockets were
made Saturday, but due to lack of the# for instruction'they :were use-
less . Every effort had been made to get just one wbazooka~` -` t the
regiment for instructional purposes, but without success . They had been
systematically forwarded to front line outfits where they were just as
religiously thrown away .

27 . 13 February 1943 - Saturday - During the afternoon an ob-

server in the outpost on DJ . KSIARA spotted hostile vehicles moving
south on the road east of W . KR .ETCHEN . The size of the movement in-
dicated a large force in motion toward MACKNASSY . During the night

11
 listening posts on W . BSIARA reported noise of large tank formations
in our front to the:.- east .

Later that afternoon Colonel Drake issued orders td the Service

Company that all heavy trucks of the 168th Infantry would be moved to
SBEITLA at dark that night to go into h5vvuac there, and that a Quarter-
ing party would lie; sent out by infiltration that afternoon to prepare
for their receptioz .` .heavy enemy activities was observed in front of
the position throughout the day and it appeared as though an attack
was iminent. Orders` were issued for breakfast at 0400 hours and to
"Stand To" at 050_0 ._ hours the next morning. At 2350 hours a telephone
call came through_-.'to the Regimental C.P. for Colonel Drake to report
to --the -C,C.A.C .P. There he met General Eisenhower 'the Allied
Command er-In-Chief, who presented to him the 'Silver Star Medal for the
action at SEI D .

28 . 14 February -1943 - Sunday The enemy . attacked at 0630

ours with two dl .ions of .Panzers; the 10th and 21st . The German
.-the Panzer . Divisions was general Schmidt . The
Group ; Commander .of of,
.
enemy first hit DTT OR a with two _battalions of =tanks t. : one . .from
essouda
arthfaridon -, "~the~e t: She' rt este ~S'haY d
been blowing all nigh t, during which- the , tanks rived up in the face -
f the mind without a heir noise -being :detected. ; afirols had been
of 3ered out everyntgb t by higher: authority in pite of the . fact
there was but- .a restricted .. sector to patrol: :in the front . It
's-o1 vious to anyone : th'it the enemy 'could locate the patrols and
grab tthem at any t ee that they might wish- :to: do so . . One patrol
stationed near FATD .PASS on Saturday night !vo ; never heard 'of after
wards ._ : Outside of .one or twoo patrols 'to: -capture: prisoners, it ap-
peared that the patrols were unnecessary . Quits often most of them
,were killed, as the . ;Germans , would lie in wait_ for t patrols after
the :=first couple of hights . Coaing : from the :north end the east the
Two forces of German -tanks closed on Di LESSOUDA. Through his field-
glasses.tolonel Drake"-counted eighty-three German tanks in front of
"- DJ. LESSOUDA . At daylight there were flashes of gun fire from the
toio"German forces direct on the position .. This almost instant action
destroyed all seven of the American tanks with Lt. Colonel Waters .
.There were a few pieces of armored artillery which were knocked out
at:-the same time . One company of infantry out on the desert dug-in
.' in front of DJ . LESSOUDA was immediately overrun . What became of
the ;infantry in those holes was never known, though two or three men
from - that company said that the men could be seen lying in the fox
holes and .the enemy tanks would put a track in the . fox hole, turn
around on them and crush the soldier into the ground . The remainder
of the battalion was back in the hills just outside of D.T . LESSOUDA
and later, under Major Moore, about half of theta got through to the
American lines .
 29. Combat Command Headquarters was in SIDI BOU ZID, whilee the ~~Z- CG-8 -
168th Infantry CP was a mile and half farther east in a small olive
grove . The Third Battalion of the 168th Infantry and the 17th Field
Artillery were at DT. KSAIRA, about four and one-half miles farther
east . The remainder of the artillery of the armored command was out
on the plains between .the 168th Infantry CP and DJ . ISAIRA . One
company of tanks under Lt . Colonel Hightower was in SIDI .BOU ZID with
the armored CP . While the battle of DAT . LESSOUDA was-going on there
was a large troop.;movement, including tanks, coming toward SIDI BOU
ZID from the southeast . Air bombardment was called for, but did not
materialize . The armored artillery followed by the 17th Field
Artillery, left their positions and withdrew to the rear* The
withdrawal, soon became a route in some cases . At this ., juncture
Colonel Drake reported by telephone to General Mc uillin that the
troops appearedd to be panicky. The general directed him, "You
are on the spot, take command and stop it." Colonel Drake asked,
"You mean for me to take command of alll troops in the area?s
General McQuillints_-_reply was °Yes ." Steps were taken which
effectively . stopped the withdrawal .- Troops infiltering to the rear
:were : stopped and hel ,: n. a state of read3 nesa . "About .=thirty .min-
utes after s c titinr? the?aBSOe a w Of* ieg '~ gtol f ist y
Lt Colonel Gerald '- Line :came to where Colonel Drake Bias. watching .
the battle of DI .LL SODA through his field glasses and said,
.
.-
"General McQuillin Ia onn the telephone and said he is pulling out
and for you to stay here ." Colonel Drakes instructions . pre 3usly
had been that he would hold his position to the last man. Colonel
Dr ke went to the':#elephone but it was dead . - The Communications
Officer,. First Lt . Edgar P . Moschel, 168th -Infantry, reported that
he had sent out two . men to check the line . -.These men soon reported
in and stated that they found that the telephone on the other end
of the . line, was gone .

30 . The outpost now reported an enemy column coming from the

south . . The enemy r.:as flanking the position on three sides . Some
of the enemy tanks had gone around DJ . LESSOUDA in a movement which
cut a road junction seven miles west of DJ . LESSOUDA . All traffic
leaving SIDI BOU ZID by road was now blocked . The morale of most
lof the men was low . Colonel Drake was repeatedly importioned if the
troops should not pull out as the others had done . His -,reply was to
the effect that he intended to attack; that it was his belief that
.an attack was his beat defense, and that he was going to capture the
.high ground at GARET HADID, about a mile to the front . The enemy
was coming up from both east and west and closing in . The Band, 168th
Infantry, under Seeond Lt . Seymour R . Bolton, was immediately started
forward as scouts along each side of the road leading toward GARET
HADID . At this time company A, l6th Engineers First Armored Division,
reported to Colonel Drake . The Company Commander, Captain William
R .A . Kleysteuber, 16th Engineers, said that he had been told by
General McQuil1In to report to Colonel Drake and there to render any
assistance possible . - Colonel Drake immediately sent fox~ward this-
Engineer Company and Company E, of the 168th Infantry, Headquarters
Company, less Dets . 168th Infantry, under Captain Bernard Q . Bolton,
along with several hundred men that had been picked up from units
outside the regiment, in an attack to seize GARET HADID . Company E,
168th Infantry, under Captain Donald L . Wilkinson had been on duty
protecting the artillery and was now available to its regimental
commander after the evacuation of the artillery . Outposts were left
on the road to take . care of anything that came through . On the way
forward to GARET HADID Colonel Drake found a .platooon of light tanks`
returning. The lieutenant in command stated-that he had been out as
right flank outpost . `He reported that the enemy was -attacking in
force with heavy tanks immediately behind him and that his instruc-
tions had been in such an' event to r;ithdraw . . Colonel Drake explained
`to the lieutenant that he was now in command . of all troops in the
area-and that the tanks'vrould now be under his, Colonel Drake's
orders . The_ platoon of _light tanks was immediately launched into
t3 attack slid-the "cgprovfseddforae due. torrita apee& aft advance
aas successful in reaching and seizing GARET MID before the enemy
could bring sufficient force too prevent thee . The remants of Com-
paay A, 81st Reconnaissance Battalion, under Captain Otto G . Amerell,
were also - placed in :., position, as they come back . The Cannon Lompany,
39th Infantry„ Captein . 'Buck" Walters commanding, and the seven 37M
Towed guns that were with Company A,, 16th Engineers . The First Pla-
toons Company C, 109th Engineers, under First Lt. Royal T . Lee, was
given the task of mining the road leading northeast around GARET HADID,
while Company A of the 16th Engineers, covered the mine field at the
eastern end of it . All troops made hurried preparations . for a last
minute defense of GARET HADID . As the troops deployed for the de-
fense of GARET HADID, the enemy came within gun range . There was a
small exchange of fire where upon the enemy deployed and then caut-
iously attacked . Had they gone on through the Americans would have
been defeated . They did not attack in force at theis time, but in-
stead started a deliberate siege . The enemy besieged GARET HADID
from all sides . By this time a check made by the ADjutant, Major
Merle A . Meacham showed that about 950 men were employed in the de-
fense of GARET HADID . About 300 of them were not armed, and these
included men from tanks, reconnaissance units, tank destroyers and
artillery units . Some of the men had procured side arms and guns that
they had found in shot-up half-tracks . A hurried effort was made to
secure arms from those found abandoned in an effort vaunaumbs to arm
everyone . This, of course, could not be done . The enemy made several
attacks during the 14th, 15th and 16th of February .

I l.
 31 . On the 15th they began to drive in heavily and on three
different occasions penetrated as far as the C?. Several snipers
worked throughout theposition causing asualties and constant
effort to wipe them - out . was exerted at all times . Due 1o the rough
ground and the several : pieces of artillery picked up in the move to
GARET HADID, the enemy taldcs co not. . get the American forces
to overrun them. All of the artery was eked out by the 16th
of February by direct -fire . Casualties were heavyy and finally the .
enemy pushed in the right flank. A counter attack with two platoons
was made and drove the enemy back to his original position . A tall
inverted cone of rock controlled the whole rear position . Only six
men could be spared to garrison this cone . The enemy succeeded in
scaling the side and killed .. three of. these . men. :The' other - three men
came back and reported_ that they had been driven off . .- Colonel Drake
sent' one officer, Second Lt. Seymour,-R . Bolton, with six ment of the
Regimental Baud to retake this position . They did retake it and their
efforts sawed the entire position from being penetrated . On the 15th
;the situation became very desperate as . there had been no food nor
water since supper o4 . -the 13th; casualties were heavy, no medical
assistance other than first aid could be given to the wounded . The
f frog did mot.let*-u ~7,,4*3~,,,nigh d f caddy; ttie, l6thh e
enemy =was able "to , get =through. The entire' re end =right flank were
driven in. - Losses began to mount..• ~ During'' ~%olonel Drake
kept in contact with the armored forces to the
•- which had been'
:
a
code
ruby radi k_ .using .
.'arranged with the division. 'Cos*munications
Officer - before they went into action . The radio, however, would
function only in the daytime . An soon as the sun went down the radio
would fade out and there were no further communications with the out-
side world until the sun came up the next morning .

32. All guns of the 39th Cannon Company and all 37s were knocked
out by_noon 16th February. Reinforcements had been promised by the .
First armored 'ivision Headquarters, but each of - the two attempts made
were attacked in force by the enemy and failed to get through . Sup-
plies were asked for by air . Ammunition was asked for but none came .
Air bombardment on the numerous enemy artillery batteries in plain
view was asked for but none materialized . On the 16th of February
the enemy first attacked the Third Battalion, 168th Infantry, on
DT . KSAIRA . The third Battalion was to withstand the attack,
although their position had become somewhat confused by the 17th Field
Arti11ery which had moved back and forth and finally after leevinn
caused a collapse on their left . When the artillery moved ant the
Third Battalion was left in a scattered position . At 1400 hours on the
16th it became increasingly clear that the force could not hold out
for more Man one day longer .

17
 33 . At this hour the situation was thus : The rear of the posi-_
tion was driven in; the right flank was in process of being driven
in ; ammunition was running low ; the center had been penetrated three
times by tanks and the lack of water was becoming incre4ingly grave .
The men having not eaten . or had a drink of water for three days,
along with the hot weather and nervous exertion, reduced many to a
pitiful state .

At 1430 hours on the 16th of February 1943, Colonel Drake re-

ceived a radio message from General Ward to this effect, "Ww can do
no more for you. The decision is yours . I will try to have supplies
dropped to you .* The supplies were never . . dropped . This message which
came in the clear was . not understood because : it presented problems
which had not been in question' The orders Were to hold this position .
.Was it intended that the decision was up to Colonel Drake, 'either to
surrender, continue the defense or to witntiraw'? No one was told of
the-contents of this message except the Communications Officer, Lt .
Moschel, who received it, the radio operator, the F ecutive Officer,
Lt Colonel Line, the Chaplain, Stephen W . Kane,, and the Commanding
Officer,. Colonel Drake . At'1500 hours on this date Colonel Drake re-

1700' hours .." _ Colonel Drake °-assumed

-that they were 'going to order
ceived .another ;message from epte - :Hard ,r "..Looks.: e d~,, Upped4xisssge fet
to withdraw . He made all preparations for withdrawal that night and
him

tafter a careful estimate of the situation, before which Chaplain Sane,

standing in full view of enemy snipers with his hands raised in Bene-
diction, asked the Blessing - of Cod upon the decision, selected the
route west along foot of GAM HADID, thence - Southwest following the
foothills until clear ; thence Northwest across country to EL HAMIR.
He sent a code message to Lt . Colonel John H . Van Vliet, Jr ., of the
Third Battalion to prepare to withdraw on order that night and then
completed arrangements for, the withdrawing of his own men from GARET'
HADID . He called a conference of his unit commanders for 1900 . hours
that night .

34. At about 1700 hours, three American fighter planes came over,
flew directly over GARET HADID, and dropped a message on DJ . KSAIRA
four and one-half miles to the north of his position, and at the point
where the fighting was going on between the Third Battalion and the
Germans . Fortunately the message dropped on the American Side . It
i was about 2000 hours before Colonel Drake got the information it
!contained . It was not understood how the airplanes missed GARET
HADID for this location was well known and identification panels
were out . The message was long and the Uommanding Officer of the
Third Battalion had to decdsde and encode it . (See Incl . No . 1 for
gist of the message contained in second paragraph .) It was then
forwarded to Colonel Drake . Fortunately the message did not change
 any of the plans previously made . Colonel Drake was ordered to with-
draw that nightunder cover of darkness . The route was left to his
discretion . He was further ordered that all men would go to SBEITLA
Iand that he was to be certain that each man understood that . . The
message added that an air uabrella would be provided and - all sup-
port possible would be rendered for the withdrawal . These instruc-
tions were passed on to the unit commanders . the wounded were as-
sembled ; the most seriously wounded were placed in ambulances and
the rest of the wounded were covered with canvas in the area and
left under suitable medical personnel with supplies . At 2200 hours
the withdrawal started . first the .troops from GARET HADID leaving
outposts in position, followed by the Third .. Battalion in column .
.he . :tires of all vehicles were slashed, magnetos and radio parts_
buried, all machine gun bolts were hidden and everything done to
make the abandoned . equipment unserviceable without creating noise
which would give the withdrawal away.-.--

35 . The . . Third battalion started their march from their position

thirty minutes before those. from GARET HADID, .so as . to close the
distance between -the- units . As the Third %tte ion was attempting_ to
ci ~e We » E ert ;-betxreen I3,I~ SA "~ '01- "-ch"~i1
ieiged .them.: One of our. soldiers tossed, a grenade into the scout car
which : set it on fire and burned.. :it: .mp. This did not _e%oite the Germans
as there was a great deal ~ -eonfusi in the area s shooting, etc .- The
movement. was not dins cove Colonel Drake lead the columnthrough a
Germanitank .park and bivouac area without being apprehended . They
Marched all night covering between 22 and 26 miles with only one . . rest
of a few minutes at midnight . - Efforts had been made to get through:.
by radio to General Ward to find out where the-rende*vous paint was
located. It was perfectly obvious that he could not march to SBEITLA
before dawn ., so he set EL H&MT, the only high ground between SBEITLA
and his . .position,, as . the rendezvous point, and hoped that help would
be there . to meet him at that point. At daylight EL HAM could be
seen In front of the column about a mile away . (Many months later it
was learned that the 6th Armored Infantry Garrison had been withdrawn
from there the night before after the orders for the withdrawal
had been given) .

j 36 . The column had become somewhat disorganized in marching

and at this point proper approach formation was taken up . When
the returning men attempted to cross the road into the foot hills
of EL HAMRA a machine gun opened up on the right column from the
hills as a German motorized column came up the road. The enemy
stopped and atartei;raeaping from their trucks, while enemy tanks
immediately began encircling the American column . One U . S .
plane flees over at theis point and opened fire on the column. Our
men, with surging morale, thought it was the promised air support,

19
 but it apparently was a long- night fighter a little late getting'-
back from its mission. One German truck was hit and set on fire .
.Colonel Drake immediately deployed his mixed command =and opened, fire
:_
_'
.with the weapons that they had . By this time there wer~ about 400
mew in the command and not more than half of them were armed .
Colonel Drake asked for .vol teers of an officer and men ; the officer
to. lead the group of men to a knoll in their rear :as the German
_Infantry was running to circle them. First Lieutennat William
Rogers Artillery Liaison Officer of the gist Armored Artillery,
~ •v tilunteered to lead the twelve men and urged them to follow him .
gamed the desired ground, a little knoll in the desert, and
$ they were able to hold the enemy off for . about an hour . At
thd ;termination of the hour Lt . Rogers;and all of his men had been
killed .:

• The Germand brought up several, tanks, all of them with yellow

tigers painted on their sides and opened fire . . They also set up
ech ne-gun positions and supplementedthat with rifle fire . While
--th- were doing this their infantrycompletely encircled the small
American force . After three and one-half hourss of fightingthe
e cau fire power dimini~sJa d and ..then practically ceased as the
erei .out of a bi i tiofr shad sece a e'e` *7tnn1ty'i
armored car bearing a- white .flag came dashing-into the Amer-
-can circle . Colonel Drake ordered his men to wave the car away .
When -the car failed to respond he then ordered his men to fire upon
.the ' German car . Some of the men began to fire,, but others could
n©t - as they had no ammunition and then they began surrendering in
sill groups . German tanks came in following that vehicle without
any negotiations for surrender . The Germans had used the white flag
as subterfuge to come inside the circle of defense without drawing
fire . . : Their tanks closed in from all directions cutting Colonel
Drake's forces into small groups . The raen who did not surrender
were. killed by the Germans- .,One tank came toward Colonel brake
and. a German officer pointing a rifle at him called out, "Colonel,
you surrender ." The Colonel replied, "You go . to hell," and turned
his back . He then walked away and two German soldiers with rifles
followed him at a distance of about fifty yards . Colonel Drake
was then stopped by a German major who spoke good English and was
asked to get in the German Major's car where he was taken to Germand
Divisional eadquarters . Colonel Drake was taken to General Schmidt,
Group Commander of the 10th and 21st Panzer Divisions at German
Divisional Headquarters where the German General immediately came
forward to see him, drew up at attention, saluted and said, "I want
to compliment your command for the splendid fight they put up . It
was a hopeless thing from the start, but they fought like real
soldiers ." He also stated, nI called my regimental commander, who

-,n
held you at GARET HADID morning, and. . asked him how the Americans
were # . He -replied that -: f they 'were "airTight ; that he hadn't heard a
sound from them', and I find you back here . I am g d .t~ have you
for now I can go on to ;fight your comrades at $BEITLA.M The°German
Commander promised Colonel "rake that all the American wounded would
.be cared for and that 1e could- leave American medical personnel to
properly look after them, but immediately upon Colonel Drake leaving
ttia-field , the American medical personnel was carried off as prisoners
ar4 the American dead and wounded. left to the ravages of the Arabs
who proceeded to e_y'strip the dead and wounded and to beat
` nsezihle those wound "protested to the,, stripping of theer --
:clothes . The -merican prisoners were assembled in . a group and under
guard: .marched back thrt ;afternoon and night along the:_. road to DJ,.
LESSOUDA. - These Americana who were lightly grounded or who became .
h because of fatigue. lack of food and wTater :Iand could not keep up
w th-she column were ruthlessly bayonetted or shot. Many were walk-
-U g ~baefooted because the Arabs had, taken. ;their: shoes from - them
under the supervision of the Cermand_ soldiers,. .
37 . The statements of Lt Colonal Van' liet :arid : First Lt .- Moschel_ ,.
ttesr.~se~~fio'~ s~i~pr t~'as~~E~+ai i~u` °~ai` ~b ~gpeofi:Lv+el
,VdUch :cover the highlights . of the report.

Prisoners-of-War

. a. The-man had been `left to the systematic robbery of the

German soldiers, and some junior officers, for a period of about
an hi 'if hour . During this time pockets and kits were thoroughly
searched, often at_ the point of the rifle or the bayonet presented
at the unprotected beUyy, '_fiddle watches, rings,, pocketbooks, pens
and all valuables were ruthlessly seized . They wore then formed
in a-column of fours, officers at the head,, and started to the rear.
Three German tanks brought up the rear of the column, which was
flanked by armed guards, waiting to strike, bayonet or shoot, any
who for any reason straggled .

b . All day they marched through desert sands iith unrelieved

thirst almost unbearable . Colonel Drake appealed to the German Com-
mander in the name of common humanity to give the men a-drink of
water, but was met wit the statement, "We only have enough for our
troops ." Near midnight they were finally halted for the remaining
hours of darkness . The men were herded into a circle in the open
desert and there practically froze in the piercing cold of the Aftican
night .
 c . At dawn, . 18 February 1943, trucks came, in which-the man
were packed, and thus transported to SFAX where THE FIRST FOOD WAS
EATEN IN FivE DAY31 Bleak sawdust bread was issued them "along with
water, as they were corralled into an open wired-in compound, . roughly
100 yards square, and flanked by towers with machine guns in them . The
men burrowed into the ground for warmth, scooping out the sand with
'their hands . No means whatsoever was provided for ordinary sanitation .
Officers' and men thrown in like pigs .

d. The newt day trains were provided, 40 to 60 men in a live-

stock car built'for eight horses . The misery, . squalor and suffering
endured will remain fresh in their memories . Two days and one night-
were used to get to SOUSSE where : the men were permitted to get - out for
latrine purposes II g~j no provision had been made
-- this time,
for .men-to answer the caIIi~ of nature as they were kept: locked in the
.,. kness . One day in the yards at SOUSSE and then on to TUNIS
under same y the same_ conditions just described .
At TUNIS they were turned over .:to the inquisitors headed by
a rman called "Charley" who at- the '!School . House_ .amused . himself' by
.
f- era while' backed up: by locaded and bayonetted rifles, -all in an
e fort _to ;:obtain :m teary information . Another method was softly-saying
a 'Little ; trip out in --the dark and the . soldier' a mother 'would . never
know- what became of her darling boy. However, NOharley", although
he:'had'lived many years in erica, was very gullible' and was soon
assiduously writing down fantastic stories that had no basis of
fact .

f„ From TUNIS the men were marched to the airport eight

kilometers from the city and there most of them were transported .
by' air in JU 52 * s to ITALY . Others went by water . All , ended up
at - C/PUA, a collecting . camp which stood out as a new low level.
The men slept on the ground, which was dusty, and the nights were
very chilly . No utensils were provided and the men procured rusty -
tin cans from a heap in the camp and with improvised spoons from
boards which contributed proportinate dignity to the menu of cab-
bage water provided once daily . Two weeks of CAPUA and then they were ready
to leave for the regular prison camps in Germany and Poland .

THOMAS D . DRAKE, 015364

Colonel, G.S .C ., WDGS
(Formerly Commanding 168th Inf)
 14

34th Infantry Division, Report of Operations

(Extract), Sbiba-Sbeitla Gap, 16-22 February
1943
 Historical Record, Hq* 34th Inf Div . (Cont'd)

SECTION iV-ACTION AT_S_B_ iBA-SBIETLA GAP

(See operations map #2)

8. Withdrawal to ROHiAarea .
a . On the night of 16-17 February the 34th Division (lass CT
168 and 2nd Bn, 133d Inf) was ordered to withdraw all services and artillery
to the rear of the new defense line . Covering force outlined for the with-
drawal were : lst Battalion 6th Armored Division (British) which was to con-
ceal itself in vicinity of EL ALA ; lst Battalion 133rd Infantry which was
ordered to move on the night 16-17 February from position South o HADJIB EL
AIOUN to the vicinity of LEF EL AHMAR and take up a covering position ; CT
1355 vas ordered_ to, hold . its position and withdraw 1900, hours 17-18 February .
185th Field Artillery Battalion and 34th Reconnaissance Troop were to move
17-18 February ; to:r.aA : area . 3outheast : .of . .RAHUA ._ (O-2020)
b~ .=Duringthe 'a~'ternoon : .18 Februazy, -German';edo, ,
:-armored earns
elements began,probing ourr lines North from HAD .IE8 EL AIOUN toward .,EL ; :ALA_
and 3 p'thwest `.through KEF EL AHUAR buts were stopped in bot2i pdaoe ;`'
enemy= armored - cars-'were knocked out by "M" Comp a . , ?33rd irifa* 4- ,
vehicles'were .,engaged . at greater ranges by the 151st Field Artille
~ ; c 1 .7,35,th tYifantry . Was :attacked near PITH Ii .
hour :-a liadu ed`;for th61ithdraWal - the enemy-"m iking' .a`s g
- into one platoon position':before sing repulsed . At 1900 hours CT
3rd Battalion, 133rd infantry and 151st Field Artillery ,began withdra
the ER RESEIBA KEF EL AHMAR line .

Arrl~ral in ROHIA -SBIBA area .

. .-:lfithd~raeal to KEF : EL : AHMAR - ER REBEIDA position had-pot,
when's
been completed Corps General Operational Order Number 9 vas .reee
ed ordering- continuation of the withdrawal during night 17-18 Feb ."ua.Ty. y
line DJ :.BSATR.& - DJ CHOUCHET - ESSID DRAA BOU, ROUINE (HILL 620):,'A in .0 . .
to block-the-'general direction FONDOUK -- ROHIA, and, to face Eastn'asds
prevent enemy access .t o the SBIBA Gap .
b . Division CP opened . at ROHIA 1800 hours 17 February .
(18th infantry and 32nd Field Artillery Battalion) was attached to .34th,' • . _ :
Division and took up positions on line holding KEF EL KORATH on the :Diviisipn+

a . On 18 February all units of the Division were in thair .`iiew

positions . At-;--20000 hours Field Order Number 4 was issued to . units . stat
that . - VA German reinforced Panzer Division is moving West from :geaeral'vic
of SID1 . BOU ZiD, and early attack can be expected .a _The mission . .of :the ;
Division was to defend the SB .B A - ROHIA sector barring advance tr~m
and South through SBIBA Gap . lot Battalion, 135th infantry aiid 31,th $ecbp
naiaGance Troop were held as Division-reserve . a
d . 19 February enemy artillery fire began f e1~i*± g: .;in_ .,xrea of
3rd Battalion, 135th infantry and 185th Field Artillery,Batteliou .-
units were reported,detruc ki ng and enemy tanks were observed and .fired : ipon"
Air support was requested but' was not received . Eneuy activity continued on
20 February with enemy detachments operating in front of 133rd infantry .
At one time enemy elements penetrated to Battery "B" 185th Field Artillery .
and drove the eannoneers from their guns . One platoon 133rd infantry counter-
 Historical Record, Hq'34th lnf'Div . (Conttd)

attacked and the enenr forces withdrew . A tank concentration was dispersed'
with artillery fire . Machine gun and small arms fire was exchanged . On-21
February a "large number" of enemy tanks in an assembly area near 133rd jnf-
entry were dispersed by artillery fire .

10 .Withdrawal to New Defense Line .

a . Pursuant to orders from XIX Corps (French), 34th Division
Field Order Number 5 issued at 0930 hours 22 February ordered units to
withdraw on the night 22-23 February to defensive line running No-rtheast -
Southwest along wadi • just South of SSIBA . Movements were completed to
new positions and . gaps in minefields on the main SB1BA - ROHIA road were
closed before dawn . .
b ., Ori the . afternoon of .23 ;February the eneW. appeared to be with;- .,
drawing along our front, and Regimental Commanders were ordered to send out
reconnaissance parties to'poeitions occupied the previous day and to be ,pro
pared to : .move forward promptly on order . 'Later . in. the day a Iff Corpx d0s=
egs stating the''Enen~r - appears to be withdrawing' THALA pocket . Laurioh
wee "same ::rez~r aggressively with tanks : and guns on SBL$A- 8
SB1BA'-`RL'ALA axis . Be ready to follow up with more important'ol'emeu
11 . -Reconnaissance .-in Force .
of First, : ;Axiy{,wessage . received 0340 .hours 24 Feb_ruary-
strong pressure `tcimoxrow en enea~rt.s right flank ." In,'accordaiice 'wi
order a Yorce , 'oonolsting- •of 34th Reconnaissance Troop . with French mm
, units attached, and a- supporting force clansisting of 2nd 'Battalicnf
_,Infantry with French tank units attached, under command of Lt . Col
,Vulf, and, generally-referred to as *WulfI s Force," was ordered to
immediate reconnaissance South from SUM toward SBEITLA and`East~fr©"
in the direction .of EL ALA .
b . WulfI a Force was assembled about one half mile Soutfof
7"~ot
Its first mission was in clearing roads of mines and booby ;drape, P'6` -
in this work a detachment of mine personnel was added - from the 1e~3t . "
Battalion . The Germans had blown all bridges behind them in their :retrea
had laid mines in fields adjacent to blown bridges . 'Arabs were'bratin 'Aai ,
looting the town of SB1BA, cutting telephone wires and signi1 in to :the +°lies
from SBiBA . The attached French were dispatched to hnnrile the Arab
shot some and took others prisoners .
e . Patrols operated to the East and Seurh of SBIBA'during- :thv.ni t
of 24-25 February and at 1300 hours on the following day •had reached;:a= poiYtt% t_
seven miles South of SBJ.BA without making contact with enenn : . Aziother~-p~Ltrpl'
passed through •KEF EL AMUR and observed no enemy .

12 . Advance Towards SBEITLA .

a . Message-received at 1850 hours 25 February from 1l Corps re
"'Effective midnight 25-26 February 34th Division (less -CT 168) comes -mid
command of II Corps ." 813th Tank Destroyer Battalion was -attached to-34th -
Division . it was at once assigned to mission for anti-tank defence ,and--took :'-,
up positions as selected by Lt . Colonel Walker to accomplish the mission : One
Tank Destroyer Company was dispatched to join Wulf's Force near SPiBA .

-5-
 Historical aq i4th inf Div
. (Coot' d)

brusry Wulf's Force, was directed t6 contact - Combat A

1~ il ' February
Command "Bw c the let Armored Division which was moving East Towards SBEITLX .'-`
This was acct plashed when SBEITLA was reached and found to be Kee of eneqy .
One company- of Wulf's Force'alao occupied Pass at T-1590 on 1 March . On
2 lip-rob Nulft-s Force disbanded and units reverted to organIzaticru control .
Their mission had been accomplished with the occupation of SBFATLA *
0 . On 2 March the 751st Tank Battalion was attached to the 34th,
Division . This organization remained with the Division thro
SOUTHERN, TUNISIAN campaign . - An J . - Mara, #e detachment` or
- 6night r, :6i',
Bind do ~ Uundred, and 'Natty enlisted men Loaned .to the -,j-and,-VI - ccvmab'd
.0
(Br) " returned to-=the on'. The officers 4apnd
or:
,Br q66nlo org on$
;* h 0 0 6 ~ 4l,
% orcSAO . II11 ~
qp~ 0n!.*14 . VV 1 "
for taoti6il 0 :,rpo
6

strakd • by six
-Demonstritioli toward PI=H _.
i4 .'Orders NVY received Larch .trog., F
-at-on (ores in t he direction ".6
EL:ILA 0 66ef' IC 70
" lot to tliruieh forces o- attack and ci apture'i=
:3Jimjjh k on 'ht to welts counter : demonstration, direction . EL J
=advance, PICHON . Farce ;to . be a p}.oyed l battalion 3u~an b
reinforced with 1a omp;qrAQks,aud artillery . Entire "battalion As .
ACOOMPOAT~"force part, .,w#y ., btrt on3,v ... one company continues. 1 . AonA&A VVY0
" -
01Re' Ation` to be coordinated with lorfIts, Co ding A~ ArdI
yDii1ri,Aooritltt to begin to aoon'aqj possible
34 K DIAllonfleld Order Number , 14 Odds 3d Bkit&1i .
to move- by marching too vicinity of 'ER REBABA and. at _0620- -hours;.
move on FICHON ; 751st - Tank BattaliDa y , one battery, V icittliCoal'
Battalion, -125th Field . -Artillery-Battalion, one 99 3Pa,
, Batialion- and 34th Reconnaissance Troop, to Move on ' the at,
vicinity .of ER MESA; one _company, 133rd Infintmyl(rd kr
.
KIF EL AHKkR supported Q gae battery 151st Field' 0TV AANU a .
Detachment] - 34th to seize and hold DJ AROZZYK night
bi Goner&I .Caffoy commander of the Demonstration Worse r , V5
that at 0700 hours 5 March movement was proceeding ap-sq,
tact . The Force advanced rapidly rapidly , despite the mIneB4ndI, :-b66
hours contacted emigrAxtiored , recionkissance cars .,
North and south of P10)109 -
c . General Caffey . reported at 1640 hours 5 March no . "
D;' .'MZZA occupied by -our,- ;troops, and that DJ TROZZA was - 016xiih k 10" .
The mission of making a demonstration in the direction .of• ,Ihkd 61
accomplished, and General Ryder, on orders from Commanding General ii l ,
(US), ordered the return of the Force . Withdrawal behind our lin es was completes
e
by 1200 hours 6 March . For special report on PICHON operation see Part 7,
Section XIII .
 15

Combat Team 26, Unit Report, 18-24 February

1943, and 26th Infantry, Unit History, 18-24 Feb-
ruary 1943
 CT 26 (-) UNIT REPORT
1

From : Feb 18, 1943

To i Feb 24, 1943

Mor sott, . -Zuni a la .

22nd April 1945 ..
XASSERINE OPERATION :

M031 #10,13 Tunisia 1/200,000 .

1. ENEMY :
1, Units in contacts 21st
the
Panzer Division and
7th Behyglier . -
Enemy reserves - ,
that can effect our situations No knowledge, .
0r192 description of eneivo-A- 1 4 ~.4 a in _- ._
(see
( see copy of unit journal go
perid MOM by"r 0 p0g .

Awl top or our wituiti6j," W, 1 yKengsh

. q
I
No .est 114it601;_S1Wi
-0 .A 1

Cone WitahaQvy 4 A I
7 FA 0 6jdPqn Acl,i th
aimy" hard suc do's sru 1 If"Jaken M1 5 V 0 ,a M old
na a at inposition
. ot
;
 W gERINE OPERATION :
Page 2 . .
UNIT REPORT OONT' D s
OT 26 (-)

3, o . Casualties :
KIA 2 Officers ,4 Enlisted men .
WIA 3 Officers 32 Enlisted men.
MIA 4 Officers 115-Enlisted men .

.
c . Prisoners 'captured : (see unit journal attached' hereto)

- conditions . .
d . Evacuation carried out under extremely adverse-

e . Locations of supply and evacuation establishment : . .

f . Supply :- At end of operation, ration, water, ammunition, gas. b

oil • ,veryr
excellen
.condition of roads : From Thala to Kasserine :-Pass, road
to large, wadi ; in: middle •;
r=osins-, to wither . side of pass' difficult : to travel 'due .-;-

.OFFICIAL :
JOSEPH J . KOHOUT,
Captain 26th, Inf ., .
.PERSONNEL ADJUTANT .

3NOL3 : . .3itp ion, overlay .

Regimental History .
r . .Un itel'
journa
MR PS1 /~' /3/ 7~~J/ 1 /00,01 OW .
`
 vv- .9 i_2

IEA D:,U AR TE'H S TW_'_• : TY SIXTH INFANTRY

AID,, 1 , United States Army

REGIMa2',TAL HISTORY -- KASSERINE CPrRATION . Z

February 16 , 1943 . -- Consolidation of the EL MA EL ABOID position was o rr. -z

carried outs, at .2100 a hours CT 26 Headquarters ONLY was ordered to move to the'
KASSERINE PASS, .

February 19, .1943 . . -- At 2400 hours of the .18th, • the CT 26 Hqs one moved jpb
Kasserine Pass to organi s e that position, arriving there at 0730 hours . The enej
had already started its attack . The CT y .~6 took over command from Colonel Moors •:
the 19th Engineers . One platoon of Company "A" 26th Infantry was on the high -gr t . . -, .
on the left, . while the rest of the let battalion 26th Infantry was on the low ., .'gr~}t , _ X . . '
in the middle of the pass . On the let Bn's right were three companies of the--19 B
which also occupied part of the high ground on the right One company of the 19 it s
was in the rear of the three Engr companies, serving as a reserve . .. The main .r.oaG, .aaf3d ;
later bothroads leading to the pass, was mined, The moment the 0T26 arrive' _`Odlonej;A .
Stark(CT Comdr) pulled another platoon of Company "A" 26th- : Inf, and dent
the platoon on the high ground on the left . Col Stark ordered- the* Engineere \to :.m_ove -
to the high ground on the 'right side of the pass, if that ,was - at* all i possible, ;.,
time it was impossible to pull the troops on the low, krouna,in :the-':pass .k4#-put`;;,
on the high ground where :they should have been . . The 33d IPA . Bn,w.as=eent',iiitc %
an c to se as pose ible to the pass to bring al l its =fire. on .; the pace: A ?deep4 a
split the pass and ran straight up the pass northwest into the rising foothills rx~ in T
rear . The only possible crossing over this wads was about five miles to' :theYreaz' :
created two distinct sectors >and made it impossible to transfer' troops : from gone `j "
V the other aince the entire area was c overed . b y fire :
At about 1705 hours the 3d Bn, . 39th Infantry' pliiB'the '" " "
Co, 39th Inf ., began moving into the left` sector in a more or less piece-meal<fashtori;~ _
At this stage of the game the troops on the right half of the sector were_<nearly-__ ;atu__
rounded . Col Stark sent Co "I" 39th Inf immediately to the highest ground oh therr
+r+,
half of the sector, with one-half of Co "K" 39th Inf . Co "L" 39th Inf~`was - sent to: o
reinforce the two platoons of Co "A" 26th Infantry on the left . The. remainder - of= .
39th inf was echelonad forward in depth on the left . The left rear a likely avenue :; Z
,approach for the enemy was guarded . by the 26th Infantry Band and .five tanks :-of ;:Co-:-4,i
13th Armd .:Regt . The tanks had 'the duel mission of keeping or. eye on the left, flink
and of reinforcing the pass should the enmy break through with mechanize 1 . qrce'i"a4 ,,,.
remainder of the tanks of 06 "1" 13th AR . _ plus .what was left of the 805th 'TD Bn `--af `~
the Feriana engagement was placed' near the entrance of the pass on the right '?,,F-Two
, tracks of Cannon Co 26th Inf with mounted 75's were placed :n on the'.rightTto
the tanks and the i ., Two more 75 a lter joined them thsefu=
D s . .a,,e •. or. gunsT._co,
Ing the entire force the 26th Inf ., Cannon Co could muster 'after` .: its ~oeaes~in
engagements . The CP was moved . from the left sector to a middle-line position in'v Y
*add at about 2000 A hours .
During the night the troops on ., the ..low ..•ground3 werej,oiiti-:r ~
siitrounded9 as were to e. certain extent the troops on the rigWarid`Je ;rt' - 'r era we -e
given that in case of complete encirclement all` : troops would.l'join :troape
, :4on' ~._
ground in their respective sectors . . During the day we'-.inflicte& heavy : casualtie$_,q
enemy but we suffered"numerous casualties ourselves from' rifleamachinegun--aR
0,:: it lery fires At least seven enemy armored ; vehicles-were . . destroyed; ; by, our •- axtnor
gehic lea . During the night of Feb 19-20th'-the tanks' were .distributed? .equal'lp-1~n
actors . . The were echeloned' in de th with orderA"~0 . :, ward the' as e Whawas le .
of
a the 805th TD'was ordered to the left sector wi a as=';' 'Mission as the taflks ; 7
 Page 2 .-
.

ebru~r 20, 1045 . -- 3urin , ., the early :hours c :' rr.orning, between C100 and 0300
hours, 0olonel 'dells, 3d 3n 6th Arrcd inf Regt, reported to Colonel Stark ibr orders .
: .:n1-,lish 3rigadier Dumfried - and Colonel conferred and decided to counter-attack as
soon as the two forces could be coordinated . This attack was to be launched on the
left side of the sector as it promised the best chance of success, and also, .if
successful, gave us the ground which actually dominated the pass . The time tentatively
set for this combined American-British counter-attack was 1100 A hours . At about 0800
A hours that morning Colonel Stark received' word that Brigadier Dumfries had stated his
forces forward without notifying Colonel Stark . Colonel Stark imx diately sent the
3d 3n 6th AIR to assist the British . The British force consisted of 16 tanks and about
90 men of what they term a "rifle brigade" . . the British were too slow as the 6th AIR
Mn caught uY with them and was forced to remain behind them while they milled about . .
The' British lost their 16 tanks and their infantry gained practically no high ground` .
The 6th AIR Bn pushed in, but was unable to join Co "A" 26th Inf and Co "L" 39th Inf .
To a certain extent the British did support this attack with mortar and artillery fire .
The 33d F A Bn and the supporting heavy guns of the TD' e and the 26th Inf Cannon Co were
only able to contribute small amount of aid inasmuch as the British upsot the apple-
cart by jumping the gun . The cautious British advance and their milling- around gave
the enemy an opportunity to establish artillery OP's and practically look down our
throats . . Starting at about 1400 A hours and lasting throughout the night the enemy
artillery beat a tattoo along the left side of the sector . At about 1830 A hours the,."." .
British Brigadier or his superior ordered a withdrawal of the counter-attacking force,.;,..
They withdrew up the road leading th `hala and 'established a defensive_ position abou
five miles to the southeast of Thala . The 894th TD Bn was ordered to guard-- the right;`
sector of the pass with t~ •r c companies 7echeloned in depthwhile one aaan: company was
sent to the left sector to do the same . . During the afternoon of Feb - 20th what infantry.-
troops had dribbled dawn from the foothills on the right were reformed and sent to the',
high ground on the right with orders to hold until relieved by CCB . This group include:
infantry, engineers and other strays .
After a conference with the British (chief of staff, let Ar
it was decided to attack with what was left of the British force plus a large rein-
forcement of British infantry and tanks and what was left of the 26th Infantry . This
attack was to restore the left sector of the Kasserine Pass, T his thrust was to be
coordinated with that of COB of the let Armd Div, which force was attacking to restore
the right side of the pass .
When the British withdrew from the 'Left sector the CT26 wda
holding the bag on both sectors . The only troops in CT26 not surrounded or actively ;- -
engaged were remnants of Co "I" 13th AR tanks, the remainder of the 805th TD Bn and a
new TD Bn the 894th TD Bn which arrived on the afternoon of Feb 20th . What w a s : left ;,?.
of Co "A" 25th Inf and Cc "L" 39th Inf was :still .on the high ground on the left ., The
remnants of the 19th L'ngra and the 1st Bn 25th Inf was still on the high ground on tf~
right . . These units were completely surrounded and their position was critical . rh
troops on the left were given orders to hold . The troops on the right were to bold ; tin
til relieved or until contact was made *ith CCB . The 33d FA Bn was givern orders to fal
back to the foothills and stop any enemy advance over the plains . . Eventually the
majority of the foot troops on the right ; -although completely surrounded fell'b&k,p to'-p
the foothills to the northwest and came under command of COB . The troooa on thahigh~ L
ground on t1he left (Co "A" 26th Inf, Co "L" 39th Inf) ` Stayed in that position g'"1 9
the night of Feb 20th and the greater part of the following day although smallgr .oups
drifted back . !

-2-
 RESIMENIAL HISTORY - KAS3ERI1 E OPERATION Page 5, .

About 1740 A hours of Feb 20th, Col Stark received orders

that his forca was placed under command of the British . The British did not contact
Col Stark, and he set out to contact them himself . . This he did about midnight, when
he saw Brigadier Dumfries . In short, the British had withdrawn without notifying Col
Stark who was left with both eectbrs . The C P of the 26th CT moved out of the wad- i
in which it was stationed at about 1915 A hours, from which place it went to the fields,
train bivouac . At this time the OP was in danger of being captured by infiltrating
enemy patrols, whose movements could be seen and heard closing in on the OP . There :
were no friendly troops in front of the OP which could be called upon to help defend'
the position, but the moving of the OP was held up to the last possible moment so,-
that the staff could meet Col Stark who had left the OP to contact and ; inform the > .
British of the latest development in his sector . .

February 21, 1943 . -- The CT26 was ordered' into reserve by the CG ; . :lst Armd!'Div . -,
and it established a OP two -,kilometersssouth of Thala . . Re-assembling and rsorganizizi'
of the let Bn was beg-r Later in the day the . Bn was moved: into ;en assembly -position
south of Kalaa Djerda (N7512) and the OP was moved' into a wooded -:`_ area. west of- .Thala``x
(N8106) .

Feb` - 22, 1943 -- The OP moved back -to the let Bn assembly position south-ofd,
`` - Djerda ; :the CT26 was still in reserve, . Re-equipping and reorganizing the let .
`out . .

.Feb 23, -943 . -- Still in reserve, the CT26 received , message from the OG-~,- -a
Amid Div to alert unit for possible movement . Word_ was received :' from Lt . .Gradyti,t - ,
he was attempting to rejoin the CT26 with the one platoon of Co 'A' 26th Inf. which
had -been established on the high ground : 15 miles to the left of Kasserine Pass . . ;- •L
Grady was-instructed to move north to Kalaa Djerda . .

Feb 24, 1943 -- The CT36') was ordered to move to EL MA EL ABOID to defend the- .--
pass there . Orders-from the 1st Inf Div placed Cal Stark in charge of forces in that
area . The CT26 arrived' at 0630 hours .
 16

9th Infantry Division Artillery, Narrative of

Events, Thala Engagement, 21-24 February 1943
 nS&U4 . NINTH WANTRX .DIYISICE( Aa t LM
&P0 fig .

4 *rsh 1943,

SUBJEOTi Narrative of Events . Tbs.la ea,at - 21-2 Febr ry, . 194.

TO s 0 ossa;.nd inn General, 9th Iyntantry D ivi si oa, APO #9 .

The 9th jDivisioa -Artillery- mua--bitaia et . in, .tbe':wioiai tt~r at 'The>asaar,

Algeria, ban-on :Vedneallay, 17 Febr=sry, 1$ ;fit ,2034, orlsrs - : rsrez's iTe1
attas hint .t6 60th and 47th MuMatry Sao ConPUai.es sad . ordering- Us . No",aea
of the Division Artillery (less the 26th .Field . Artillery . DLttaliam) . -to .•mrch
i=mdlat 1T tr forced :mrobeso to the viAaiV o? T,bmaaa, llgeria Br.Yga~lisr
General S . LoRay 'jkm1n, Oomamndirig . G=ariL1, lasw d : orders for .the above at 17.00
sad . a t I6G0 yedueedaW, 17 Februarys 194 , , the aanvoy eroassd .:.tbn . LP, at the
East edgo--ef Tlesoen . The 84th Field h tiller? BLttallon -aad.A:.the 47th 'Infantry
Oamaoa .0cmpazW :joined the Division . _ . lerr at LaArba -.flier Ar : at 15 15 Tr-i`4V$
19 February, and the entire . :acuTO]r proceeded to Tebs.asa* Algeria, -artlriug : tare
at 1410 Sm dar. 21 Febz`vs s IM -- a Mrih 9f 735 riles oTdr: mountainccu
terrain - in -4 days'*der: .verg.-AWicultr weather -acnditicma '"'

At Tebeaiaa orders we recaired-,to: ;,immaedhe~ tea,]r, • .oc bane :tbo

':. - . Sarah . :; :n
to .the . vio nity of Thla, Ttmie .a,:•• swA son .positions 1Shisf rde;; .yeas
received at 1530,- S mUr. .:21 February. ' VO . h e.,bmand :? Sa't e
went forward as recomsaissaaee- otter, ordering : tbo a tali~._p i 4
at .anae with Hair Ba~ ttaliParbi.es and report: :]ala .at t,,.•`~
Tuaioia, .preparod to reconnoiter positions . --the n&"A%"ai ..sad : i%
proceeded to the ®Oorps Hoadquirters at Dj $oW ibaiaSsv '=:'rhsrea
received placing the 9th ViTiaicu AxtillaryAW&:.4ttaahed.. units (1es V_
Field 1.rtill ry .Bat he.) is suppaart of tla ah ^4SV -Farces -a-oa +d °
Brigadier Nichola6a, who we resisting,the_ ;G.raa : .drive ..Sarth :af= _
General Irwin soatasted the British .Oc s nder' at Tiala, Tuniai ,°- at= `
Sunday s 2 .3. February, 1943, and . .with -his . 4e plats, for tie ..defense of ~tba
ositions South of Thsla .The Batvdlica :Coavsow.~era reported at Tkala ass -acre ~ re .
ardorsd by Coor&l Irwin to recosmaiter and aaaW positium:." soon &s pessibla
with the objective of firing in defame of the pOS±tiona at d light 22 .:FaUnauy,
1943 .

The Ba .ttalicua occupied positions as shown on .the attached .sketch. la'..- .

The 47th ( nnoa Oopany was attached to the 34th Field Art Battalion .and
given -the mission of defending their-right .fiank against pble .enera3r- .taatc .
attacks . The 60th Oaunon :0oa~psny was attached -. to the 60th -:Field' Artillery
Battalion ant given . . the mission of defending the right f1inY'~ai "the - .60th FW4
Artillery- Beittalion --r7* cc one~ teak attacfc.

At' :tlae binr .t ..9th Divihian .A ihery entered the action :the Bri s .
Forces consisted- of -3 platoons of 2, -tester* holding a line : acroes'th road
South of Tbo l& . (" zbbjja cu. the . -sko t4h)_ . supported -IT ; _TbG_ 2-6-Arnored Group,
0 onsistinn of 24 Uzks *f h*: English
. MLrk IT type ; 22 Brlti,h 25f &Mai 12
Before 1A . gMai a*- .12 ligt&. Ma0watroyer , gum;

Tbs,4n*W .-forces- at -tai* of

the 2L*+, P*asor 2-to 3
battalions . .a infantry, 3 batteries of 10.5 =d-Uxeter--gt=s j- ! &-battery ce ;1190M
howitzers, several 88 stillmotor dual purpose AA - . :1T . guru, and a eansiderable
amount no - 1 . .

been rigor
v&n,o6& : . .t* a--Lina &pprczi=LU4.-.-j six . k1l"OtOrG SOcith ; :'
2140 Sir, - 21 M brucqr, -41 During, the night tharo eras Tory U"t' ,4 ' ' tian
.
-amid poctnter-
szoapt far 0008,0010OLi bLVLqwhwr.r at artillery fire ., ." .&
&ttA*k

.by The early morning tom' of XXcmnm&Nq. 22 robiusxy,,- were spent . to

occupying and propmringApositio1j ' al at ©l00- A-11 . units were
to fire . GonaralArwig z4
Post of tbaAritish : 'T"k_Oc=manderi_ 4An5qnAg&t- Xejisti'Lticu Xted :--but

was not stcaxpijxhOc ill batteries : of ba`~ iyjaj4 ;:-

Artillery . BeLULUca .au~--th* -84th-Field 4tillOrY . . Mt.0'49n; fired the .
SO I
ilis

'fire
a"-t'ery , . .. -
three of thin=:gwaa ._xore amvaYnd.:Attt • •- .Th fire . qt.
"' ..
WKt one ~abanj &M. . Tbe-piaoesewere, .ta a- . out Of 71?"~sZx I*UM
+W 4 n.4JA"M O*4tJ01M)Wwbj*bL_n*dzt__tbdY . .

"Wr TM

0 outinuous - throughout :the,. dayo . dana.gs wt and one AacupkilKwit,h'the .

:
little
r ounts Xirad_by -tbo : enema.
number .4ofo of all units of the ... _~
Division Artillery ; fired . with 130 -;go& . results an the enemy positianythroughom
the day . Xorale of the mar wa.~- high even though Key tad not sloi~t -r more
ti:oLn 24 his . I

The oOubined efforts . Of the .British W American

haltad tae adze and _when ght fell the Unnez hald by-
.-as tboy .had ovenAnAke morning . . During-the de . .tt~s .action :ltiad : :beea
the ammo
limited to a tsaank,battle in zw early -Maraing-rol lowed by . S& Artillo~ry,Oal
continuing throughout tha . day.. - This --was dual to the very
present . In the- afternoon . ,our positions twere % strafed andd bombed : .- several time a
by . a .szali - fiigbct ,of _pnozy TA00 .8-4vaDamm p was very siigiit~~ sae gun . Wing' wq
damaged and-3 men'led, Al -Our planes bombed --the oneuy!- Q
dark .action . _ceased n both sides, :eel .. .

During, -,tbs -might there wale-prmotical?y,no . actic'=_ Soverml times

during tbolnight unidentified . planes were - overhead but no : bombs were dropped
nor were the planes fired on . Some explosions were heard ooping,fron - tbe
enemy sings . ' .`

- 2 -
 At day11gzt 23 February, 1943, Tre action begsn by rirang or t&
Britisli tanks: Our guus . .tIred for sci time an targets of opportunity. During
the corning the battalions fired several division artillery conoenUatiau .
All battalions continued to fire during the morning pa any target available-%,
There was very little- action frque tbs enesW. At all tiring oased . ..in
order to let reconnaissance parts .. s4va see . The roccwJ .s mae . proved .%that
the even r brd retreated and the British Forces novel forward . 10 rurther
contact with the . eneW was a"* and the as tieei -ceased at . dark.. At 0600,, 24
February, 1943 the reconnaissance. parties reached the .seerine
b Face and no
oontaot had been made .- This ended-tbe engagemext . _.

8tatistios of the engagement - are . a s followss

YTLj 3VAOMTEU DUTY

YOU1iDSD WOU! DgD M{I83ING IA AOTICU TOT1 .L

34th F .L . Ba. 0 0 0
60th F 4 . . BM*' 2 8 0 2.5

84th r .A . Bm . 6< '3 1 .20

Hq .Btry - 9th Div Arty 0 0' 0 0 -,0
47th Cannon 00 . 0 0 0 0 .
6Qth 0annon _00 . 0 .. 0; 0 0 .0
3
Y®hiauii r . aaalities :care' as .cell ors :
W/4 f 'WA :- . .T GIG.
.
34th y *A* BM* 0. 0 0
60th-F .A . .mil. 1 0
84th .L
. FBa: 1
Bq .Btry_ .9th Div Arty o.
47th Canon Go' 0 . 0
60th Cannon Co . 0 0
.Totals - 1

The & LMMition expended is as foUQwas

34th F .A . Ba . 100 rounds 155 )i Howitzer

60th FA, . Ba. . 1028 .rounds 105 Jd Howitzer
84th IP A . BM - -764 rounds 103 Howitzer
47th Cannon 00 . 0 rodsds K 75')i goiter
60th Cannon 00. 12 rounds 75 .i gowitzer
Four guzz were damagedLat :cuss , time and were zaoTed
rap . the rear cress . .
These guns .were only slightly 6%ged : and •w ers,-bs.ok :ready - for gctica_
days . : y ,~ .

Considering the amount of shell fire received the ce .e alities wars

very light . The morale of the seen was wary high and the retreat of the Germans
gave all men an increased confidence . The experience gained will be of great
 f tho, ""I,.

beamr .cam4on Af -anew-&rtilltrT, f4w on battery pasitUmeAvAt ~t' ' tam

division axt3llerj!w;e never nWXtrQZSA, a find of (A 41

ooolnoma cm

For the artillerj

.
OOMM48 r4 .
 17

21st Panzer Division, Mission Change for 19

February 1943 and Division Order No . 6, 20 Feb-
ruary 1943
Radio Yausage from

21st Ft . Div.
to
PE . A. b. X. 1£i February '43 2205 h .

Mission of 21st Pz .Div . for 19 Fob .'I13 :

a.

b . "atablishment of a reconnaiosanco base in dassor ino for the relief

of A . 0. i . olomonts

2. Final report of 5th Fz .Rgt . from 14 -- 18 Fob .

103 tanks destroyed, 2 tanks General Shor=n ready for action

oaptureds no - total loss of tang ozi our side .

Sources

Anlagenband 9'zum Sohlaohtborioht der Pz .Armea Afrika Ia .

12.2.43 - 23.2-43
3.375/1 1
Operations Section 21st Panzer Division C .P.
20 February, 1~1h

DivisionOrder1'o .6

1. En my resistance at Sbibba has become considerably stronger

since 19 Feb . On 20 Feb . 9 enour battorl6s including 3 modiun and 1 heavy,

were aeoortainod . Around noon, especially strong artillery fire activity .

There is a possibility that the onezy is passing to active defense or to the

attack.

2 21st Panzer Div . will break off the attack launched on Sbitha

and will pass tot he defensive in the general line 53W - 5353 - 5373,

utilizing the enmaq' mine fields .

3. thin Ilnoof resistances loss ground between 5359 - 5353 - hills

just northwest of 5353 - ridge 2 la:- south ?of 5374 - north slope of }till 752 .

Thefoliovminmunitswill be put in line under the control of t1io

commander of the Pz .Qren .Rgt, 101.E A in his. capacity of infantry cor andart

Panzer Gren .11gt . 104A

Flak Bn.6o3

1 light, 1 edium battery, 155th Arty .Rgt.

2 medium, I light battery, 2d Bn ., 25th K ok .

5. The 580th Rcoonn .Bn .will block the pass at 53L7, thereby

protecting the right flank of the defense position .

580th Reoonn .Bn. will reconnoiter as far as the line 5,'10 - 5356 -

MO - 5368 - 5367 - 5602 .

6 Conductofoperations in the main defensive area : the mass of

heavy infantry weapons will go into covered firing position making the treat-

cat possible use of flanking fire so that no hostile infantry oim cross over

the train line of resistance established throuE ;h the ridge .

 Antitank artillery will be put in line on the forward dope of

the ridge located at the rear of the main line of resiataneo with z:ain

effort against the passages not protected against mechanized att .,leka .

All the flak combat troops will be put in line overlapping for

antitank protection ; for commitment they will come under the control of

the artillery oo=nander .

7
. Artillery: the artillery commander will bring the artillery in

position in such a way that its concentrated fire can be effective against

the possible directions of advance of the en3a{y . Concentration fire areas

will bo fired for calibration. Cooperation bei eon the bntterios and Pw .Gron .

Rgt, iob, jR will be regulated directly between the artillery cocmrandor and the

oormnnder of the Pz .Gren.Rgt. 104 .

8, Panz .Eag,Bn,220 will intensify the mining of the rain line of ro-

si,atanoe by adding to the British mines in the first line and by increasing

the pni her of German dines . The mines -willLaid in greater quantity at the

points not protected against mechanized attacks,

The mining of the wide trail from Sbibba to Sboitla with additional

Gerran.or British mines will be prepared.

9. . The 5th Panz7 R t. Will assemble in who area scuthwea : of 5353 at

the disposal of the division and will be ready to march within 6 hours to

proceed in a southern direction . Lbreover the ooxu &tcront of the rogirent for

a oounterthrGst against enemy, tanks whioh may break through will be considered .

10, of the
Flak Bn .609 will be placed under the control of the oon!aandorf

Pz.Gron .Rgt . 104 A for commitment in the main defenoivo area .

12,. Signal Bn .200 will connect the divisional C . P, with the C . P . t s of

Pz, Gren.Rgt 104 A

Art.Rgt. 155
Pz .R gt.5
Flak Bn.609
P$ .Eng.Bn.220
2d FJn .,25th Flak
(k~: vjira)
11. The JABnj ,25th Fjgj* vill take over the Plak protection of the

rear . gain defensive area from tho positions 4 - 6 km south of 5371. .

Win effort: air jumdamij= defense .
provision will be tOAG for
In sdditioa/the possibility of repulsing enemy tanks from the
firing positions .

13. Divisional JO,pt 5376 ( ideatiflad from the tsin trail) (has

still to be rooonnoitared)

21A WDIK A
Xri6gata abuoh Aniagon 116.9 8 .1,43 31-3 .43
33 135/2